Coloradans talk about what they love and what has changed about the state in their lifetime

Over the past few decades, more people have flocked to Colorado: first for the outdoors, then legalized marijuana, then for the booming tech industry. Each rush brought changes and growth. However, a rare breed, the born and raised Coloradan, has remained to witness the changes.

Several of these locals took time to discuss the changes in the state, what they love, the growing pains, and everything in between.

Colorado is well-rounded with the glorious Rocky Mountains to the west and the rolling plains to the east. Despite being landlocked, it boasts natural lakes and waterfalls hidden in the crevices of the mountains. It became clear very quickly that the natural environment is what keeps Coloradans here and continuously brings them back. 

“People are drawn to Colorado because they love nature. I think it’s something that unites people,” Jennah Synnestvedt explained. 

As the population increases, the environment changes, and the political climate polarizes, Coloradans remain strong in their unwavering pride for the state. Most agree that Colorado is still special with its hidden gems and versatility. Like Trinity Jacobs put it, “You appreciate different sparks,” as the state evolves. 

Coloradans

Emily Sanchez, Thornton

Emily Sanchez, Thornton

Sanchez has lived in northern Colorado for the majority of her life and has memories all around the state. She spoke warmly about memories of visiting Steamboat Springs, hiking a 14er this year, and going to Elitches. She said that regardless of the area’s quick expansion, “It feels like home. Everybody’s very united, very close.”

“Everything I like doing is here. I get a little bit of outdoor activities. I get the city vibes. I get out in the countryside. Colorado is a state that has a little bit of everything for everyone. You have to go out of your way and look for that spark now, but its there.”

Trevor Klaus, Lafayette

Klaus reflected on the memories he has with his family in the outdoors. After being, as he put it, dragged outside by his mom and experiencing things like camping in the Sand Dunes, he gained an appreciation for the nature that Colorado has to offer. He spoke passionately about the national and state parks here, saying that he hopes we take care of them for future generations.

“If they start messing with them, the environment will get worse. I think the parks are the biggest part of Colorado.” 

Kristen Coats, Longmont

Coats has watched Longmont’s population climb and appreciates the different personalities that have joined the mix. She values the creativity that shines here and the ways that the community has come together to back one another in their crafts.

“I love the hospitality, the creativity, and the willingness to explore new possibilities. We’re open to supporting the community and talking about important subjects without always fighting about it, which is really cool. In other places you can voice an opinion and get shot down, but we actually talk about it. We go through it in depth.”

Ky Pettie, Denver

Ky Pettie, Denver Photo by Lucinda Lazo

Growing up in Pueblo and then attending CU Boulder gave Pettie a unique look into the similarities between the communities. Even though the cities are almost 150 miles apart, he said, “The sense of community between Coloradans has remained the same. We all kind of get each other.”

He expanded on the sense of togetherness Colorado has, saying, “Politically, there’s a lot of safeguards in place for people to be free. It’s a great thing that people would want to come to Colorado for those things – to be in a safe area.”

Jim Roedel, Thornton

Jim Roedel, Thornton

Roedel grew up in Fort Lupton before attending Colorado Mesa University in Grand Junction and recently returning north. He spoke optimistically about the future of Colorado and hopes that we maintain spaces where human connection is possible. 

“I’d love to see the arts and the culture and the connection preserved, which is of extreme importance as we move into the future and as humanity changes a little bit.”

“The energy is still very adventurous. I do think there’s just this feeling within Colorado that you don’t really see in other states. There are all the natural landmarks that are here and remain in our history. Red Rocks, for example, is one of those places that will always be that destination. It’s not going to change in my lifetime. There are those traditional things that will be always here that make it a really cool state.”

Tyler Hinrichs, Broomfield

Tyler Hinrichs, Broomfield

Hinrichs also vouched for the mountains being one of Colorado’s main selling points. He was outspoken about his love for the open space that the state has to offer and named the natural environment as his reason for remaining in Colorado. 

“It’s the natural environment, the views. The mountains are just marvelous. You can see from anywhere really and just being able to look at them is what’s special about Colorado. Being able to go into them and ski and hike and whatnot is what really makes Colorado special,” he said. 

Jadyn S, Westminster 

Schelir and her fiancé spent most of their lives in Fort Collins. She shared her love of Colorado proudly and gave us a small glimpse into the memories they’ve created. She highlighted how much more there is to the state than its typical stereotypes. 

Even though she’s lived here her entire life, she laughed about how she hasn’t visited all of the Colorado staples.

“There’s so much I haven’t seen, but I can tell you where to get a cinnamon roll that’ll blow your mind on the way to Estes Park. It’s the random, little things that you know people who aren’t from here can’t relate to.” 

Trinity Jacobs, Westminster

Trinity Jacobs, Westminster

Jacobs has lived in several regions of Colorado and experienced the differences between communities. She made it clear that she loves the state even with its nuances, saying that she hopes we continue to keep “all of it” alive and exciting. 

“It’s just such a cool state. Politically, it’s great, and I’m very comfortable with a lot of the areas I’m in. I like the protections with laws and I appreciate the community. There are a lot of kind-hearted souls here and it’s a beautiful state.” 

Samantha Clark, Colorado Springs

Clark has lived her whole life in Colorado Springs with memories of climbing the Manitou Springs incline and gaining some scars from falling down the bar trail. She hopes for more spaces where people can come together recreationally while acknowleged “the magic that Colorado offers” with its variety. 

“I’m all here for diversity and I think if we could have more people that look different and come from different walks of life, there are always positives in that.”

Jennah Synnestvedt, Lafayette

Synnestvedt moved back to Colorado from New York in 2010, saying, “The mountains called me back.” She explained that the outdoors and diversity were important factors in her decision to return. 

“The population increase has put more people in nature, so it’s more taxing on the land, but it’s also brought some more creativity, innovation, and technology here. It is a sanctuary state too, where it’s friendly to people of different backgrounds.”

Justice Humphrey, Northglenn

Justice Humphrey, Northglenn

Experiencing the four seasons and optimism have kept Humphrey here for her entire life. She spoke about her love for the diversity in Colorado and hopes that we protect that facet of the state. Her openness to the change – while still preserving our history – was inspiring.

“We have a lot of people moving here who are liberal and all on the same page. As a kid, everything was very different, and I see things from a different point of view now. I’ve grown, and the city has grown differently, and it’s making new changes.”

Mark Cavanaugh, Denver

Cavanaugh has 60 years of sentimental memories in Colorado and seemingly infinite stories about how the state has evolved. His love was clear in our over-30-minute conversation, filled with memories of Denver ramping up and suddenly exploding with people. 

He values the essence of his home state, saying, “Colorado embodies the spirit of the American West. It’s a place where you can remake yourself or become whatever it is you want to be, rather than what you’re supposed to be or what you think you’re trapped to be.”

“We welcome all. It is shaped like a big welcome mat and we welcome people. That’s true Colorado spirit. We have always been a very welcoming and tolerant state.” 

Rita Kendrick, Louisville

Kendrick and her family settled down in Colorado after moving to California twice. As an educator, she values the state’s history – both its achievements and harms – and passing the culture down to future generations. She spoke about the nostalgia of visiting places like 16th Street Mall, Casa Bonita, and Frisco and being able to share those places with her children. 

“I think a lot of  has to do with the outdoors. The outdoor environment, the mountains, being able to ski, being able to hike. I hope that we don’t continue to build, and build, and build, and lose that character of the mountains. Lose the wilderness. Lose the animals. The scenery is beautiful. And the lifestyle – we’re laid back.”

Lena Wenzel, Louisville 

Lena Wenzel, Louisville

Wenzel’s parents settled down in a farmhouse in Louisville in the late 60s. She spoke fondly of her memories rollerskating at Wheels, eating at the LA Diner, and participating in the Pearl Street Mall Crawl. Despite moving across the world to Morocco and integrating into a completely different culture, Wenzel came back to Colorado. 

“I guess I had to go all the way across the world to understand how important this place is to me,” she said. “I do feel very safe here. It’s a bubble, but I enjoy my bubble.”

Living just blocks away from the 2021 Marshall Fire gave Wenzel a deeper gratitude for Colorado and the community that has been built. She is still in proximity to her childhood friends and old restaraunt owners. Even with the “urban sprawl” and commercialization of the area, she has roots in Louisville. She and her partner volunteer at the Louisville Historical Museum and own The Aristrocrat Studios.

Kristen Wells-Wrasman, Englewood

Kristen Wells-Wrasman, 34, was born in the highest incorporated town in the United State, Leadville. After attending Colorado College on a full scholarship, she left the state briefly to get her PhD from Stanford University, before returning to settle down in Englewood. She explains,  “The biggest, obvious change in Colorado is ski traffic.” Wells-Wrasman, an avid hiker, also notes, “fires and parasites [mountain pine beetle] have really changed the Colorado forests as well.”

Sandee Miller, Leadville

Sandee Miller, 72 is a second-generation Coloradan, coming from a family of Mexican immigrants who fled to Colorado Springs when Pancho Villa took control in Mexico. For her, there have been many changes, also citing the growth of cities. Additionally, she mentions shopping as a major change, “When I was young, you went to shops downtown. Kids would meet there with kids from other parts of the west side, north end etc. Then malls were popular. Now I never think of going to a mall. Grocery stores were a place to get necessities. There were more independent grocers. Many in converted houses in neighborhoods. Even then many were kinda funky. Not that fresh. You would just walk to these neighborhood stores like the Egg House in Colorado Springs. Now grocery stores are shopping adventures. 

Amanda Slater, Louisville

Amanda Slater, 39 was born and raised in Broomfield, Co. After a brief stint in Montana, she settled with her family in Louisville. An avid outdoor enthusiast, Slater has spent a fair amount of time skiing, cycling, and hiking around the state. “Suburban sprawl and traffic are the biggest changes I have seen.” While Slater doesn’t mind the additional enthusiasm for the state, the recent growth has made some big changes in the Boulder Valley.

Alisandra Gulic, Eagle

Alisandra Guilic, 35 has spent her life in the Vail Valley, living on a family ranch and working in childcare. In her time living and working in the mountains, she has seen the area change. 

Like journalism like this? Consider becoming a sustaining supporter — and get our print edition delivered to your home each month.

Democracy needs journalism more than ever. For 25 years, we’ve told the truth — your support helps us keep doing it for the next four and beyond. Administrations come and go. Our team stays, ready to lead no matter who’s in charge.

The post Born and Raised, A Rare Breed: Coloradans talk about what they love and what has changed about the state in their lifetime appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

The American Dream May Exist, but Not in Boulder

Skyrocketing home prices, limited affordable options, and rising student debt are forcing young residents to rethink what “home” really means in Boulder — and if the American Dream is anything more than a chapter in a history book.

You graduate from college — now what? Historically, the “success sequence” toward achieving the American Dream went something like this: find a stable job, get married, buy a home with a white picket fence, have a couple of kids, and maybe adopt a golden retriever. But in 2025, the American Dream is a pipe dream for many. In Boulder, young people are forced to consider alternative paths as the idea of traditional homeownership slips further out of reach.

Emilie Espinosa, a full-time student at the University of Colorado Boulder, defines “home” as wherever her friends and family are. Though she hasn’t solidified a post-graduation plan, the question of buying a house looms.

“I do see myself owning a home someday, but that’s pretty far down the line,” Espinosa said. “The hardest thing about planning for long-term investments is the unpredictability of the economy right now.”

Housing prices in Boulder have risen consistently over the past decade, bringing in an influx of high-income buyers from outside the state. Zillow reports that from 2017 to 2025, the median home price in Boulder has increased by nearly $300,000, creating a barrier for first-time buyers.

Eileen Kennedy, another CU Boulder student, is also rethinking the American Dream. Kennedy works part-time as an after-school counselor and sees home as “a safe space” to return to after long days. She plans to stay in Boulder after graduating and then move to Fort Collins to pursue further education at Colorado State University. Owning a home is on the list, but nowhere near the top.

“I don’t know that owning a home is as big of a goal for me as it once was,” Kennedy said. “There are benefits to owning, and there are benefits to renting. At this point, it wouldn’t make sense to lock down, like, ‘I’m going to live in Boulder County for 50 years.’ I can’t predict that. Maybe I’ll be better about that when I’m older and have a long-term job or kids but not right now.”

Recently, the White House proposed backing 50-year mortgages to help alleviate the affordability crisis. With 30-year mortgages still the standard, the idea of extending the timeline can feel like the clock is ticking even faster for young people.

“I think, as a kid, it was just expected that you’d have a home when you’re older,” Kennedy said. “That’s what you saw mirrored in previous generations. Get married, buy a home, have kids. But with the economy and the way things are going, renting looks like a safer long-term option.”

The desire to own a home is strong, but for many, it simply isn’t practical.

“Homeownership is one of the best ways to accumulate wealth in this country,” she said. “It kind of always has been.”

Who can still afford to dream?

The numbers tell a clear story: The average cost of a home in the city of Boulder sits around $935,000. With prices that high, the gap between wages and housing costs continues to widen. Statewide, 60% of Colorado households did not earn enough in 2023 to afford the average home, up from 47% in 2010. That means the majority of families can no longer afford to buy where they live.

For Boulder, this high cost is driven by limited land availability, strict zoning laws, and the city’s popularity among both remote workers and tech professionals relocating from other states. Even middle-income households face challenges as their incomes often fall short of covering mortgage payments, property taxes, and insurance on the average home. The U.S. homeownership rate for those under 35 has had a significant drop from previous generations. High student debt and stagnant wages contribute heavily to this decline.

Historically, homeownership rates peaked around the early 2000s, then declined after the housing crisis of 2008. In Boulder and across the nation, younger generations face tighter lending standards, higher rents, and stagnant wage growth, making this iconic milestone harder to achieve. Since the COVID-19 pandemic and 2020 housing boom, secondary housing has made a grand entrance in Boulder.

Jill Grano, a Boulder Housing Partners commissioner, graduate student, real estate agent, and homeowner, writes about her research as a self-proclaimed “housing nerd.” In an article titled, “Changing Patterns of Ownership in the City of Boulder,” Grano dives deep into the effect of second homes:

“The COVID-19 pandemic fundamentally altered urban landscapes in ways that we are only beginning to study and understand. At the start of the pandemic, the U.S. federal government slashed interest rates to all-time lows to avoid recession as businesses were forced to shutter overnight. At the same time, millions of people were unchained from the geographic boundaries of their offices and schools, yet unable to enjoy traditional travel and entertainment. As a result, the home became the epicenter of life. For affluent Americans, second homes quickly emerged as the commodity of choice, offering new spaces to ride out the pandemic.”

Boulder’s appeal — the university, employment, the Flatirons, access to outdoor recreation — has contributed to the rise of second homes and investments. Properties sit empty for much of the year while local workers struggle to secure housing. Neighborhoods are becoming increasingly desolate.

“Our single-family neighborhoods are really turning into second-home neighborhoods,” said Grano. “If you look at Boulder’s population between 2015 and 2025, it’s the exact same number, and yet we’ve built thousands of new multifamily units. That alone speaks to the rise of second homes.”

The impact of these trends is broader than just affordability. Small business owners, educators, and essential workers find themselves priced out of the community they serve. Many resort to commuting from distant towns, which contributes to traffic congestion and strains regional infrastructure. Boulder’s challenge reflects a national pattern: investment-driven buyers in desirable urban and suburban areas placing intense pressure on residents who are simply trying to make a home for themselves.

When it comes to renters and homeowners, many are still struggling to pay off student loans. U.S. student load debt is around $1.8?trillion — and it’s only getting higher. The average resident undergraduate student debt upon graduation at CU Boulder is $26,952, compared to the state average of $25,190 (2022 financial aid is the most recent available published data from CDHE as of June 2025). It’s important to note that in the past decade, growth in student aid awarded to CU Boulder students has outpaced loans obtained. It’s progress, but not perfection.

The number of 4-year college graduates over the age of 25 in the U.S. increased by 40 million or 90% from 2000 to 2022, yet people aged 35 to 49 carry the largest share of total student loan debt. This data shows that many current homeowners still carry student loan debt but choose to tack it onto their mortgage.

That being said, student loan debt will become an increasingly larger obstacle as the numbers get higher. Student loans affect debt-to-income ratios, credit scores, and delaying savings — all factors considered by lenders. Additionally, many young people are choosing to shift their priorities to prevent taking on more debt.

How does this affect future homebuying?

Home prices, cost of living, student debt, and high interest rates are locking many potential buyers out. As a result, the cultural meaning of homeownership is shifting. Living with parents into adulthood, once the norm, became stigmatized. Then owning a home became a marker of stability. Today, with prices rising faster than wages, younger generations are redefining what “home” means altogether.

Some residents are getting creative.

Amber Atkins, a 40-year-old consultant and Boulder resident, bought her first home in 2022 — but she doesn’t live in it.

“Home means investment in financial roots and stability,” Atkins said. “I wish it meant a roof over my head, but I can only afford to rent, even though I own a home.”

Atkins purchased a property in North Carolina after receiving a small inheritance following her father’s death. Colorado’s home prices were too high for her to buy locally, so she thought outside the box.

“Colorado is insane, rates were insane at that time,” she said. “The only way I could afford a home was to turn it into a vacation rental. Occupancy has been growing at a steady state of 30%, and I’m currently occupied 61% of the time.”

Her plan is to use Airbnb income to pay off her 30-year mortgage in less than half that time.

“Once I get to 75% occupancy and if rates fall and I refinance, I will pay it off in 12 years,” she said. “When that happens, I will be able to afford buying my own home — the ‘roof over my head’ that I’ve dreamed about since growing up with a single mom in a trailer for most of my young life.”

Across the U.S., co-living and cooperative housing models are gaining popularity as a way to make ownership accessible. These arrangements allow multiple buyers to pool resources, share costs, and collectively manage properties, offering an alternative to high-cost single-family homes. Atkins encourages younger buyers to think collaboratively.

“Buy a multifamily unit with friends or family,” she said. “Make it a co-op. Put it in a trust. Don’t do it the traditional way. Act like a millionaire, get a good accountant and financial advisor and put as much cash down as you can. We need to follow the 1% approach. If you do that, yes, you can have the dream that this country ‘promises.’”

Is there a solution?

In Boulder, one idea resurfaced repeatedly: the municipal airport.

“The airport is one of the [research] projects I’ve worked on for years,” Grano said. “It’s 174 acres of city-owned land. But what I’ve found is the community is largely against it. Unfortunately, that airport serves roughly 200 people, and increasingly it’s wealthy private jets, but the community really loves it and wants to keep it.”

To achieve the middle-income housing that’s the size and form that families traditionally want, such as townhomes with a garage and a nice backyard, the city would need to own more land — say hundreds of acres — to assume that project. The airport is the obvious option.

“If we had 174 acres of city land and it wasn’t an airport, and we asked the community, ‘What should this be?’ no one would say an airport,” Grano said. “But no one wants to get rid of it.”

Next time you drive the Diagonal and see airplanes overhead, consider how many people fit in that small plane — then consider how many people could be housed if that airport land were repurposed.

An easier solution, Grano said, requires expanding the definition of home. Condos, often the overlooked entry points, may be the most realistic path for first-time buyers.

“I could rent the same condo I own for less than my mortgage, but I chose to own because, over time, I’m feeding equity back to myself.” 

According to the city of Boulder, the number of affordable housing units increased from fewer than 1,000 in 1991 to 4,098 as of December 2024, marking progress toward the city’s 15% affordable housing goal.

With the voter-approved Affordable and Attainable Housing Tax now in effect, the county expects to generate $16.7 million in its first year for affordable housing development, maintenance, supportive services, and innovative solutions.

Reimagining the American Dream

Many people struggling to afford homes have already adopted their own version of the American Dream — one no longer centered around the white picket fence.

“Get rid of people that own 500 homes and do nothing with them,” Eileen Kennedy said. “We can fight all day about minor things, but it’s the rich ….”

Across the U.S., there is growing discussion about whether the traditional markers of success—homeownership, marriage, and a stable career—should remain the primary measure of achievement. Without the safety net of a substantial inheritance, younger generations are prioritizing mobility, flexibility, and experiences over a single investment in real estate, though the financial benefits of property ownership remain strong.

The American Dream reimagined may involve cooperative housing, mixed-income developments, and creative financing solutions that allow more people to access the long-term benefits of homeownership. While no single policy or plan will solve the affordability crisis, combining multiple strategies, while also shifting mindsets, could help ensure that future generations see homeownership not as a distant dream but as a realistic goal.

“We need to rethink the American Dream,” Grano said. “The idea that we’re a meritocracy is ridiculous. It’s a pipe dream. The new American Dream should be rooted in collective action to create a future that works for all of us.”

Like journalism like this? Consider becoming a sustaining supporter — and get our print edition delivered to your home each month.

Democracy needs journalism more than ever. For 25 years, we’ve told the truth — your support helps us keep doing it for the next four and beyond. Administrations come and go. Our team stays, ready to lead no matter who’s in charge.

The post Homeownership in 2025  appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

The Rise of Homesteading

From grassroots activism to millennial mamas

Sepia-toned women in long skirts tending to their chickens and children while calling themselves “tradwives,” anti-government and anti-establishment dreamers fighting against giant food corporations, environmentalists trying to limit their impact: somehow all falling into the stereotypes of being a Homesteader.

“Homesteading” the new buzzword about town, a fantasy reinvigorated and reinvented during the COVID-19 shutdown. While billions of people around the world were mandated to stay home from work and limit their masked, socially distanced visits to the grocery store, some used this forced slowdown to pick up new skills, such as baking sourdough from scratch or sloppily crocheting hats for all their friends. 

A Traditional Way of Life?

The term homesteading has certainly taken on a new meaning from its Western Expansion origins. The Homesteading Act of 1862 opened up the prospect of land ownership to those willing to farm the land they claimed. From Glen R Durrel’s historical account, Homesteading in Colorado, “Under the Homestead Act a person could claim 160 acres, file on it, and if he built his home lived there and cultivated the land for five years, he could ‘prove up’ his claim and obtain a government patent to it.” Although ostensibly an optimistic piece of legislation, there were many grave issues with the Homestead Act, including lands defined as “unoccupied” being greatly inhabited by Indigenous tribes who had been forced West to reservations by the Indian Appropriations Act of 1851. 

In the 21st century, homesteading is less about land grabs and remains deeply rooted in the cultivation of husbandry skills. For some, there is a desire to cultivate a traditional way of life. Popular influencer, self-proclaimed homesteader and externally-identified trad wife Hannah Neelman documents her life on 328 acres with her husband and nine children across social media. After four years in Brazil with her husband and an introduction to farming through farm hotels, she and her husband decided to take up farming and co-founded Ballerina Farm, a family homestead turned lifestyle brand offering cooking and wellness products nationwide.

Additionally, the Trad Wife aesthetic has MAGA undertones. Neelman can be seen in her videos, donned in a long floral dress, looking camera-ready while she harvests eggs, makes food for her family from scratch, and tends to the children, promoting the notion that a full life is one where you are beholden to your partner. This social-media-promoted movement is not inherently one goal of sustainability, but rather a countermovement to feminism and the freedoms from the patriarchy that generations have worked for.

There are other questionable aspects to the Ballerina Farm enterprise beyond the mid-century housewife idealization: her husband’s status as the millionaire son of the owner of JetBlue Airlines and Hannah Neelman’s online shop selling a cutting board for nearly $300. The “simple” life that trad wives are trying to get back to is often funded by trust funds or wealthy husbands. If exorbitantly-funded homesteaders like Hannah Neelman, who are not transparent about their financial status, are sharing their homesteading journeys so others may follow their example, a great deal of their viewership are financially unable to emulate. 

What does it cost to Homestead

According to Lauren Dunteman of Boulder’s Flatirons Farming Coalition (FFC), modern homesteading differs from farming in that production is limited to the sustaining of a small group of people, like a family, household, or co-housing group, but not a primary source of income. So the question remains: how achievable is homesteading for those who do not already have access to large amounts of capital?

To identify the reality, let’s start off with a basic list of what is needed to start a homestead: land access, equipment, time, money, farming education, and a clear plan. 

If you are someone who is considering land allocation, whether or not you purchase raw land will determine a good deal of costs. Raw land without water, electricity, septic or landscaping can go for as low as $700-3,000 per acre in Colorado, but the more developed and closer the land gets to cities, the average cost of land is $11,000-12,000 per acre. Tennessee Homesteaders Sin City Country Homestead did a detailed breakdown of purchasing and developing their 35 acres on their Youtube page and the costs – including but not limited to building a septic system, a water system, an electric system, and clearing only a couple acres of forest – was around $500,000, before building a home or installing crops.

35 acres is a lot of land if you do not have a background in farming and are just starting out your growing journey. Real Estate expert of Boulder Source, Greg Smith said, “For many aspiring homesteaders, starting with 2 to 5 acres is a smart, manageable way to begin.” 

Smith explains, ”If your dream homestead revolves around growing your own food, raising a few chickens, and living simply, just 1 to 3 acres can go a long way..With proper planning, even one acre can support: A large vegetable garden or food forest, 4–6 backyard chickens or ducks, a greenhouse for year-round produce and composting areas and water catchment systems.”

What is Needed 

Sunlight, soil, and temperature considerations are crucial in developing a clear plan for a homestead. Shady areas may be amenable to lettuces and other leafy greens, but a tomato trellis in the same area, you may leave you sorely disappointed with the yield. Soil viability can be supplemented with fertilizer or nutrient dense farmer. Raised beds may protect crops from grazing animals, but they also increase the risk of frost damage due to the greater distance from geothermal activity.

Additonally, Colorado’s short growing seasons must be taken into account. Greenhouses, cold frames, and high tunnels are helpful in this regard. For sheds and livestock, town ordinances and HOA regulations must be taken into account, as some restrict what can be built or kept in a residential yard.

For those who are more novice in growing food, farming education is extremely beneficial.. Flatirons Farmers Coalition,exists primarily to support producers,farmers who grow food and raise livestock as their main source of income However, they also  provide educational resources applicable to growers at any level, such as workshops on season extension and growing in Colorado’s specific climate. 

Coalition Director Lauren Dunteman said, “It takes a lot of practice and education to do all of those diverse things. Especially when it comes to not just growing, but also processing: canning, turning what you grow into shelf-stable food items.”

Making a Plan

In deciding to homestead, it is important to evaluate goals with available resources. Access to arable land is hard enough for farmers in Colorado, let alone homesteaders. It is important to consider what is permitted on the property, time and energy cost, and plans for lost crops or livestock.This brings us to the core of what often drives people to homesteading: a sense of independence. The reverie of “the good old days” being rooted in the insular, nuclear family is a comforting online curation, but it is not so ideal in reality. The same holds for hopes of total isolation and self-sufficiency; the reality becomes much more apparent when faced with the aforementioned barriers: we need one another. 

Lauren Dunteman shared a story about the community garden she co-built in her neighborhood on Waite Drive, which was given perhaps the most apt name for a garden in Boulder, “Waite.. Waite Don’t Till Me.” Dunteman collaborated with other houses on the block to facilitate participation for individuals with varying levels of access. Instead of being an individual responsible for maintaining multiple crop types with varying nutritional, sunlight, and watering requirements, each participant took responsibility for growing only a couple of crops. If they were experiencing trouble with their crop, like mites or other pests, neighbors would swap tips and grow collective farming knowledge. An aging couple with ample land were not able to participate in some of the physical tasks required for maintaining the gardens, and the folks who were more ambulatory but did not have access to land where they lived tended to the gardens built in the elderly couple’s yard. Same with new parents, whose time commitments were not as static or predictable as those of homes with older children. People with varying levels of access – to capital, land, mobility, time, and education had an easier time participating because they did not have to be the one person holding it all together. Dunteman said, “It’s as much about community as it is about food.”

Flatiron’s Farmers Coalition is made up of farmers, homesteaders, as well as non-growing members called “advocates.” FFC holds community-building workshops for producers, as well as non-producers. This is an excellent resource because not everybody can grow wheat in their backyard, but they may meet someone else in town who grinds his own flour. You may not be producing it yourself, but you are sourcing closer to home than the flour found at a Safeway. Dunteman remarked, “It may not be more independence, but more reliance on people within my community.” 

A “return to tradition” can mean different things to different people with different traditions. One largely lost practice is the ability to exist within a community: knowing your neighbors, creating a relationship with the rancher you source your beef from, admitting what you do not know and asking for help, collaborating and working through problems as a collective. It all requires a level of interdependence and vulnerability that could make anyone squeamish. Dunteman recalled her own fears starting out with the community garden. “I remember getting this scarcity fear, that I could not share what I grew and get what I needed in return. But I had to learn to trust.”

Homesteading may look less like pioneers in the Wild West and more like city folks learning proper pruning techniques for a summer squash. It may not be the romantic curation of trad wives milking adorable cows for their morning coffee, but more like a Mission-Impossible-level groundhog with a taste for your bell peppers becoming your arch nemesis. It might start with two pots of heirlooms, a basil plant in the window, and seeking out your area’s community gardens and growing resources. Organizations such as Growing Gardens of Boulder make growing more accessible by offering plot rentals and classes, particularly for youth and teens to begin their gardening education early. Some may be drawn to homesteading to revert to the “simpler,” 1950’s Christian nuclear family dream, and some dream of disassembling capitalistic structures and futures with food security for all. There are those like Lauren Dunteman who believe that growing food can be the antidote to the chronic individualism that pervades modern society. She said, “Relationship-building is a fun form of rebellion that draws people toward homesteading in the first place.” Homesteading does not have to be, and perhaps should not be, done alone. 

The post Garden: Who Can Homestead – Growing for Non-Farmers and Non-Wealthy appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Boulder

Boulder Walkability and Improvements:

The Boulder area allows you to easily do some tasks by walking on foot, but you have the option of easily accessible public transport to help you get across town. WalkScore put the Boulder area walking score at 63, and the city holds the title of being a Gold-level Walk Friendly Community. In 2019, the city adopted a new pedestrian plan to create more walkable streets, and the pedestrian network now includes an impressive 500-mile sidewalk and 82 pedestrian underpasses.

The local government of Boulder can improve the area’s walkability by connecting the many paths, parks and roads to help create a more unified walking path for the residents. Creating paths that begin and end at public transport pick-up zones can also help with improvements.

Longmont

Longmont Walkability and Improvements:

Longmont is a large area (3200 acres), making it difficult to walk to every location. You can use a bicycle to get to some places, but due to the city’s layout, access is still very limited, and most errands will require a car.

Walkscore rated Longmont 39 due to its poor walking paths. The city can improve its walkability by building new dedicated walkways and connecting existing routes. The Longmont Council is looking at how they can prioritize pedestrian safety downtown due to the increased traffic on the roads, but hurdles like funding and getting permission from the Colorado Department of Transportation need to be jumped.

Erie

Erie Walkability and Improvements:

Erie is stuck between other cities and towns, with weird borders that do not allow residents to walk to different areas of Erie easily. This has led to the town’s dismal score of 13 on WalkScore. In the early days, Erie requires almost all errands to use a vehicle as everything is so far apart or split into weird sections between other towns and cities. While the area is flat, which helps with walking, without dedicated walking paths that cross roads safely, Erie is not great for walking.

Lafayette

Lafayette Walkability and Improvements:

Lafayette is reasonably walkable if you’re in the right part of town, and public transport helps increase residents’ ability to walk everywhere. A drawback of the city is the large sprawl and distances between places. This makes it a long walk to get to places in the city.

While Walkscore gives Lafayette a decent score of 42, you will still require a car to do most daily errands because of the size of the area. Luckily the City of Lafayette has a Multimodal Transportation Plan that includes improvements to more then just driving, with connectivity of things like walking, biking and transit.

Louisville

Louisville Walkability and Improvements:

Louisville is quite walkable if you stay in nearby neighborhoods, and as it is a relatively low-crime area, pedestrians are safe. With the lack of public transport in some areas, most residents use the multiple bike lanes or their cars for daily commuting or errands they need to do.

The walk score from Walkscore is only a 42, meaning you can walk to some places nearby, but due to the size of the area (2000 acres) and the lack of public transport, you will not have a great time doing it unless you’re a long-distance athlete!

Superior

Superior Walkability and Improvements:

Superior is not a large area, only 4 square miles, and is quite flat, meaning you can easily walk to many places in town. However, a vehicle may still be required to go to some areas in town due to a lack of walking infrastructure, such as sidewalks, but this is set to hopefully improve with part of the ongoing downtown development.

Superior has a walkability score of 50 on Walkscore, meaning you can get to some places on foot, but using a vehicle is also a great option for getting around town.

Broomfield

Broomfield Walkability and Improvements:

Broomfield is not an easily walkable area due to its large size (8607 acres), lack of public transport, and lack of layout in the city. This city is car-dependent as the road network splits up many neighborhoods. The lack of public transport doesn’t help either.

Even though the city is flat due to its location in Colorado and the many parks, there are very few dedicated walking paths. That is why Walkscore gave Broomfield a score of only 33 and public transport a terrible score of 10.

The city has created a project to improve the pedestrian environment with safer walking and biking connections to Emerald Elementary School. The project has yet to start, with contracts to be executed in January 2025.

North Westminster

North Westminster Walkability and Improvements:

North Westminster is a large and spread-out city with a walking score of 24, meaning you may need to walk a long distance to get anywhere you want to go. The city also has few public transport facilities, which doesn’t help its walkability.

As the area is designed around moving cars through it, there are very few dedicated walkways, but that is by design due to the town’s size. Almost all errands in the town require a car. Currently, the city is working hard to improve pedestrian conditions, such as the Safe Routes to School (SRTS).

North Thornton

North Thornton Walkability and Improvements:

North Thorton’s town layout allows many residents to do some errands by just walking to where they need to, but for longer distances, they need to use a personal car as public transport is lacking in the area.

North Thoorton can improve its walkability by creating dedicated lanes that connect the neighborhoods, but the distances for some errands may require transport.

Lyons

Lyons Walkability and Improvements:

With a score of 63 on the Walkscore, many different tasks, such as shopping and going to work, can be done on foot.

This is due to the small size of Lyon and the flat area in which the town is situated and that improving pedestrian safety is a priority for the city via the Safe Streets For All project.

Niwot

Niwot Walkability and Improvements:

Niwot is a small town that has many of its main errands in one location, making it easy to get everything you need and want from one location. However, some places may require a vehicle as they are a little farther out, such as the tennis court and baseball field.

The post Hood Guide: Towns | How Walkable Are Our Towns? appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Homeowner Lindasue Smollen has an illustrious garden surrounding her North Boulder residence. She sprouts an array of fruits, vegetables, and flowers annually. To her, the benefits of the outdoor hobby are beyond mere cost.

“I say that it’s my therapy, but it’s cheaper than therapy,” Smollen says. “It’s the joy that you get. It’s just difficult to put a price tag on.”

Smollen somehow finds the time for gardening in between running a bakery business and practicing law. She grew up in New York, where her father was a gardener. She describes gardening as being in her blood. The house she lives in now sort of “lent itself to gardening,” she explains. After 38 years of having her home in Boulder, she utilizes the entire space.

Smollen is one of many Boulderites with an affinity for horticulture. That much is apparent in the hundreds of filled community garden plots provided by the non-profit Growing Gardens. Growing Gardens operates seven community garden spaces across Boulder County. Currently, there is a waitlist for all of them.

“In the last couple of years since the pandemic, people have just really felt drawn to better connect with nature and with how their food gets to them, gets in the kitchen and gets into their body,” Operations and Community Garden Manager Shawn Connell says.

Those who want a plot with Growing Gardens can register annually. Gardeners pay a small plot fee and use it to grow almost anything they please. Many gardeners grow flowers and produce. Although they are not allowed to sell these items, they can use them, share them, or even donate them.

“What is the value of a tree in the forest? You can think about it in terms of how much money you could make if you sold it to be turned into paper or lumber,” says Connell. “But it has a lot of other value”

Is growing your own food and flowers cheaper than going to the market?

When growing your own food, the sown result is highly nutrient-dense organic produce, Connell says. This type of food is generally more expensive than its nonorganic counterpart at the grocery store. Amazon Fresh, for example, sells organic produce at a higher cost.

“If you simply put a consumer price tag on it, it’s probably not economical,” Smollen said. “Some things certainly are. This year I had a bumper crop of heirloom tomatoes that I never could have bought the volume of. I used them for everything.”

Smollen shares that the people in Boulder’s gardening community are often open to sharing their yields, especially if they grew too much. In that sense, the activity is economical.

Starting a Garden

When starting a garden, there are many costs to consider. Garden beds, seeds, soil, warming tools and gardening tools are a few examples. Home Depot sells wooden garden beds for anywhere from $36.60 to $499.99, depending on the quality and size one is looking for. A vegetable seed garden starter kit is $29.10 online. So while there are affordable options for gardening, it can also get pricey

The cost of gardening depends on the way one goes about it.

Adoree Faul shows a garden at University Hill Elementary School on Nov. 11, 2024.

“I think there’s like a culture to it, but I think that gardening can be as expensive as you want it to be,” Adoree Faul, the garden director of Garden to Table explains. “I’ve worked in permaculture gardens where we used old wine bottles to line the beds and then put the soil around. The wine bottles or beer bottles, tires and stones we would harvest from the ocean, and that cost nothing.”

Garden to Table is a nonprofit organization serving schools in the Boulder Valley School District and one school in Golden. It provides gardens and curriculum to students at these schools. Title 1 schools received garden educators. In the program, students learn about science and gardening.

If using recycled materials, gardeners can go a long way without spending much. But getting started can be costly. Faul experienced budget gardening during a farming trip in Patagonia, Chile. There, she says, the practice is rather looked down upon. It symbolizes not having enough money to go to the grocery store. She notices the juxtaposition as in Boulder, it is looked at almost as a posh hobby. To save money on gardening, Faul recalls making her own compost or getting manure from local farms.

Faul says that many people spend lots of time and money on creating elaborate vegetable gardens. When adding up all the expenses, the hobby can get costly.

“So for one garden bed, you would get the wood, which one like a 10-foot piece of wood is around like $15, and you’d need at least five of them to make a raised bed, and that’s a lot of money,” Faul says. “Then you’d need to buy the brackets and the big screws as well, so it’d be at least $100 per bed. I think it is expensive if you make it expensive, but I don’t think it has to be.”

According to Lawn Starter, the average cost for a raised garden bed kit is $145.48. This cost varies depending on factors such as quality, size, materials and location. Gardeners also have the option of planting an in-ground garden. This would not require the same materials as a garden bed, but it could still be costly, depending on the materials and seeds used.

“I think if you’re determined enough, anyone can garden,” says Faul. “I don’t think money needs to be a factor if you use recycled materials and make your own compost.”

As for florals, growing bouquets is certainly economical according to Smollen. The cost of flowers can vary greatly, depending on the kind and where they’re bought. Most of Smollen’s flowers have already been established as perennials, so they keep coming back every year at no cost to Smollen.

“Once that stuff is in after a couple of years, it’s free,” Smollen says.

Priceless benefits

In addition to potential economic benefits, gardening also has an array of intangible positive effects. For Smollen, gardening improves her sense of community.

“I say all the time if I’m out gardening in the summer, spring, summer, fall, whatever, it is my social life,” she says. “Everybody wants to stop and talk about my gardens.”

Smollen often connects with her neighbors through gardening. Oftentimes, people stop to ask her about the garden surrounding her home. She’s even built a bench into her wall for bikers to take a break and leaves out a water canister for thirsty pets.

“We have a lot of older people that garden. For them, this is an opportunity to really connect with their neighbors,” says Connell. “Getting out of the house, talking to people daily, feeling like you’re heard and seen – is a struggle that a lot of the elders in our community experience. How do you put a price tag on that?”

Sometimes, Smollen grows too much and needs to thin out the garden. In this case, she lets the community know that she has extra of something and then people come out to get it. Smollen and others end up chatting and gardening together. She also allows local photographers to come in and take pictures of the garden.

Smollen emphasizes the differences between gardening and yard work. She says one is a love, and the other is a task.

“If I’m going to go out gardening, it’s a very happy little thing,” says Smollen. “And so there’s a way to do things in life without being overwhelmed.”

The happiness Smollen feels when gardening is a mental health benefit that many gardeners experience.

Shawn Connell gives a tour of the community garden plots at Growing Garden’s main location in North Boulder.

“The mental and physical benefits would be from the vitamin D that you get from the sunlight,” says Faul. “I studied nutrition at university, so we talked a lot about the benefits of vitamins. Vitamin D is really great for your muscles and bones, but also for your mental health. It helps with some pieces of depression.”

Vitamin D can have many physical and mental benefits, according to Healthline. Some mental benefits include potentially regulating one’s mood and reducing depression. Physically, vitamin D helps regulate the absorption of calcium and facilitates healthy immune system function.

“It’s a very physical work to be out there to be gardening,” says Connell. “So then you potentially have the equivalent of a gym membership.”

According to Faul, the kids participating in the Garden to Table program also derive some happiness from gardening.

“The kids absolutely love it,” says Faul. “I started 4,320 lettuces in the greenhouse last year, and we distribute them to the schools, and the kids plant them in their garden. They remember exactly which lettuce is theirs, and they watch it grow and the same with the summer harvest.”

After the growing is complete, the lettuce is used in the school cafeteria for Rainbow Day, Faul says. So, there is also an educational aspect to gardening. Garden to Table often incorporates science lessons into its curriculum so kids learn while gardening.

In other cases, students plant their vegetables and let them grow over the summer. When they return, they can take their crops home to their families. Growing their own food creates a connection to it, says Faul. It makes them more likely to eat some.

Gardening for the planet

Many community gardens use sustainable or regenerative agriculture. According to the North Carolina Cooperative Extension website, sustainable agriculture aims to maintain and decrease land degradation. Regenerative agriculture works to restore the land and promote soil health.

“I think there’s an endless list of benefits to gardening. For me, the biggest thing is just growing my own food and being more sustainable,” says Faul.

Growing Gardens uses regenerative urban agriculture practices in its farming techniques. Adding the urban piece adds a new layer to the practice. Essentially, they practice regenerative agriculture in the Boulder area, which is rather different than rural farmland. Many plots are surrounded by neighborhoods and businesses.

“And so we’re not just practicing regenerative agriculture, but we’re practicing it in a way that keeps in mind the fact that we’re in a neighborhood full of people,” says Connell. “We don’t want to attract rats, mice, and things like that.”

Regenerative agriculture is great for the environment. Those who use recycled materials for gardening are also reducing their ecological footprint. The Chesapeake Bay Foundation website lists many benefits of the practice.

Climate change is an ongoing threat in today’s world. Regenerative agriculture captures a substantial amount of carbon from the air and stores it in the soil. Therefore, it can help mitigate the effects of climate change. It also improves soil health, which leads to increased farm productivity. Finally, it produces nutrient-dense food without chemical contaminants. So growing your own garden, especially while using the practices of regenerative agriculture, can benefit not only yourself but the world around you.

The outcome of gardening

So, is having a garden worth it? For many people, the answer is yes. Gardening is what you make of it. It can be cheap, expensive, stressful, or peaceful. If one is considering gardening, there are plenty of benefits to retrieve from the practice. For some, it may be the beauty of seeing where their food came from. For others, it may be the happiness of knowing that they are making a small positive impact on the planet and/or society.

Some things you just can’t put a price tag on. Gardening is one of those things. Smollen, Connell, and Faul all shared their personal connections with the practice and showed how it has not only positively impacted their lives but also the lives of others. Gardening helps Smollen connect with her community; it is a passion of Connell’s that led him to meet his wife on a farm; and it brought Faul to Patagonia, Chile. In each of their stories, sharing their passion with others has made a positive impact on the world.

Smollen feels the joy and brightness of gardening each year when her perennials sprout. They create a spectrum of colors around her home.

“There’s daffodils, tulips and hyacines. They just come up in a wonder and they’re all different colors,” Smollen says. “The winter is over. Everything is still dead. And all of a sudden, all these beautiful flowers just pop up. They’re just the brightness for everybody.”

The post Garden: The cost and benefits of growing a garden in Boulder appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

A few days before Halloween, a family of four was killed while at a stoplight on Thornton Parkway.

A speeding driver slammed into the car, igniting an explosion that killed the family at the scene, and the driver less than two weeks later.

Roberta Ayala, a council member representing Ward 2, felt the community’s collective shock and grief, and attended a vigil near the accident scene on Nov. 1. While there, another car accident happened while the victims were being honored only feet away.

“It was bad, and it’s really gotten the community concerned about road safety, because we’ve had a few [car crashes] here in town, specifically, in the late evening,” Ayala says. “There’s a lot of car racing, but there’s also people just going too fast and not looking at the road and looking at their phone.” 

Driving is a leading cause of death in the United States that kills more than 120 people every day, a major emitter of air pollution and planet-warming greenhouse gases, a source of daily frustration for many commuters, and a sizable expense for car owners. But in today’s car-dependent world, it can seem like a necessary evil.

But as researchers, policymakers and drivers realize the harm cars have on public health and the environment, communities are exploring strategies to increase walking, biking and public transportation.

Navigating Roadblocks 

Cars were a hallmark of the 20th century. Automobiles like the Model-T made the car universal, and, by the 1930s, more than half of American families owned a car.

Cities changed in kind — the Interstate Highway System began in the 1950s, and those wide, paved streets took people to the suburbs, where they set up single-family homes and began living further from their workplaces. For a century, communities in the U.S. invested in car-based infrastructure that often came at the expense of walkability, creating neighborhoods that are disconnected, spread out and filled with car after car.

Today, many cities have codes and regulations in place that accommodate cars but make it difficult to design for walkability, says Jota Samper, co-director of CU Boulder’s Community Engagement, Design and Research Center.

“The effects of automobiles on the built environment were not understood and that was the time where we set up a lot of the regulations that determine how we build the built form of our cities,” Samper says. “The codes and regulations that we create and we follow produce a bad city. They produce a bad environment.”

In the last decade, Boulder’s Planning and Development Services department has changed zoning regulations to allow for more mixed use development, sensitive infill and density and reducing or eliminating some parking minimums to reduce surface lots, says Lisa Houde, principal city planner.

These changes allow the city to create neighborhoods that feature a mix of housing, retail stores, restaurants, and public transportation depots within walking distance, Houde says.

Residents often express a desire for better access to recreation, groceries and restaurants, says Comprehensive Planning Manager Kristofer Johnson.

“People are interested in having a range of services and opportunities and housing and daily needs within close proximity to where they live, and whether or not that be accessible by a bike or transit or driving,” Johnson said.

Denser neighborhoods also create more affordable housing, which is scarce in Boulder, he adds.

A 2021 survey of major employers in Boulder County found that at least half of their employees live outside of Boulder, some of whom are working remotely and some of whom commute to work. That upward trend helps explain the number of highways and commuter travel through Lafayette. Lafayette’s population is approximately 30,000 people, but the city sees more than 120,000 drivers each day on the three major highways running through town, says Principal Transportation Engineer Michelle Melonakis.

The danger of high-speed traffic is a major concern for residents and is a central priority for the city, which is working with regional partners on transportation projects to reduce highway driving, Melonakis says.

Shannon Berg’s family chose to live in Lafayette so her husband could commute to Boulder for work and their kids could walk and bike to the nearby recreation center, library, school and Old Town. But inattentive, speeding drivers and few crosswalks make that impossible, she says.

Near her home and in Old Town there are too few sidewalks and drivers’ dangerous behavior pushes bikers onto the sidewalks, she explains.

“There really doesn’t seem to be much room for pedestrians at all,” says Berg. “I don’t know where you can walk anymore.”

That difficulty is even higher for differently-abled pedestrians who might use a wheelchair, are blind or have decreased mobility. In some places, accessibility is just now entering the conversation around transportation in a meaningful way, like Erie, where many of the bus stops and sidewalks aren’t accommodating, says Senior Transportation Planner Miguel Aguilar.

“Missing and deficient sidewalks are a big issue, so if somebody is in a wheelchair, we want to make sure that there is a sidewalk connection to wherever they need to get to and that it’s a comfortable ride for them, and a smooth ride,” Aguilar says.

Along Erie’s JUMP bus system, 13 of 15 stops don’t have sidewalk connections or loading zones for wheelchair passengers, Aguilar says. As Erie adds more stops and bus routes, the Town will also retrofit existing stops to be accessible.

In Thorton, nighttime street racing is a popular activity amongst teenagers. It has led to critical and sometimes fatal accidents, but it’s currently embedded in town culture, says Ayala.

“That stuff doesn’t happen every day, but what are we doing to have things for people to do in suburbia, besides driving around their car, just goofing around?” Ayala adds.

In Boulder, new restaurants and stores in neighborhoods fulfill needs expressed by residents, but can also come with side effects like increased traffic and noise that people dislike. While finding consensus of what kind of changes are good or bad is impossible, the city does take feedback into account, and will sometimes make changes to past projects when necessary, says Johnson.

Creating walkable, connected, vibrant cities comes with tradeoffs that people have to decide to accept or not, Samper says.

“If I cannot walk in my neighborhood, then I could figure out a way to get in my car, drive an hour and then go and walk to another place,” explains Samper. “We have normalized this kind of idea, and so any change is going to find some type of reaction, and any change is also going to create the necessity for some trade offs.”

Walk this way 

A world that doesn’t revolve around cars and gas prices and traffic might seem idealistic, but in reality, it already exists. Not just in major cities like San Francisco or Boston where public transportation is ubiquitous, says Samper, but in many smaller American towns, namely, those that were established before cars took over.

Cities like Savannah, Georgia; Philadelphia and New Orleans — which topped one ranking as the most walkable city in the U.S. this year — are compact and dense, with attractions, restaurants, and residences packed into the same neighborhoods. Streets are typically narrow and parking expensive or inaccessible, encouraging foot travel over hopping in the car.

Another example of walkable infrastructure can be found almost anywhere, says Samper: The college campus. 

Photo: colorado.edu

College campuses depend on students quickly, easily and safely walking to primary destinations within a few square miles, which can be a model for cities to learn from, says Samper.

“Thinking about how familiar most Americans [are] of how campuses behave, and how that actually could be ingrained into helping to learn about other places,” Samper adds.

The scale of a college campus has its footing in empirical research, too. Several of Boulder’s guiding documents, the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan and Transportation Master Plan refer to the “15-minute neighborhood,” an urban design concept that suggests most people are willing and able to travel about one-quarter mile to reach a destination.

“Anything beyond that, it can be a burden, especially if you’re trying to carry a child or carry groceries,” Johnson says. “That’s when you have to start thinking about other forms of mobility, whether they be scooters and bikes or you’re going to get in the car.”

The 15-minute neighborhood explains why mixed-use zoning is vital to walkability. It allows for human-centered environments that are inviting, and connected, says Valerie Watson, Boulder’s Interim Director of Transportation & Mobility.

But when people want to leave their neighborhood, the city is focused on providing a range of transportation options like biking, walking, scooters, buses or regional transit options between cities, so people aren’t forced into their cars, explains Watson.

That mission also requires creating inviting destinations, says Ayala. In Thornton, conversations regarding new developments focus on reducing car-oriented spaces like fast food restaurants, and instead building sit-down restaurants, parks and shopping centers. 

“That’s been kind of long overdue, and that was something I really ran on,” says Ayala. “We need to revitalize our south end of town.”

Another major priority is creating traffic-calming infrastructure like greenspace, medians and roundabouts to naturally encourage slower, less aggravated driving, Ayala says.

Lafayette resident Jessica English Teitelman is hoping to see similar projects in her neighborhood. Teitleman walks to work and does errands by foot too, and she enjoys walking’s meditative quality. But car exhaust, revving and honking and gravel kicked up by tires can ruin the experience, she says. 

Teitleman has had several close encounters with cars driving too quickly and not paying attention to pedestrians, she says. She feels that adding more greenery and attractive medians would help drivers safer and pedestrians at risk.

“We could engineer our roads, especially in areas with housing, to be so much more socially engineered with the environment so we have those medians and landscaping things that make walking and driving slower more natural,” suggests Teitleman.

Matt Gilbert walks or bikes to most destinations because he is willing to do so, even if it’s a little slower or out of the way, he says. But he understands that poorly lit, narrow, inconvenient routes would discourage people.

“A lot of roads are broken up and orphaned, and a lot of the walking trails got cut up too,” says Gilbert. “It would be great to see those all connected in a more comprehensive network.”

People need to envision walkable cities and the changes required to create them, says Samper. Without that passion and open-mindedness, it will be difficult to be successful. 

“We know how to create a great street, and we know all the assistance that we could put in place to make us less dependent on cars, and the street more walkable, but all those would require a lot more energy to actually be implemented,” says Samper. “That requires a lot of political will, and if people don’t want to change their neighborhoods, it’s also going to be very difficult to do.”

Forging a new path 

Erie’s Transportation & Mobility Division was founded two years ago. Lafayette published its very first Multimodal Transportation Plan in 2023. Topics surrounding walkability and public transit that were once niche are now central investments across the Front Range.

That shift allows cities to collaborate on regional projects that extend across city limits to leverage resources and benefit more Coloradans, says Gerrit Slatter, Capital Projects Manager for Boulder’s Transportation Department. Grants and funding for walkable infrastructure are competitive, and while that can be challenging, it means that exciting innovation is happening all across the region.

“Multimodal transportation used to be a thing that those people in Boulder did, and it was sort of an afterthought, if thought of at all in other places,” says Slatter. “Boulder is just one of many, many, many communities that are chasing these grants and getting funding for it, and so you don’t have to look very hard at the evidence that it’s super important to a lot of communities.” 

Regional partnerships are focusing on creating interconnectivity amongst cities through public transportation between major destinations like Boulder, Denver, Longmont, Denver International Airport with stops Erie and Lafayette.

“We’ve had quite a bit more project funding than Lafayette could ever come up with on our own, because we had leveraged so many grants and working with Boulder County and Erie and Superior and Broomfield on different projects,” says Melonakis.

Transportation departments are seeing major funding opportunities, including a recent $23 million grant from The U.S. Department of Transportation to make Boulder’s roads safer and reduce car collisions. In Boulder, about 80% of capital improvement projects are funded in part by grants, says Slatter.

Grants are essential to this work, because existing city budgets can’t always meet the huge expense that large-scale infrastructure projects require.

But grants come with price tags too, like additional applications and oversight for clearances, and parameters around implementation that can both limit projects or significantly extend their time frames, says Erie’s Aguilar.

“There’s a lot of regulations and policy that we need to follow because of the type of funds we’re using, lots of red tape everywhere, and lots that folks don’t see,” Aguilar adds.

As much as transportation departments may want to invest in alternative transportation, existing roads require significant funding for maintenance. Investing in roads at the optimal point, before degradation is severe, helps keep costs low, says Slatter. 

In Boulder, that includes a major push to make arterial roadways, where the majority of accidents happen, safer and better connected, adds Watson.

For Sean Haney, a Boulder resident who enjoys traveling both by car and bike, any investments into pedestrian infrastructure is a benefit for drivers, too. Marked crosswalks,protected bike lanes, lighting and improved public transportation reduces traffic, discourages activities like jaywalking and makes roads safer for everyone.

“When I’m driving I do not want to have a close call, I hate that weird limbo when someone is trying to cross and I don’t know whether to stop or not; I would like [that] to be as clear cut as possible,” says Haney.

Shane Wachlin, a Boulder resident and avid biker, sees a similar feedback loop come about from improved walkability. The more bikers and pedestrians there are, the more conscious drivers will be. That will help more people feel safer walking and biking around town, he says.

He wants to see more opportunities for people to learn bike safety and etiquette, like how to change a flat, signal a turn or where to bike when cars are present, he says. People need to be encouraged to bike, and drivers need to be dissuaded from using their cars, he says.

“Driving just has to become more painful, because I think the infrastructure’s there, and most people aren’t going to like that, but I think it is pretty doable,” says Wachlin. 

Similarly, Aguilar is focused on making other modes of transportation more appealing than driving. Erie currently offers public transportation via the JUMP bus line from downtown Erie to Boulder, and is investigating expansions into Denver and Bus Rapid transit along US-287 and State Highway 7.

But the majority of the budget still goes to roads, which makes driving most people’s go-to option, he says.

“We need to start looking at our budget, shifting funds around, so that we make our transit amenities appealing and more desirable and provide to those residents who don’t have a vehicle a sense of pride in taking transit,” says Aguilar.

Though there is much progress to be made towards these goals, current strategies are already working. While single-occupancy vehicles remain the most common mode of transportation, the Boulder Valley Modal Shift Report shows that its overall use has declined in the last three decades, with all other modes — buses, walking, biking and public transportation — becoming more widely used. 

These kinds of changes have unique ripple effects, Samper notes. Many gas stations, highways and parking garages look almost identical, no matter which part of the country they’re in. When cities are created for their unique populations and cultural identities, they become more vibrant, exciting, pleasant places to live.

“The wonderful thing is that the world is an immense place, and the United States is a gigantic country that should be full of diverse places, not places that don’t look very different to each other,” says Samper. “What we need to start creating is the opportunity to actually create spaces full of diversity of urban forms.” 

Like journalism like this? Consider becoming a sustaining supporter (and get our printed copy monthly at home.)
Democracy needs journalism more than ever. We’ve been telling the truth for 24 years. Your support helps us keep telling it for at least the next four years.

Democracy needs journalism more than ever. We’ve been telling the truth for 24 years. Your support helps us keep telling it for at least the next four years.

The post Hood Guide: Towns | The era of car dominance is ending appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

This year marks Yellow Scene Magazine’s 25th Anniversary and my 40th year in media (I started young at 12…). Supporting small, local businesses has been both my career and my passion, and I’ve come to believe that “supporting local” is more than just a slogan — it’s the foundation of sustainable, thriving communities.

Over the decades, I’ve witnessed the harm caused by unchecked corporate greed. America’s most remarkable growth from the 1930s to the 1980s occurred when corporations and political donations were much more heavily regulated. Today, wealth concentrates into fewer hands while public services deteriorate, healthcare and education are denied, and living wages are withheld — all forms of systemic violence. But we, the people, have the power to create change.

Shopping locally builds circular and mutual economies, reduces climate impact, and sends a powerful message to the new robber barons: unethical practices won’t earn our dollars.

To celebrate our milestone, we’re spotlighting 25 local businesses that have thrived for 25 years or more. These businesses embody the values that have helped YS stay committed to authentic journalism. At YS, we don’t accept sponsored content — our stories are earned, not bought. This article took 40 hours of interviews, transcribing, research, and writing. While we couldn’t feature every business over 25 years old, we’re actively compiling a list of local treasures and will update the story as it grows. Stay tuned for our “Longest-Running, Locally-Owned Businesses in BOCO List. Shoot us an email to advertising @ yellowscene.com if you want us to be sure to include you.

Recurring themes emerged in every interview: perseverance, valuing staff, and a commitment to community. Each business spoke of surviving COVID as one of their greatest challenges. While wealth was not their primary focus, they all emphasized treating staff with care, offering living wages, and fostering connections. Above all, they expressed immense gratitude for their customers and teams, along with a deep love for what they do, seemingly driven by a shared desire to make the world a kinder place.

Here’s to 25 years of celebrating community, integrity, and the local businesses that make a better world possible.

We spoke to an incredible array of local businesses that have stood the test of time, including Anspach’s Jewelers, BoulderCentre for Orthopedics & Spine, Boulder Philharmonic Orchestra, The Boulder Cork, Clinica Family Health & Wellness (formerly Mental Health Partners), Coal Creek Theater of Louisville, Cottonwood Kennels, Efrain’s of Boulder Mexican Restaurant & Cantina, Elite Barber Shop, Eldorado Natural Spring Water, Eric Olson Jewelers, Erie Animal Hospital, Frequent Flyers, Greenbriar Inn, Lafayette Chamber, Museum of Boulder, Niwot Jewelry & Gifts, Rags Consignments, Santiago’s Mexican Restaurant, Schapell Jewelers, Snarf’s Sandwiches, Taylor Moving, The Sink, Tebo Properties,  Time Warp Comics and Games, and Village Coffee Shop.

Anspach’s Jewelry, Lafayette CO

Anspach’s Jewelry, located in Lafayette, Colorado, celebrates its 70th anniversary in 2025. Founded in 1955 by Graig Anspach’s parents, the business began with humble roots. The family arrived in Lafayette with everything they owned packed into a car and trailer with very little money to their name. The Lafayette community welcomed them with open arms, helping them secure a commercial space, furnish a home, and provide groceries, allowing them to get their start.

When Graig’s father passed away in 1983, Graig left his job to assist his mother in running the shop. With no experience, he dedicated himself to learning the craft and credited local jewelers for their guidance and support during those early years. The business was struggling at the time, but Graig’s determination never wavered. He worked tirelessly—sometimes 80-hour weeks—to turn the store around.

Graig shares, “If I even got complacent for a few days and didn’t pay attention, I would pay for weeks. You have to show up every day, go to sleep thinking about the business, wake up thinking about it, and even dream about it. That is what it takes. It’s almost a curse.” Despite the challenges, Graig’s perseverance paid off. “I’m just proud of the determination and perseverance I put into the business to make it what it is now,” he says. Graig’s nephew, Ty Kuppinger, joined Anspach’s 28 years ago, and his son, Grant, is set to join the business soon, marking its transition to a third-generation family-owned enterprise—a true testament to their legacy of hard work, community, and resilience.

BoulderCentre for Orthopedics & Spine, Multiple Locations

BoulderCentre for Orthopedics & Spine, founded in 1968, is celebrating 57 years in 2025. Unlike most medical practices, they remain proudly independent, owned entirely by the physicians who work there. CEO Cathy Higgins explains, “Our independence allows us to make the right decisions for patients without needing permission from external entities.”

What began as a small orthopedic center with just a couple of doctors has grown into a comprehensive practice with nearly 20 specialists. Today, they offer everything from orthopedic care and physical therapy to imaging (MRI and CT), surgery centers, and durable medical equipment—all under one roof. This one-stop-shop model is both convenient and cost-effective for patients.

With a team of approximately 245 staff members, BoulderCentre prides itself on its ability to recruit independent-minded physicians and foster a diverse leadership team. Women hold key roles, including CFO and marketing director. Cathy highlights their patient-first philosophy: “Our patients are at the center of everything we do. Independence enables us to be nimble and adapt to unique patient needs.”

Through a commitment to fiscal responsibility and community-centered care, they’ve resisted corporate buyouts, staying true to their mission. Cathy sums it up: “Sticking to your core mission, vision, and values — and putting the patient first — has been key to our success.”

Boulder Philharmonic, Boulder CO

The Boulder Philharmonic Orchestra, founded in 1957, will celebrate 68 years in 2025. Speaking with Michael Butterman, Music Director since 2006, his passion for music is contagious. “We’re not just an orchestra in Boulder; we aim to reflect the city’s ethos and unique character,” he explains.

Starting as a community ensemble, the Philharmonic has grown into a fully professional orchestra, with programming that embraces Boulder’s culture of nature, innovation, and collaboration. They’ve partnered with over 50 local organizations, including Frequent Flyers Aerial Dance, with whom they performed Appalachian Spring at the Kennedy Center’s 2017 Shift Festival.

Balancing his role at the Boulder Phil with positions at three other orchestras, Michael describes conducting as “intellectually interesting and emotionally rewarding,” finding endless discoveries in music and joy in sharing transcendent moments with audiences. “Sharing music helps people slow down and connect deeply in a fast-paced world,” he says.

The orchestra works to engage audiences through innovative programming, including visuals and multimedia, while balancing familiar “comfort food” pieces with fresh discoveries. Michael puts it simply: “If I’ve never been to a classical concert before, why should I go to this one?”

Despite the funding challenges faced by most locally funded orchestras, the Boulder Phil rises to the occasion, delivering performances that deeply resonate with the community.

The Boulder Cork, Boulder Co

The Boulder Cork, opened in 1969 as part of the Cork and Cleaver chain before becoming independent. For 56 years, it has been a staple of Boulder’s dining scene, owned by Alan Teran and beloved for its consistently perfect meals. In the 34 years we’ve dined at The Cork, we’ve never had anything but excellence. Executive Chef Jim Smailer, who led the kitchen for 41 years until 2021, established The Cork as a premier destination, championing fresh, locally grown ingredients (they even have their own garden!).

For 43 years, General Manager Donna Carmires worked alongside Jim, becoming a legendary figure. When they retired, Donna passed the torch to Caitlin Cocco, who had shadowed her for 12 years. Chef Dean Hilberg took over for Jim, bringing his experience and maintaining the family atmosphere — Caitlin’s husband is also a chef at The Cork. Together, they’ve carried on the legacy and family-owned atmosphere without missing a beat.

How does a restaurant maintain such longevity in an industry known for turnover? Caitlin says it’s about connecting with the community and serving longtime patrons. She also credits Alan’s supportive work environment, ensuring staff aren’t asked to work more than 40 hours a week. “That supportive culture,” she says, “is what keeps people here.” The Boulder Cork remains Boulder’s quintessential perfect restaurant, rooted in community and excellence.

Clinica Family Health (now merged with Mental Health Partners), multiple locations

Clinica Family Health & Wellness, was founded in 1977 by Alicia Sanchez and her daughter, Eleanor Montour, in Lafayette, Colorado, and became a federally qualified health center in 1979. Clinica merged with Mental Health Partners (MHP) on October 12, 2024. MHP began serving Boulder County in 1962, became a nonprofit in 1964, and transitioned to a community mental health center in 1971.

Clinica provides comprehensive care, including physical health, behavioral health, dental care, and social support services, with clinics in Lafayette, Boulder, Nederland, Gilpin County, Thornton, and Westminster. MHP’s merger added mental health services in Longmont and Broomfield. Together, they are a vital part of the community’s safety net.

We spoke with Simon Smith, CEO since 2013, and Jen Leosz, Chief Integrated Health Officer. Both emphasized Clinica’s commitment to accessible, affordable, high-quality care. Smith shares, “Healthcare is a human right,” underscoring his 14-year dedication to providing care for underserved populations. “Clinica provides comprehensive care regardless of a patient’s insurance status or ability to pay, addressing physical, mental, behavioral, and oral health, as well as social needs,” he adds.

Leosz, with 24 years in behavioral health, highlighted the importance of whole-person care, integrating body and mind services. She said, “Behavioral health has carried so much stigma. A big part of what I’ve worked toward is de-stigmatization and increased access for underserved populations.”

Both leaders acknowledged the challenges of declining Medicaid funding, stressing the importance of community partnerships to fill gaps. Yet, they remain hopeful, advocating for universal healthcare as the ultimate solution.

Louisville Center for the Arts, Louisville CO

Coal Creek Theater of Louisville was founded by Pasco Scar in 1990. Though not a founding member, Lynn Fleming has been deeply involved since joining in 2014. She has served on the board throughout her 11 years, including a decade as president.

As a small local theater, Coal Creek offers opportunities for performers of all ages and abilities. Despite challenges like limited rehearsal space and tight timelines, Lynn stays because, as she puts it, “It’s fun!” Reflecting on the theater’s needs, she shares: “I’d like to magically have enough money to get our own space instead of competing. First, we need an angel with a big pocketbook. I’d love more people to know we have a quality theater company in their backyards. I wish people were begging for seats instead of us sometimes having to seek them out. We get plenty of sold-out houses, but our space is small — usually seating 50 to 70, with a maximum of 82.”

Over the years, Lynn has seen her share of memorable moments. “One time, we had a set with outdoor entrances, and a major snowstorm forced us to rebuild it as the audience was practically walking in the door. Another time, a neighborhood cat decided to join the performance. And when the power went out during a show, the cast improvised all the lighting cues and sound effects. It’s been fun, even if hectic.”

Cottonwood Kennels, Boulder CO

Cottonwood Kennels was founded in 1977. Penny Gardel, the current owner, along with business partner Rhonda Beitzel (who became co-owner about five years ago), has been running the business for 46 years.

Originally a small kennel catering to local pets, Penny joined in 1979 after starting her career in animal control in Texas. She fell in love with the property and its welcoming environment, eventually buying into the business. Over time, the kennel transformed from a modest facility on a rutted dirt road with minimal landscaping into a well-loved, thriving operation. Back then, many roads were unpaved, adding to the area’s rural charm.

Penny is frank, like the rural setting surrounding her property, but her care and love for the animals shine through. Her pride in the property is well-earned. It’s a rolling landscape of alpacas, sheep, and dogs. We laughed about a past ad I created for Cottonwood Kennels featuring alpacas, sheep, and dogs with the playful headline “Sheep Herding Extra.” Calls flooded in from people wanting sheep herding lessons, and the ad had to be pulled immediately.

Penny emphasizes integrity, transparency, and creating a safe, comfortable space for pets. “Our service to the community is special — we care for pets like family, giving pet owners peace of mind.” The business has grown organically through word of mouth and exceptional care.

The pet industry is an industry increasingly dominated by corporations. Penny refuses to sell out, valuing her autonomy and commitment to a personal, ethical approach. “I love what I do, and I want to keep it privately owned and operated.”

Efrain’s, Boulder CO

Efrain’s of Boulder Mexican Restaurant & Cantina opened its first location in Lafayette in 1993, founded by Efrain himself. His culinary skills were shaped by his grandmother and uncle, who ran “That Mexican Restaurant” in Boulder during the 1970s. Efrain’s commitment to traditional methods and high-quality ingredients, such as soaking whole dried chilis overnight for their enchilada sauce, ensures bold, authentic flavors that set the restaurant apart.

After running the Lafayette location with his family for four years, Efrain took a sabbatical in 1997, passing the business to his brother. Not one to stay idle for long, he took over a struggling breakfast diner at 63rd and Arapahoe in Boulder on a whim. Without a liquor license in its first year, the restaurant focused entirely on food and became Efrain’s of Boulder. It quickly earned a devoted following and became a local legend for its vibrant flavors and welcoming atmosphere.

When the Boulder location moved to The Village, loyal customers were initially apprehensive, but the transition preserved the magic. Cristian Piñon, Efrain’s nephew, began working in Lafayette at age eight and later chose to leave college to continue working in his family’s restaurant and train under his uncle. Now, Cristian helps manage the restaurant, carrying forward the family’s proud culinary legacy.

BONUS FEATURE

***153 YEARS OLD – LONGEST-RUNNING BUSINESS IN LONGMONT***

Jeff & Orv, Elite Barbers, Longmont CO

Elite Barber Shop, located at 339 Main Street in Longmont, has operated continuously since 1872, making it the oldest business in town. The Christianson family has been integral to its history, with Orville “Orv” Christianson purchasing the shop in 1972. Orv barbered there until his retirement in 2007, when his son, Jeff, took over.

Though Jeff didn’t initially follow his father into barbering, he eventually embraced the family legacy. “I didn’t cut hair for the longest time,” Jeff shares. “I worked in the carpet industry instead. But as I got older, I realized that work wasn’t sustainable. My dad retired and wanted to sell the shop, and I couldn’t imagine it going to investors who might change everything. It felt like fate for me to step in and keep it going.”

Jeff began barbering at Elite in 2012, preserving the shop’s historic charm while emphasizing customer care as the cornerstone of its success. “If you don’t take care of it, it falls apart,” he says. “Your customers are your bread and butter.”

In 2022, ownership transitioned to Jeff’s son, Jason Christianson, making Elite Barber Shop a three-generation family business. Together, Jeff and Jason are committed to maintaining the shop’s tradition, offering services like haircuts, old-school hot towel shaves, and beard trims. As Jeff puts it, “Happy barbers give happy cuts.”

Eldorado Springs Resort and Water Company, Eldorado Springs CO

Eldorado Springs Resort and Water Company is not just a business but a cultural and historical landmark for Boulder County, reflecting the values of sustainability and community. The Martin family’s Boulder County legacy began with their great-great-grandfather discovering the Caribou Mines. The money generated from the mines was reinvested into purchasing land in the area. As Jeremy Martin tells us, “They were farmers, not developers.” The Martins worked the land until the 1950s when they sold it to the William Brothers, who eventually turned it into residential development, with Martin Acres retaining the family name.

Eldorado Springs Resort was established in 1905 by the Fowlers, neighbors of the Martin family. At 28, with no prior experience, Jeremy Martin and two childhood friends, Doug Larson and Kevin Sipple, purchased the Resort, including the historic ballroom, campground, and two trailer parks, using a loan from the original owner (back when deals like that were possible).

When Jeremy shared his idea of selling bottled water, a friend scoffed, “Why would anyone buy water in a bottle when they can get it free from the tap?” Forty-two years later, Eldorado Springs is one of Colorado’s largest springwater distributors and a leading regional brand.

It wasn’t easy, though. Financial struggles were constant, and at one point, the IRS came knocking. Fortunately, they couldn’t figure out which door to knock on, allowing Jeremy, Doug and Kevin to avoid seizure. Through perseverance, they built the company into what it is today. Reflecting on his journey, Martin says, “If you don’t take care of it, it falls apart. It’s not just a business; it’s a legacy.”

Eldorado is currently run by four partners, Martin, Larson and long-time employees Cathy Shoenfeld and Kate Janssen-Krejsa and they view themselves as the “guardians of the springs”. Their commitment to ethical business practices runs deep, offering employees fair wages, 401(k) plans, and health benefits, while prioritizing long-term growth over short-term profits. As Martin puts it, “I’ve always believed in daily philanthropy — through fair wages, good benefits, and community support — not just a big donation at the end. Money doesn’t make you happy. It’s the stories, the connections, and the people that matter.”

Eric Olson’s iconic Mountain Pendants, Louisville CO

Eric Olson Jewelers opened in Nov 2000, around the same time YS took shape, making this anniversary a shared celebration. This connection feels fitting, as Eric and I worked together before starting our own businesses — me at Boulder Weekly and Eric as a Master Jeweler for another company.

After two years, Eric’s skill and reputation grew so much that customers began requesting him by name. Realizing his potential, he decided to open his own shop. Around the same time, Eric’s father passed away, leaving him a modest inheritance of $30,000 — far less than the typical capital needed to start a jewelry store, even then.

Eric, one of only a handful of Master Jewelers in Colorado and across the country, brings a rich artistic background to his work. He holds a Master of Fine Arts in Metals from UW Wisconsin. His precision craftsmanship and personal touch define him as a true artisan. As Eric explains, “Your tools are what keep you alive, really. If you can improve your tools, your jobs get done quicker, come out better, and you make more money with less effort.”

Like other jewelers we interviewed, Eric speaks to the honor of serving his community during its happiest moments. However, running a jewelry store isn’t about getting rich. Profit margins are slimmer than people might expect, making it more a labor of love than a quick path to wealth. Eric sums it up simply: “I don’t have a boss. That’s worth a lot.”

Erie Animal Hospital opened in 2001, the same year YS was incorporated, addressing a critical need as Erie was then a “veterinarian desert.” At the time, Erie had grown from a forgotten mining town of 1,200 people to a more populated town of 4,000, but services had not kept pace with the population boom. Dr. Towner recognized this gap and established the first local veterinary service to care for Erie families.

Dr. Sally Towner, DVM, CVA, Erie Animal Hospital

As a women-led, locally owned business, Erie Animal Hospital stands out in an industry increasingly dominated by corporate buyouts. Dr. Towner remains committed to maintaining community-focused care and preserving the personal connections that come with being independently operated.

Dedicated to providing the best care possible, Dr. Towner earned certification in Eastern medicine to complement her expertise in Western veterinary practices. She also takes great pride in her clinic’s role during pivotal moments, including supporting the community during the 2013 floods and 2021 fires.

Her advice to business owners echoes the themes shared by other long-standing organizations: “Make sure this is what you want to do” and “have a strong support network.” As Dr. Towner emphasizes, “Loving your work is what gets you through the difficult times.”

Frequent Flyers, Boulder Co, Photo by Dustin Doskocil for Yellow Scene Magazine’s, November 2024 Print Issue

Frequent Flyers, founded in 1988 as a nonprofit focused on aerial dance, will celebrate its 37th anniversary in 2025. Founder Nancy Smith’s inspiration stemmed from her dual passion for dance and childhood love of swinging and spinning. Initially envisioning herself as a choreographer and performer, Nancy’s first encounter with aerial dance solidified her path.

Nancy credits the organization’s longevity to passion, curiosity, and its profound impact on students and audiences. “We make the impossible possible by what we do with our bodies,” she says. Frequent Flyers has been a global leader in aerial dance education and performance, with its programming widely emulated.

Challenges such as fundraising and marketing in a crowded nonprofit landscape weigh heavily. Boulder’s high density of nonprofits intensifies competition for funding. “It’s very expensive to do what we do, and it all comes back to money,” Nancy explains. She advocates for policies offering financial incentives to landlords leasing to nonprofits, better zoning, and consistent, long-term grant funding to ease the strain of constant applications.

Nancy’s advice for navigating challenges is clear: surround yourself with smart people, take advice, and let passion sustain you. “Be flexible; you never know what’s coming your way,” she advises.

Greenbriar Inn, Boulder CO

Greenbriar Inn is celebrating 58 years in 2025, and is a cornerstone of Boulder County with roots stretching back to 1873, when the building first served miners in the heart of the town of Altona, Colorado.

Altona was established in 1863 as a supply and transportation center at the mouth of Left Hand Canyon for the gold miners of Jamestown and Ward. By 1916, due to the decline of mining in the canyon, the post office was closed and the town of Altona went with it.

In the early 1920s, the general store added gas pumps and remained open until 1960 when a house fire forced the store to close. In 1967, the property was purchased by restaurateurs in the hopes of creating a new and inspired dining option in the area.

Restaurateurs transformed the property into The Greenbriar Inn in 1967, establishing an elegant restaurant, tavern, and private event space that has delighted guests for over five decades. Phil, the current owner and chef, began his journey at the inn in 1981, left briefly, and returned in 1996 to purchase the property. Under his stewardship, the Greenbriar has evolved into a fine dining destination with an exceptional wine list and a premier venue for weddings and events. Phil’s enhancements include a 7,000-square-foot vegetable garden, 400 new trees, a waterfall, and cabin renovations.

Adding to the inn’s charm is its reputation for spiritual activity, with employees and guests often recounting unexplained phenomena. Phil describes it as “positive energy” or “pranksterville.”

The Greenbriar has weathered its share of challenges, including a devastating flood and fire in 2013 and operational shifts during COVID. Phil credits the inn’s longevity to his dedicated staff, stating, “Take care of your staff; they’re the ones who take care of your business.”

Today, The Greenbriar Inn stands as a testament to the region’s history, offering classic American cuisine in a romantic country inn setting, blending historic charm with modern elegance.

Lafayette Chamber, Lafayette CO

Lafayette Chamber, founded in 1954, celebrated 70 years of supporting the local business community in 2024. Originally established by businesses like Lafayette Florist, the Chamber has been a cornerstone for small businesses, with the Morell family maintaining near-continuous board representation since its inception.

Katey McNeil, who became director in January 2024, has focused on modernizing operations, strengthening community connections, and infusing fresh energy into the organization. She highlighted the area’s close-knit, artistic culture, stating, “Lafayette is very much an artistic community, and locals here are all about supporting each other and our small businesses.”

Traditional events like the Peach Festival and Brew Fest remain staples, but the Chamber is expanding its offerings, including a new Holiday Market in 2025. Advocacy has also become a growing focus, with the Chamber working on policy issues like minimum wage changes, giving businesses a platform to voice concerns. Upcoming initiatives will feature lunch-and-learn sessions and training seminars aimed at helping businesses navigate inflation and economic challenges.

Katey shared stories illustrating Lafayette’s sense of connection and community spirit. At a recent holiday event, a little girl refused to part with her cookie before meeting Santa, instead stuffing it into her mouth and skipping to Santa with crumbs on her face — a moment Katey described as both hilarious and heartwarming. Whether fostering advocacy, artistic expression, or creating unforgettable memories, the Lafayette Chamber continues to build on its legacy while looking ahead to a vibrant future.

Museum of Boulder, Boulder CO

Museum of Boulder was originally established 80 years ago (circa 1944). The museum relocated to the historic Masonic Lodge, a move that expanded its space and aspirations. Unfortunately, this transition coincided with the pandemic, which delayed its full potential.

Marking six months in his role, Christopher Taylor, the Museum’s new executive director, arrived in Boulder after serving as executive director of the Pilchuck Glass School in Washington. Taylor explains his passion for nonprofit work: “I chose this line of work because I love working in the community and believe strong nonprofits make strong communities. The Museum, an 80-year-old organization, moved into its current facility—a historical Masonic Lodge—with great aspirations to expand its space and put on incredible shows. Unfortunately, the pandemic struck shortly after, delaying its potential. What attracted me to this job was the opportunity to help this fascinating organization and vibrant community fully realize that vision.”

Christopher Taylor takes pride in the Museum’s current exhibit, Proclaiming Colorado’s Black History. Reflecting on its significance, he shares, “It was inspiring to see the organization address and collaborate with African American communities and partners in a serious, genuine, and long-term way. This wasn’t just about putting on a show — it involved two years of planning, major community partnerships, and robust research. It was clear this organization was truly committed to amplifying other voices, which made it especially meaningful for me to join and contribute to this work. I’ve since learned they bring the same authenticity to their work with Latinx, Indigenous, and LGBTQ+ communities. We’ve even begun engaging with the Nepalese community, ensuring the Museum tells the whole community’s story, which is great. 

And this commitment to ensuring Boulder’s inclusivity earned them a prestigious award. The museum received Clela Rorex’s citizenship medal, symbolizing Boulder’s progressive history. The donation underscored the importance of preserving significant local artifacts.

The Museum’s upcoming exhibit, Boulder Eats: Food Traditions of the Front Range, will collaborate with farmers, restaurants, and local organizations, reflecting the history of all who live here. Be sure to visit — not only to support this nonprofit but to experience a vibrant hub of history in dazzling and engaging ways.

The legend himself, Owen Irby, Niwot Jewelry, Boulder CO

Niwot Jewelry & Gifts opened its doors in 1996, but the family’s roots in the jewelry business stretch back to the 1940s. After WWII, owner Jason Scarbrough’s grandfather, Owen Irby, came to Colorado as a former POW. He trained in watchmaking at a Denver trade school before returning to Arkansas where he worked for and eventually purchased a jewelry store. By the 1950s, Owen was liquidating stores nationwide before settling in Colorado to buy Schapelle Jewelers in 1963. Owen sold Schapelle’s sometime in 1992 when the family transitioned to Niwot Jewelry, carrying forward nearly 80 years of craftsmanship, trust, and community values.

Jason, now at the helm, thrives on personal connections. “Money spent here stays here,” he says, emphasizing how local businesses reinvest in schools, charities, and events. He’s passionate about repurposing heirloom pieces, preserving their sentimental value while giving them new life. “Jewelry tells stories,” Jason shares, reflecting his dedication to crafting meaningful pieces.

The family legacy isn’t without its colorful moments. Jason recalled a thief in the early 1980s who stole two engagement rings from his grandfather’s store, swallowed them, and led police on a wild chase. Medical intervention finally retrieved the rings — a tale even the prosecutor remembered years later.

For Jason, the heart of Niwot Jewelry is about more than just business — it’s about keeping local history and relationships alive, one handcrafted piece at a time.

Rgs Consignment, Boulder CO

Rags Consignments, Boulder’s first upscale resale store, opened its doors in 1995, born from Margaret’s vision to fill a gap in the market. While thrift and vintage shops existed, there was nothing offering the high-quality, stylish secondhand items she and her friends wanted to wear. What began with clothing donations from friends and family grew into a thriving business, now celebrating nearly 30 years.

Margaret’s journey was anything but conventional. Before opening the store, she hosted pop-up sales, transforming her basement into a makeshift shop with Tinker Toy dressing rooms and Velcro curtains. Her entrepreneurial spirit, combined with a sharp eye for quality and a welcoming shopping experience, quickly gained traction. “If you want something, you have to want it enough to find a way,” she says, reflecting on the challenges she’s faced.

Over the years, Rags expanded to new locations, weathered economic downturns like the 2008 recession, and adapted through the pandemic. Through it all, Margaret’s creativity and resilience kept the business thriving.

One of her earliest ads— a black box with a clever line of white text — remains a benchmark of effective marketing for me. “I always viewed ads as conversations,” Margaret explained. “I wanted to start in the middle of the dialogue, assuming my audience was smart enough to keep up.” That philosophy carried through in every aspect of her work, creating a brand that feels both special and timeless. I call Margaret the “Madonna of Marketing in Boulder County.”

Rags is more than a store; it’s an experience. Even after three decades, I have never been tired of shopping there.

For me, that ad became a benchmark of effective advertising, a shining example of how creativity and storytelling can elevate a brand. It isn’t just about selling clothes; it’s about inviting people into an experience and making them feel like they are part of something special.

Rags Consignment is that special place that, after 30 years I never tire of shopping there. 

Carmen Morales, Santiago’s founder, Multiple Locations

Santiago’s Mexican Restaurant

I’ve never met Carmen Morales in person, but I imagine her as both a commanding 6 feet tall and a down-to-earth 5’4” — a combination of towering presence and approachable warmth.

Carmen Morales is the BOSS of the Burrito, along with her three daughters, affectionately known as the Burrito Bosses — a nickname that reflects their hands-on leadership, entrepreneurial spirit, and commitment to Santiago’s success.

“I told my daughters, ‘Failure is not an option,’” Carmen shares, a sentiment that encapsulates her philosophy. “You don’t grow by focusing on failure — you grow by putting in the work, helping others, and doing the best you can every day.”

Her journey began as a response to community needs, not a quest for business dominance. While working in the Colorado Alcohol and Drug Abuse Division, Carmen witnessed family members and others in Brighton struggling to maintain steady jobs. Inspired by her work in prevention programs and a desire to empower others, she opened her first restaurant to create opportunities.

“I never set out to build a restaurant empire. I just wanted to help my family and my community,” she says.

A pivotal moment came when she helped her brother open a restaurant in Greeley after he suffered a heart attack. That experience planted the seed for Santiago’s. She opened her Brighton location in 1991, and what began as one restaurant has since grown to 30.

Carmen’s values extend far beyond burritos. Her life revolves around building community — from arranging “mow-a-lawn days” with youth and seniors to showing up to feed the hungry.

Everything Carmen does radiates humanity and kindness. Santiago’s success may have started with family, but its legacy lies in the community it uplifts.

Christine Weber, Schapell Jewelers, Boulder CO

Schapell Jewelers was founded by Joe Schapp’s in Boulder in 1964 as a small watch repair shop. In the 1970s, Owen Irby took over, expanding its presence before moving on to open Niwot Jewelry. The next chapter began with Frank and Jenane Passarelli, who transformed Schapell’s into a full-service jewelry store, blending craftsmanship with a deep commitment to their customers. Frank’s belief that “there’s nothing better to give than jewelry” resonated through his personal connections and attention to detail, building a loyal customer base.

Schapell’s 60th Anniversary Party, 2024

Christine Weber, the current owner, started at Schapell’s as an 18-year-old, learning the business and its values under Frank and Janine. She remembers their care for every customer, whether they were selecting an engagement ring or repairing a cherished heirloom. Their approach to genuine connection and personalized service left an indelible mark on Christine and the business.

Now celebrating its 60th year, Schapell Jewelers has weathered economic shifts, the challenges of the COVID pandemic, and the evolving retail landscape while remaining rooted in its community. Each owner has added to its legacy, ensuring that Schapell’s continues to shine as a Boulder institution, cherished for its timeless values and dedication to service.

Jimmy Seidel, Original Snarf’s Sandwiches location, Boulder CO

Snarf’s Sandwiches opened in 1996 in a funky little building on Pearl St., founded by Jimmy Seidel. I remember wondering if he was crazy and whether his quirky sandwich shop would make it. “I make the best sandwiches around. You wait and see,” Jimmy confidently told me back then. Decades later, those sandwiches — and Jimmy’s persistence — have proved him right. After 29 years of knowing him, I still think he’s a little crazy, but that’s part of what we love about Jimmy and Snarf’s.

Jimmy’s stubbornness got him through the tough times of building his sandwich empire. With 48 locations now, one might think it’s all smooth sailing, but the journey came with long hours, debt (Jimmy refuses outside investors and has no intention of selling to a corporation), and the daily challenges of running a business. Still, his belief in his sandwiches and his vision never wavered. “I always knew I’d get it done,” he says.

As a foodie, Jimmy credits the bread as the secret to the perfect sandwich. Snarf’s has consistently won our Best of the West award over the last 25 years, cementing its place as a local favorite.

When asked about his team, Jimmy says, “I wouldn’t be here if I didn’t have great people. They came to work every day, delivered my vision, and worked hard.” Many of Snarf’s managers started as sandwich makers, growing with the company through opportunities for development. With several 20-year employees, Snarf’s has become more than a workplace — it’s a community.

Looking ahead, Jimmy considers this phase a highlight of his career, with the business “hitting on all cylinders.” He remains focused on sustainable growth, saying, “It’s about building something the right way, with the right people, while staying true to who we are. I don’t need venture capitalists — I need a team that believes in what we’re doing.”

Taylor Moving, Colorado

Taylor Moving was founded in 1995, marking 28 years in business. It was one of our first customers back when we were a funky yellow flyer.

Glen Taylor, who grew up in Boulder, began as an entrepreneur at 18 with a landscaping business. His journey into moving started in his early 20s with United Van Lines. “Moving kind of gets in your blood — you meet new people, go to new destinations, and it’s just exciting,” Glen says. Seeing room for improvement in the industry, he launched his own company with a commitment to quality service, motivated by horror stories he wanted his community to avoid. “I started with a couple of furniture pads on my shoulder and just kept going,” Glen recalled.

He avoids low-bidding practices, prioritizing transparency. Memorable jobs include hoarding cases, evictions, and divorce moves requiring police involvement. On a hoarding job in Nederland, Glen says, “The man’s oxygen tank caught fire while he was smoking in a house full of papers. It was chaos, but we managed it.”

Despite challenges like the 2008 housing crash and the pandemic, Glen’s persistence never wavered. “If you hunker down and make it through the bad times, the good times will follow,” he says. His advice for entrepreneurs: “Don’t overthink it. Just start. Persistence is everything. You’ll face curveballs, but if you keep moving, you’ll find more peaks than valleys.”

That dedication has earned Taylor Moving numerous Best of awards (including ours) year after year.

The Sink’s current curators, Chris & Mark Heintz & partner, Tell Jones center, Boulder CO

The Sink celebrated 100 years in Boulder in 2024, making it one of the longest-running businesses in Boulder County. We spoke with Mark Heinrich, who purchased the business with his brother Chris in 1992.

The Sink has been a beloved gathering place visited by many famous people, including President Barack Obama, Guy Fieri, Anthony Bourdain, Bill Walton, Chuck Morris, and countless others. If you haven’t seen the movie, you should watch it here: www.thesink.com/blog-press/-the-sink-movie.

Along with hosting celebrities, generations of families return to relive memories, making The Sink a “living history book” of Boulder. The names on the ceiling alone show how beloved it is. Mark and Chris see The Sink as more than just a business — it’s a cornerstone of Boulder’s cultural and historical identity. “The Sink represents 100 years of Boulder history. It’s not just about the owners; it’s about the stories of the people who walk through the doors.”

This philosophy of stewardship drives their approach. Heinrich highlights prioritizing people, community, and the environment, from supporting local nonprofits and emphasizing sustainability to a tip-pooling system fostering fairness among staff. These values exemplify their thoughtful caretaking of a business intertwined with Boulder’s story.

For the Heinrich brothers, The Sink isn’t just a restaurant — it’s a reflection of Boulder’s history, its people, and their collective resilience. Their role is to ensure that legacy endures for future generations.

Tebo Properties was founded in 1972, following Stephen Tebo’s success with his coin business (1964) and Tebo Store Fixtures (1968). He built his first property on 28th Street in Boulder, creating one of Boulder’s longest-standing commercial real estate operations, now over 50 years strong.

But who is the man behind Tebo Properties? Depending on who you ask, he is either a generous, fair businessman or a polarizing figure. Our experience with Mr. Tebo has always been positive. During a challenging time for YS, he provided a low-interest loan that made a significant difference. Tebo put himself through college, relying on his coin and fixture businesses while reinvesting all real estate earnings for his first decade.

Operating by old-school principles, he returns every call (even when the answer is no) and donates generously to nonprofits. With properties in over 30 Colorado towns and 8 states, Tebo is a cornerstone of our economy, impacting banks, businesses, and customers alike.

Tebo carefully places tenants to ensure success, saying, “If you don’t win, I don’t win.” During the pandemic, he never closed operations, working with struggling tenants to restructure leases. He is especially proud of his long-term tenant relationships, some spanning over 40 years. Beyond renting space, Tebo supports these businesses by frequenting their establishments, hiring them for events, and recognizing their success as his own.

To his children and grandchildren, Tebo offers this advice: “Work harder, longer, and smarter than the next person. Failure is not an option—you must approach business as if you have no other choice but to succeed.”

Time Warp Comics and Games, a Boulder institution for 40 years, is transitioning to new ownership under Kelly and Dottie Cook, who share a deep respect for the store’s legacy and its role in the community. For departing owner Wayne Winsett, this change marks the passing of a cultural treasure and, in his words, “a piece of Boulder’s soul.” Winsett sought caretakers who would preserve Time Warp’s essence rather than modernize it.

After a failed attempt at medical school, Winsett worked for Mile High Comics and bought the Pearl Street store in 1984, transforming it into the Time Warp legend. With countless stories to share — like a parade mishap involving a Superman costume or attending a sneak preview of Raiders of the Lost Ark with Stan Lee — Wayne will remain in the shop for six months during the transition, ready to regale visitors.

The store, a living time capsule, boasts walls and shelves brimming with memorabilia from its four decades, while its signature-covered ceiling serves as a testament to its impact. As Dottie put it, Time Warp is “a beacon for the underdogs, dreamers, and storytellers of Boulder.” Kelly added, “Time Warp isn’t just a place to buy comics — it’s a space to feel seen and valued.”

The Cooks plan to expand the store’s community outreach, hosting events like creator signings, book clubs, and workshops, ensuring its continued role as a hub for cultural enrichment. Passionate about the power of comics to inspire young readers, they delight in introducing newcomers to their first comic or helping fans rediscover old favorites.

This beloved institution will remain a vital part of Boulder’s community for years to come under its new stewards. As Kelly and Dottie agree, “Time Warp isn’t ours to own — it’s ours to care for.”

Village Coffee Shop, lovingly referred to as “The Village” by locals, has been a Boulder institution for over 53 years. Shanna and her husband purchased the diner over 20 years ago after she had worked there for 7.5 years. She describes it as a “classic greasy spoon diner in the middle of fancy-pants Boulder,” cherished for its loyal, tight-knit community.

Shanna, a sociology graduate, sees the diner as more than just a business. “It’s one more reason for people not to kill themselves,” she says, emphasizing its role as a space for genuine connection. She once told me, “I love being a waitress. People put away their phones and have someone who cares about their day.”

The diner’s charm includes celebrating “Village Virgins” with cheers and applause. Longtime staff like Fiona (33 years), Summer (18 years), and Chewy, the head cook since he was 15, add to its family feel. Even Shanna’s son, Jaden, went viral at age 10 for wearing a shirt during a school fundraiser that read, “My mom laughs in the face of child labor laws,” now a bestseller.

During the pandemic, Shanna and her husband launched heat-and-serve dinners featuring dishes like chicken pot pie and crab cakes to stay afloat. Today, Village Coffee Shop remains a place to find both a friend and a good meal.

Democracy needs journalism more than ever. We’ve been telling the truth for 24 years. Your support helps us keep telling it for at least the next four years.

Like journalism like this? Consider becoming a sustaining supporter (and get our printed copy monthly at home.)

Democracy needs journalism more than ever. We’ve been telling the truth for 24 years. Your support helps us keep telling it for at least the next four years.

The post Ethics Are Alive and Well in America’s Small Business Community: 25 Businesses that are 25 Years or Older appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

New Work Standards New Tech, and New Products Make This Dream a Reality

For decades office workers of America have convinced themselves that fighting traffic five days a week to sit in a cubicle farm was somehow a fulfilling and rewarding existence.

But a global pandemic necessitating a remote work revolution combined with innovations in off-grid power and mobile connectivity have enlightened us. We’ve snapped out of our stupor to recognize a basic trait of humanity, that we humans were born to move, to run, to explore. Many of us are also over the false dream of a big house and the big chores and stresses that come with it.

Enter the van lifers and the tiny home dwellers who value the simplicity of smaller living and the freedom of mobility. Once the territory of eccentric nomads and outcasts, this lifestyle has suddenly become the envy of many who now seek to downsize their footprint and maybe even put it on wheels. With cottage industries catering to mobility and efficiency, making this transition has never been more attainable. Here are some ideas to get you started.

Van life doesn’t have to involve a van. It could also be a towed camper, a converted school bus (called a “schoolie”), or even, as a friend of mine has done, a pimped-out bread delivery truck. Whatever your chosen home on wheels looks like the key is efficiency. Break it down into essential systems: First comes power and communication, then cooking and eating, then hygiene and comfort. Here are some cool product ideas for each system to get you going.

Solar power has come a long way, and a portable solar panel connected to your battery is the way to go. There are many options depending on your power needs, but for a small rig, start your search with this 100 watt upgradable solar starter kit from Renogy.

Starlink RV

As far as connectivity goes, this is highly dependent on your needs. If you need high speed and reliability for multiple devices simultaneously consider springing for Starlink RV starting at $150 per month. If you just need a single device at a time and enough bandwidth for basic internet needs like email and browsing, the personal hotspot off of your smartphone may be all you need. Many van lifers recommend Visible by Verizon, starting at $25 per month for unlimited usage on their 5G network nationwide.

Omnia stove-top oven

Any respectable van lifer loves the challenge of efficient cooking and eating, and there is a galaxy of innovative products out there to choose from. One of the coolest is the Swedish made Omnia stove-top oven. A real oven is usually the territory of larger RVs, but many smaller homes on wheels do have a small stovetop. With the Omnia the dream of roadside baking is reality.

NEMO Helio Pressure Shower

Often the biggest hang-up to taking the plunge into van life revolves around comfort and particularly hygiene. A weekend of camping is one 

thing, but a life on the road is another and most of us aren’t too keen on developing the odors and looks of cave people. Fear not, a solar heated portable shower can be a rejuvenating life safer. A good mid-range option is the NEMO Helio Pressure Shower.

For those looking for a fixed place to call home in a small footprint, tiny homes are all about efficient use of space. It’s not just about minimizing the amount of stuff in your tiny home, it’s also

about finding ways to combine uses and spaces. Maybe it’s a fold-down wall bed or adding outdoor living comforts to expand your livable space. Whatever it is, there are few things in life more satisfying than a truly cozy nook that feels just right for you. Here are some ideas to get started.

Two of the bulkiest items in a home are the refrigerator and the coffee table. Why not combine them? Consider as smart coffee table with refrigerator drawers and built-in USB charging. Another bulky appliance that is often the first casualty of tiny spaces is the clothes washing machine. But there is a compromise solution. It’s called the countertop washer—a portable common-sense approach to washing small loads of laundry in a small space. The Drop! Compact Countertop Washing Machine and Spinner is affordable, simple, and doesn’t require its own room.

If you’ve been noodling a life on the road or finding your little hobbit abode somewhere beautiful there’s never been a better time to make the change as mobile communication, off-grid power, and cottage industry products make the open road or a tiny home a reality.

The post Van Life and Tiny Homes appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Ten local homes with historic pasts, unique architecture, and important stories

From farmland & mines, to small towns, to burgeoning suburbs, the land most of us live on today has seen an incredible transformation over the last hundred years. In 2023 Yellow Scene Magazine explored the history of BOCO and the North Metro, illuminating the stories of how farmland and mining towns transformed, slowly at first, into growing suburbs that soon connected Denver to Boulder. What was once the space in between two cities had filled in.

Interestingly enough, some of the earliest buildings have been relocated from their original location. Elizabeth Beaudoin, curator of history for the city of Longmont, spoke to YS about the phenomenon of moving entire structures into “archeology parks” to not only preserve history, but open land for development. Some of these early farms stood on the most scenic or fertile land as early settlers naturally took the best plots when they arrived. Although the structures no longer stand where they were constructed, some museums and archaeology parks have relocated them to teach about the history of early settlers in Colorado.

The story of how the land was stolen from the indigenous nations living here always echoes in the past. We do need to acknowledge that many of these structures were built shortly after people were forcibly removed or killed, and make sure that looking back on the architecture and pioneer stories does not glamorize the genocidal aspect of the dark colonial past.

Arnett Fullen House

Arnett-Fullen House – Boulder
Built 1877

Possibly the most iconic home in all of Boulder, the Arnett-Fullen house’s foundation was laid in 1877. The house is full of tales, some maybe too tall to believe. Its original owner, Willamete Arnett, died in Alaska while prospecting for gold at the turn of the century. Over its 147 year life span, the building has been used as a showpiece for the wealthy, government office, historic center, and a stop on ghost tours due its rumors of hauntings.

When finished, it was the most expensive home in the area by far, double that of nearby Mapleton Hill homes, itself an “upper class” neighborhood. The cost of construction was about $4,000, which roughly translates to just over $120,000 today.

Current owner’s described it to the Daily Camera as “a little farmhouse with ostentatious Victorian aspirations.” More specifically, AboutBoulder states that architect George E. King created “… an excellent example of Queen Anne-style architecture. This style was popular in the late 1800s and early 1900s, characterized by asymmetrical facades, towers, and turrets, often with ornate details such as stained glass windows, decorative shingles, and carved woodwork.”

Often included in ghost tours due to stories of the place being haunted, it’s up to you to decide whether little Olivia Fullen still roams the halls or not. The legend of its ghostly apparition was heightened by the home’s inspiration for a horror novel that spawned its nickname of “Gingerbread House.” Childlike figures do actually appear in the windows from time to time — as a prank by the current owners.

Brunner Farmhouse – Broomfield
Built 1908

The Brunner farmhouse still stands, but not in its original location. As Broomfeild boomed in the 1990s, suburbs and shopping centers now grew from the farmland. The house was relocated to preserve its history and also make way for the Broomfield Town Center development.

Brunner farmhouse was renovated several times over the decades, some of the main improvements being heating and cooking mechanisms. The history of the nation’s transition from coal to natural gas and electricity can be traced through changes the kitchen and other rooms have been through.

The farmhouse was built in 1908 when Broomfield was still just two gas stations and a smattering of local businesses. The home is named after the second ever mayor of Broomfield, Dr. Brunner, who lived here. Dr. Brunner — himself a gardener — would likely be very pleased to see that the house, although in a new location, is still surrounded by flowers and gardens maintained by community volunteers.

The property is open for visits and the events are held here throughout the year. The yellow walls and welcoming porch have seen countless visitors and locals join together for community gatherings for well over 100 years now.

Wise Homestead Museum – Erie
Built 1869

The Wise Homestead museum is an interesting mixture of rural and Victorian architecture. Victorian homes, as adapted in the United States, often consisted of a simple internal structure adorned with asymmetrical features, steep sloping roofs, porches, and intricate wood detailings. They were usually two or more stories high, and built “up” instead of “out.” Traditional Western farmhouses, in contrast, were usually long, squat, and rectangular single story buildings. The Wise Homestead combines both features: the facade of a more decadent style and the practicality of living on a homestead.

The first house on the property was a log cabin, probably similar to the one President Lincoln was born in. Following the conclusion of the Civil War, the face of the nation changed. The Wise family was granted a U.S. Homestead Patent in 1870, with construction on the current home starting around the same time. Sara Wise, great-granddaughter of the original inhabitants, along with the Erie Historical Society, turned the home into a museum which is currently open on Saturdays for visits.

Thomas M. Callahan House

Thomas M. Callahan House – Longmont
Built 1892

Although located in Longmont, the Thomas M. Callahan House is constructed with red Lyons sandstone. The distinct pink-red colored stone was also used in many of UC Boulder’s buildings and can be seen on older homes of the wealthy in the area. Numerous prestigious buildings of the day used Lyons redstone to mark their importance.

The home is a fine example of the Queen Ann style Victorian revival architecture common at the time. This style was that of the wealthy — meant to portray class, sophistication, and worldliness. Queen Ann architecture is set apart by the distinctive corner turret or tower, L-shaped wrap-around porch, and other fanciful exterior decor. Both the construction materials and the style make the Callahan house a symbol of pride and wealth for the city. The Callahan’s themselves eventually moved to Nevada and donated the house to Longmont for use as an event space, which it still is today.

Miller House – Lafayette
Built late 1880s

Like so many plots on the Front Range, Mary Miller’s land was transformed with the discovery of coal. The Miller’s moved to Colorado before it was officially a state and Mary witnessed the growth of the coal industry that would forever shape the course of Colorado history. Their home too would grow from a rustic wood cabin to the formal structure that exists today, reflecting the growth and development the West was going through after the Civil War.

Mary had a hard life at times. In 1878, her husband died from alcohol abuse. She was forced to run the ranch herself. She buried two of her children before their thirteenth birthdays. Mary went on to found the town of Lafayette, named after her late husband, and saw great business success. She founded the first school, divided her land into neighborhoods, and formed a local bank with the profits from coal.

The Miller House serves as a reminder of the difficulty and transformation of living in a frontier area, but more importantly preserves the story of a woman who shaped a city long before she could even vote. Mary passed in 1921, one year after women’s suffrage was implemented.

Ginacci House – Louisville
Built in 1908

According to History Colorado, the Ginacci house “is a rare brick example of the modest residences constructed by local coal miners.” Not every home can have spiraling towers, Victorian facades, and intricate wood detailing. Sometimes a brick house that withstands the test of time is just as impressive.

As the name hints, the house is associated with the Italian population in Louisville. Once the residence of immigrant coal miners, the story of the Ginacci family is like many who came from abroad seeking a better life. Unfortunately for many men, and boys, that meant toiling underground in coal mines. Strikes were common throughout the interwar years of the 20s and 30s, often turning violent. Rights we take for granted today were fought for by the coal miners and other workers of this time.

Fittingly enough for its Italian roots, a spaghetti making machine was built when the house was expanded in 1926. The home is also known as the Jannucci House, a version of the last name the family used in a time before spelling was as rigidly codified as it is today.

Bowles House

Bowles House – Westminster
Built in 1871

The Bowles House was built in a different architectural style than other structures on this list. Most have been either Victiorian — or some derivation like Queen Ann — or older but simpler farmhouses. The Bowles House harkens back to the Renaissance days of Italy, conjuring up architectural memories of Florence in a style called Italianate.

Cowboy turned homesteader, Edward Bruce Bowles turned his initial wood-frame farm house into the beautiful brick home that stands today. He found success as not only a homesteader, but also as a horse breeder. He donated money to construct a train station in what was then called the town of Despain Junction. Westminster was a separate but nearby town at the time.

Having a railroad stop was the key to economic success for pioneer towns that wanted to transform into cities. Bowles was the second permanent white resident, behind only the man who gave the town its name, Pleasant Despain himself. The house has been a museum for decades now, offering tours on Saturdays.

William J. Gregory House – Westminster

Built in 1910

Westminster was founded years after Despain Junction, but unlike the earlier town, still survives today. One of the earliest homes in Westminster itself was the William J. Gregory House built in 1910. The home was associated with Westminster University, however the institution shut down in 1917 after its entire male student body went off to fight in WWI.

Gregory was a pastor and a professor at Westminster university, teaching language and Bible courses before it shuttered. The Westminster Castle, the original university building, is owned by a local church.

The curved eaves of the Gregory House construct starkly with the steep Victorian peaks of other historic homes of the era. History Colorado described it as “a rare Colorado example of a solid brick, two-and-a-half story Dutch Colonial Revival style residence.”

Grasso Park – Superior
Various dates

Grasso Park is an example of an outdoor museum that shows what a turn of the century farmstead looked like. It holds a collection of buildings ranging from the late 1800s to the early 1900s as well as farm equipment used at the time.

The land that is now Grasso park was once called Hake Homestead, a piece of land that again harkened back to the Civil War era Homestead Act. When the Hake’s left to seek fortune elsewhere, Frank Grasso took over and started a dairy farm to get away from the brutal coal miner’s life. Grasso was a Polish immigrant who served in the German Empire’s Army before migrating to the United States.

Grasso Park displays the changing architecture that reflects the shifts Colorado, and the nation as a whole, were going through. There are early homestead buildings, dairy farm remnants, farm equipment, and a coal shed. Grasso himself even led striking miners when they descended on the Columbine mine demanding better working conditions and pay. The main building is the temporary home of the Superior Historical Museum.

Dearfield Colony

Dearfield Colony Buildings
1910-1946

Oliver Toussaint Jackson, the son of two former slaves, was so inspired by reading Black literature emerging from the Reconstruction era that he decided to found a Black majority agricultural community in Weld County. In 1910 Jackson founded the Dearfield Colony as a place for Black farmers to establish self-sufficiency.

The farmers struggled financially throughout most of the colony’s history. WWI was a brief but glorious boom time with over 700 residents and a thriving religious and social scene. However, by the end of the second World War, the colony was mostly abandoned. The ravages of the dust bowl, the recruitment of young men into war, and the shifting nature of the global balance of power all played a hand in turning the wheel of time that made boom towns to ghost towns.

The main building that remains — a multi-purpose store — evokes a typical “Wild West” feel, presenting a tall false front, wide wooden porch, and a rectangular single story interior. More stories and information about the history of Black Colorado can be found in the Museum of Boulder’s new Proclaiming Colorado’s Black History exhibit. The Dearfield site itself is not open to the public and has sadly been vandalized from time to time.

Currently, there is movement towards recovering the colony’s history. In January 2023, a study was started to determine the future of the site. Possibilities include rebuilding fallen structures, conducting archaeological surveys, and officially designating it a National Park.

The spaces in between

Many of the historic homes and structures of Colorado were constructed between 1860 -1910 when the United States was emerging from the Civil War as a truly modern nation taking its place on a global scale. The Federal government greatly expanded, railroads crossed the continent, and robber barons made fortunes from transportation and energy monopolies. Colorado became a state during this period, as did several other Western territories.

Internal displacement of people is nothing new during and after civil wars. This was the time of the Homestead Act which gave farmers, mostly white ones, the opportunity to own land in areas the U.S. had never officially settled before. This was the time of Reconstruction, where many Black families fled the South to create memories in new lands. Most went to urban centers like Chicago, Charleston, or New Orleans, but plenty others ventured West to seek a frontier life instead.

White settlers pushed further West, indigenous inhabitants were pushed further to the fringes, Black folks finally free from the bondage of slavery spread across the continent. Immigrants arrived from Europe on the East coast and Asia on the West. These movements were made possible by emerging transportation technologies. This was a time of migration and resettlement, of imagined utopia and working class hell.

The global industrial powerhouse the U.S. became during the World Wars was built on the homesteads, coal mines, railroads, and oil fields across the nation. New wealthy classes, exemplified by their fanciful Victorian architecture, populated the most desirable neighborhoods. CU Boulder students, returning veterans, and waves of immigrants transformed the population over time. Indigenous land turned to homesteads that became mining towns that grew into suburbs. The stories of nationhood are traced through the walls and foundations of the historic homes of BOCO and the North Metro.

The post The Story Of Our Nation Can Be Gleaned From These Historic Homes appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

From historical appeal to walkability, here are some of the top neighborhoods around

Modoc Street, Ward

Ward is barely a town to the unassuming eye. It’s a blip on a map that is situated at 9,144 feet and is home to a few buildings, a restaurant, a store, and the basic town necessities. The town separates Peak to Peak Highway from the Foothills. Named after prospector Calvin Ward, it was once one of the richest in Colorado due to its successful mining camps. Today, the hub of the town is Ward Mountain Exchange that is situated at Utica and Modoc streets and is known for hosting dozens of cyclists that pass through on the weekends. However, those who take the time to explore the town are quick to notice its under-the-radar quirks and treasures.

The Modoc Street region of Ward is not only beautiful, but it is also home to the Union Congregational Church of Ward, which is as old as it is integral to the community. The church was built in 1896 for the congregation that formed two years prior. Today, it not only serves as a holy place for ceremonies, memorials, and similar special occasions, but community members also use it for parties, meetings, and celebrations. The church’s website states: “Today it’s used and loved by the whole community as both a church, operating in the United Church of Christ tradition, and as a community gathering place, hosting meetings, parties, weddings, community celebrations and memorials, and just people wanting to sing in its awesome acoustics.”

Many mountain towns have a designated gathering place for locals, and Union Congregational Church is Ward’s chosen place, welcoming locals on a regular basis. In 2017, the church received a grant to aid in renovations. And in 2018, it received another, which helped church operators restore it to its original glory.

In addition to Union Congregational Church, this stretch of Ward is home to a small, quiet neighborhood full of independent but friendly residents. Part of what makes the region so unique is its small-town feel. Just 128 people and 36 families live in the town full-time according to the 2020 Census. After a fire erupted in 1900, about 50 of the town’s original buildings were demolished in the tragedy, and the area was nearly abandoned by 1920. What remains has been largely rebuilt by those who call this area their home.

Bohn Park, Lyons

The town of Lyons is best known for its quaint Main Street and antique shops. The town acts as the Double Gateway to the Rockies due to its coveted access to Highways 7 and 36. However, there’s more to this town than the downtown strip of shops. Lyons is home to an array of neighborhoods that come with their own characters. The Bohn Park region of Lyons is one such neighborhood that is home to family-friendly residences. It also offers plenty of open space, river access, and access to Rocky Mountain Botanic Gardens — all of which are just a five-minute walk from downtown.

Bohn Park covers 32.3 acres on the southeastern part of town, and many of the park’s features draw crowds all year round. For example, the park’s pavilion gives park-goers access to a phenomenal picnic area. Locals often use the pavilion as a place for parties and other social gatherings. And in the summer, the park even hosts live music regularly, entertaining and inspiring audience members and passersby.

The new and improved features that the park offers makes it an idyllic part of town for those who like to get outside and use trails and sports facilities. According to the Town of Lyons website: “Bohn Park has recent improvements including river restoration and improved ecological habitat, additional parking, a new restroom facility, a pedestrian bridge connecting to 4th Ave., ball fields, skate park and landscaping, continuance of the trail system within the plan area, and other infrastructure enhancements.” The adjacent skate park is frequented by both residents and non-residents, and it offers visitors access to the perfect concrete jumps and ramps.

On the other side of the highway within walking distance, the beloved Lyons Dairy Bar dishes out hotdogs, hamburgers, cheeseburgers, ice cream, and other comfort food all weekend long. It neighbors Smokin’ Dave’s BBQ, which is one of the most popular dining spots in town due to its specialty brisket barbeque menu.

The town of Lyons feels rural, unlike many of the neighboring towns. While the foothill mountains are the backdrop to the town, much of the surrounding area is made up of fields and agricultural opportunities that give the region a Midwestern vibe. The largest industry in the Lyons area is Martin Marietta Cement Western Division, which is located a short drive east of the town of Lyons. But many of those who live in Lyons commute to nearby Longmont or Boulder for work due to their proximity.

Old North, Boulder

It is easy to overlook a place like Old North Boulder when the city is full of so many other youthful, hippie-forward neighborhoods. Known to some as “New Central Boulder,” Old North Boulder is situated North of Pearl Street Mall and south of Parkside. It is a part of town that’s known for its single-family homes and walk- and bike-friendly streets. And those in this region are never more than five blocks away from RTD transportation. In fact, many of its residents leave their cars parked in the garage and opt to use human-powered modes of transport instead.

Those who live in Old North Boulder love the convenience of travel in this region: “Getting around without a car is very easy. There are several streets with great bike lanes and the Goose Creek Path connects the neighborhood from Edgewood to the commercial meccas to the east, including the Valmont Bike Park. The community gardens and North Boulder Rec center are not only great resources, but also create a great section of bike path.” But what most people love about this part of town is that it’s equidistant to downtown and the nearby trail networks — and both are about six blocks away.

Old North Boulder started out as an agricultural destination, but after World War II, the local government started to divvy up land in this area for returning soldiers. Today, the area has a population of about 4,000 people. About 24% of the neighborhood is occupied by families. The rest is occupied by couples and single homeowners. Another feature that sets this part of town apart from others is its education. In fact, 39% of Old North Boulder’s residents have a graduate degree. Compared to the average American neighborhood, that’s about 30% higher.
The majority of residents in this region work as executives, managers, and other industry professionals.

Despite being slightly removed from the hustle and bustle of downtown Boulder, Old North Boulder boasts of some of the best food in town. Santo dishes out some of the best New Mexican-inspired food in the region, while offering a sophisticated place for dining. Right down the street, Beleza Coffee Bar is one of the top-rated coffee shops in the area, offering some of the most unique drink options, allowing clients to order delectable treats like affogato (or espresso-doused ice cream).

Martin Acres, Boulder

With stunning views of the Flatirons and a residential feel to the area, Martin Acres is a popular neighborhood for those who prefer to experience Boulder on foot. Whether you’re in it for the city or the Foothills, this area of Boulder offers access to both.
Yet it still manages to feel like an intimate neighborhood.

“Martin Acres [has] such good neighborhoody vibes. [You] can walk to practically anything needed. Or walk to awesome trails where you feel like you’re not even in town,” says Liesl Meyers, local resident.

Martin Acres was built in the 1950s around an apple farm. Similar to Old North Boulder, this area of Boulder was substantially developed post World War II for returning soldiers who needed a place to call home. While some parts of Boulder feel flippant, Martin Acres is intentional and connected in a way that makes it stand out. This could be one reason why families tend to be attracted to the area.

You can walk to practically anything needed. Or walk to awesome trails where you feel like you’re not even in town.

Julie B. Fuller, resident, states: “Great kid-friendly neighborhood. Great schools. Perfect for families. Easy to bike to many places and catch the bus.”

In addition to having high-quality schools, student housing, and family-friendly vibes, this part of Boulder has great mountain vistas and plenty of amenities. Some of the biggest attractions in this area include Neptune Mountaineering, which is both a legendary rock climbing museum and mountaineering shop that has been around since 1973 and Sweet Cow Ice Cream, which serves up hand-churned goodness in a simple scoop of ice cream.

Martin Acres is home to about 4,000 residents with a mean age of 38. The region has about 1350 single-family homes and apartment buildings. When it was first developed, it was seen as the suburbs of Boulder due to it being slightly removed from downtown. But today, it’s more commonly seen as an extension of downtown. Those who love spending time outdoors will also be quick to gravitate towards Tantra Park, which is known for slacklining and sledding.

Mapleton Hill, Boulder

Just northwest of Pearl Street, Mapleton Hill is aptly named for the 200 silver maple trees that developers planted years ago. The result is a deciduous neighborhood in an otherwise coniferous state that gives the region a dreamy vibe. The trees provide plenty of shade during the hot months, and when winter comes, the neighborhood feels like something out of a Christmas story.

In addition to its maple trees, Mapleton Hill is home to many Victorian buildings that were built in the late 1800s and the early 1900s. The region was designated as Boulder’s third historical district in 1982, and the mixed architecture makes it unlike any other part of Boulder.

Mount Sanitas is the crown jewel of Mapleton Hill, providing locals and visitors with a challenging peak over which they can hike to look down on the valley. It’s also a popular running destination and draws groups from around town on a regular basis. But what really sets this part of town apart from areas like Old North Boulder is that it’s just a few blocks away from Pearl Street, giving it a walkability score of 83.

“This area is gorgeous and is probably the best place to live if you value walking to downtown destinations and being close to hiking trails,” said Christian LS, who stated he has walked most of the area.

Mapleton Hill highlight the area’s unique conglomerate of shops, restaurants, and cafes. Among the most popular destinations is Savory Spice Shop, which is known for making local blends and rubs to transform cuisine. Another spot worth visiting is Spruce Confections for their sweet and savory hand-made treats. When it comes to finding nightlife in Mapleton Hill, it’s less popular of a hangout area than Pearl Street, but it does have a scene due to the local lounges and bars, as well as the annual down-home and unique Mapleton Hill Porchfest.

Also of note is that Mapleton Hill gives residents great ski access, allowing them to hop onto Highway 119 and end up in Eldora in just 30 minutes.

Barker Reservoir, Nederland

Imagine weaving your way through an icy canyon in the dead of winter to make it home to your dogs. The experience is usually beautiful, capturing the snow-capped rocks and flurries in the air. But it’s treacherous, too. Nederland is the same way. Residents describe the small town as stubborn and hard-headed, but one of the best places in the state.

“…if you’re tough, independent and don’t want to change the place you move to then you’ll fit in just fine. Nederland was awesome during the lockdown because the neighbors all helped each other,” says Zoe Amrein-Gray.

The average age of the population in Nederland, 48, is a little bit higher than that of Boulder at age 28.8. The whole town has 1,379 residents, making it about 30% smaller than the nearby town of Idaho Springs. Yet its quaint, hippie charm gives the town of Nederland a pretty big reputation.

Situated on the northeastern side of the town of Nederland, Barker Reservoir and Recreation Area is one of the best kept secrets of the region. Located at 9,000 feet in elevation, the area is surrounded by a mixture of spruce and aspen trees, giving it that mountain vibe. While swimming and boating are prohibited on the lake, visitors to the area will almost always be able to spot an angler or nearby hikers exploring the surrounding trails.

Completed in 1910, the Barker Reservoir spans nearly a square mile. Not only does it provide Nederland with its drinking water, but it powers a hydroelectric plant to offset conventional power methods. Accessible all year round, the reservoir provides a getaway for those who need their fill of nature but prefer to stay close to civilization.

The reservoir was named after Mrs. Hannah Connell Barker, who resisted selling the land on which the reservoir is now located. Today, the reservoir is owned by the city of Boulder.

Compared to the rest of Nederland, the Barker Reservoir is peaceful, serene, and often less congested than downtown. Yet it isn’t entirely removed from town. From the western side of the reservoir, you’re just half a mile away from the heart of Nederland, where you can find quaint coffee shops like Salto Coffee and the Nederland Farmers Market, which is one of the locals’ favorite spots in town. It’s operational from May to early October every year.

MacGregor Ranch, Estes Park

The town of Estes Park is seldom quiet. Functioning as the gateway to one of the most popular national parks in the country, this area hosts about 4.5 million visitors every year. Even in the winter, the streets and sidewalks are occupied with out-of-towners. This is one reason why many locals love the quiet outskirts of Estes Park.

MacGregor Ranch is Shani LeRoux-Rod’s favorite part of town. She reflects: “The MacGregor Ranch area of town [is] sooo [sic] pretty and peaceful.”

Located north of downtown Estes Park, MacGregor Ranch is the last working ranch in the area. It doubles as a youth educational center and even has a museum on the premises. After the ranch was built in the late 1800s by a family of homesteaders, it was passed down through three generations of MacGregors. When Muriel MacGregor wrote the ranch into her will and trust, she requested that her ranch be used for educational and philanthropic purposes, which enables it to continue functioning today. The ranch itself is a fun destination, but the region in which it’s located also provides a majestic setting.

Lumpy Ridge Trailhead is located nearby. It’s known for frequent sightings of the most unique wildlife in the area such as elk, moose, and mountain lions. It also features the massive granite outcroppings for which the Rockies are known. This part of Estes Park is one of the most popular areas in the world for rock climbing since it features a wide range of route difficulty levels and multi-pitch climbs. In fact, many of the routes are as long as five pitches in length, attracting some of the most adventurous climbers in the world to the area.

Also located in this area is the Lumpy Ridge Hike, which is 10.7 miles long. It takes visitors along a loop through pine forests and aspen groves. Since it is located within Rocky Mountain National Park, a park pass is required for entrance.

In the same area of Estes Park, visitors will also find the Stanley Hotel, which is best-known for its association with Stephen King’s “The Shining.” Not only is the Stanley Hotel home to a casino, an airstrip, and a shooting range. Today, the hotel hosts spooky events that draw unique visitors all year round.

Longmont Estates, Longmont

Just a short drive north of Denver, Longmont is best known for its rural setting, plentiful open space, and hopping restaurant scene. And it’s no wonder why! Longmont is one of the fastest growing cities in all of Colorado. With a robust economy and great mountain access, it’s an extremely hot destination. However, many locals who spent their lives in the area prefer the calm, quiet side of Longmont. One such place is Longmont Estates, according to Robin Ellert: “[It’s] very quiet and [has] good schools.”

It’s no surprise that families flock to this part of town since its schools provide a supportive and inclusive learning experience. While one issue that many schools face is failing to meet the needs of different ability levels within every class, Longmont Estates Elementary School seems to have cracked the code. Parents of children who attend this school are largely impressed by the staff members, the leadership, and the overall experience that the school provides.

The Longmont Estates area also boasts of numerous parks. Destinations like Hover Park offer residents a place to stretch their legs or let their children run free, while nearby Pratt Park contains sports fields for recreational opportunities.

Additionally, like most of Longmont, Longmont Estates is low in crime. Violent crime is extremely rare, and the whole region has a crime grading of A-, making families feel safe in their respective neighborhood.

One of the drawbacks of Longmont Estates is that it’s somewhat lacking in the culinary pizzazz that the rest of the city has. Those who are looking for a quick bite often find that they have to stray a little further from home to scratch the itch.

McIntosh Lake & Garden Acres, Longmont

Located four miles northwest of downtown Longmont, the McIntosh Lake area of Longmont is one of the best places in the city. Named after the reservoir, this part of Longmont differentiates itself from others due to its waterfront access. While many reservoirs require strict adherences to boating policies, McIntosh Lake is more flexible — non-motorized boats are permitted in the reservoir, which makes it a hub for paddle boarders and kayakers. Swimming is prohibited, and dogs must remain on leash.

In addition to offering water sport opportunities, McIntosh Lake has 3.5 miles of easy trails that many runners and adventurers frequent. And it isn’t uncommon for visitors to spot wildlife like prairie dogs and even eagles. Due to the lake’s popularity, many locals find that the region gets pretty congested over holidays and on the weekends.

McIntosh Lake was first constructed in 1903 to manage incoming waters. About 100 years later, the lake was opened to public recreation, allowing visitors to use boats on the lake.

When it comes to making McIntosh Lake your home, locals find that the area is relatively walkable. Other attractions in this part of town

West Elkhorn, Estes Park

The idyllic town of Estes Park transforms into a childhood dream throughout the holiday season. And most out-of-towners flock to the downtown area to view the glistening lights or the elk wandering through while chewing on salt water taffy. Yet West Elkhorn promises its own delight. Slightly off the beaten path, this part of town is home to a variety of independently-owned businesses that have only changed hands a few times over the past century.

However, what locals love the most about this part of Estes Park is: “Our neighborhood and neighbors. They are amazing.
We stay away from town as much as possible but do enjoy a few places. Donut Haus, Burgers and Gyros, Poppy’s winter specials. Winter drives in the 4×4 up Trail Ridge after timed entry is over,” says local Larry Larson. While much of the tourist crowd comes and goes on a weekly basis, West Elkhorn has a tiny little pocket of people who made it to the town and decided to stay despite the harsh climate.

According to Visit Estes Park, this part of town also sets itself apart in its attractions. “There’s plenty of art to see on West Elkhorn. Bronze sculptures, like Wishful Thinking (Cowboy in the River), beckon. Check out this blog for the full list in Estes, and numbers 5 and 6 specifically on West Elkhorn. The Water Wheel is not only a gift shop, but features an actual water wheel in the river. It’s a great spot to enjoy the sounds of Fall River, and very nearby the previously mentioned bronze statue and a wonderful little playground for the kids to enjoy.”

Despite being slightly removed from the main downtown strip, West Elkhorn features its own delectable cuisine. The Wild Rose Restaurant offers a sophisticated yet accessible menu to those who are interested in trying local protein like trout and elk. And, while many restaurants in Estes Park function on a first-come, first-serve basis, the Wild Rose takes reservations, which can make planning your evening a lot easier. In addition to the Wild Rose Restaurant, this part of town is where you can find Wapiti Pub, which affords beautiful mountain views, the infamous Rocky Mountain oysters, and an all-Colorado beer list.

Additional iconic shops in the region include Mountain Blown Glass, which is both a studio and a gallery. And it is a family-owned business that brings unique and crafty glass pieces to town.

include the city of Longmont’s Garden Acres Park, Centura Hospital, and a golf course. Garden Acres offers a variety of picnic areas, sports fields, parking lots, and playgrounds for year-round use.

“Garden Acres Community Park was initially developed in 1989 and was the third community park built in Longmont. The park was recently updated and features a lighted softball four-plex, soccer fields, batting cages, a cricket pitch, shelters, playgrounds, an irrigation pond and walking paths,” according to the City of Longmont Colorado website. The park was even part of a renewal project in 2018 and 2019, which allowed officials to evaluate and re-establish safe and kid-friendly recreational areas.

While McIntosh Lake is an attraction in the area with its 265-acres of fun, the nearby amenities and family-friendly neighborhoods make it one of the best kept secrets in all of Longmont.

Old Town, Longmont

Old Town is steeped in history, blending old homes with new ones like no other place in town. While much of Longmont is made out of fresh developments, Old Town has a classic charm that feels all-American and separate from the rest. In the summer, this part of Longmont transforms into a place with lots of gatherings that range from concerts to trivia nights, yoga, and exhibits. In the winter, the ice pavilion attracts romance from all around the Foothills.

“Old Town is home to small businesses, charming boutiques, one-of-a-kind restaurants, coffee shops, music venues, art galleries, brew pubs, and much, much more. It’s the site of lively events like summertime festivals, concerts, and art walks. It’s dotted with artwork placed by the city’s Art in Public Places initiative, and is home to many of Longmont’s parks,” states Visit Longmont.

This part of town has a median age of 41.7. The population is about 5700 strong. And 70% of residents have a bachelor’s degree. But one of the attractions that make Old Town different from other parts of Colorado is the Old Town Marketplace. The marketplace is an indoor mall-style experience that provides affordable rental rates to small local businesses. As a result, it houses an eclectic mix of shops selling everything from empanadas and Japanese Kawaii and convenience goods to soaps and toys.

In addition to the Old Town Marketplace, this part of town contains the historical Old Stephen’s Church, which was built in 1881 and still stands proud today. The Episcopal church is fully functional and has grown substantially from its original 45 members. After the congregation relocated, the St. Vrain Historical Society purchased the church in 1976 to save it from demolition. Since its purchase, the church has undergone restorations, and it was ultimately designated as a historical landmark.

Those who are looking for a memorable culinary experience in Old Town should head to the Roost Restaurant & Whiskey Bar to experience an eclectic menu with highlights like Chilean Salmon and Chipotle Bacon Mac. Bootstrap Brewing provides another great destination for those who can appreciate local beer.

One of the greatest highlights of Old Town is the St. Vrain Cidery, which offers some of the most unique drinks available. While you can tantalize your taste buds with conventional ciders at the St. Vrain Cidery, you can also try some of their more interesting flavors like a dry ginger cider, or key lime cider.

Old Town, Erie

Old Town exhibits a distinct charm that blends the town’s history with contemporary growth. Situated within Boulder County, the region is family-friendly, peaceful, clean, walkable, and dog-friendly. Those from the region attest to its community spirit. But one of Old Town’s most striking and memorable features is the maintained historic buildings that date from the 19th and 20th centuries. Adorned with Victorian and Queen Anne architectural styles, they look like a structure you could take directly out of a historical textbook. Then when you step outside, you’re immediately immersed in tree-lined streets where you might be transported to a time when carriages were a common sight.

Old Town differs from the rest of Erie in its emphasis on the arts and culture scene. Many of the streets are decorated with public art installations and murals. Similarly, the local shops contribute to an aesthetic of creativity and curiosity, which is a prominent characteristic of the town. Boutiques that line Old Town’s cobblestone sidewalks often feature handmade crafts, antiques, and local goods.

In addition to Old Town’s quaint shops and creative scene, this part of town has a thriving culinary scene. The Old Mine, for example, features a long list of craft beers that draws connoisseurs from around the state. It also boasts of a long menu with everything from pretzels to pizzas. Visitors with a more refined palette are quick to flock to 24 Carrot Bistro, which is a new-American, farm-to-table restaurant with a simple approach to food. The restaurant’s strong emphasis on local food brings dishes like Crispy Duck Confit to the table, which is served in a parsnip puree with a blood orange sauce. For a quick stroll and a stop at a cafe, locals might recommend Cristos Coffee Boutique Roastery & Cafe or Fox•Dog Coffee.

Old Town Erie lovers are quick to notice the warmth and friendliness of locals while visiting the town. The region exhibits a welcoming, unique, and comfortable environment that seamlessly intertwines the past with the present. Seventy percent of residents in this region are also homeowners, which is a testament to the town’s bustling economy and welcoming atmosphere.

Anthem Highlands, Broomfield

Anthem is a quaint neighborhood that includes three internal villages: Anthem Reserve, Anthem Highlands, and Anthem Ranch. Anthem Reserve is one of Broomfield’s more coveted neighborhoods due to its custom and semi-custom homes. The Hilltop Trailhead runs through this area, attracting active families from the region. Anthem Ranch is a 55+ community that encourages active adults to join the community to live in a peaceful environment. And Anthem Highlands is the third community.

Unlike other parts of Broomfield, Anthem Highlands’ design is extremely meticulous, creating an opportunity for residents to foster a sense of community. It is not uncommon for families to come together for barbecues, celebrations, and sports in the park. During the warmer months, there are even activities for horseshoers, yogis, and swimmers.

Like many areas in the Foothills, Anthem Highlands rests against the backdrop of the Rocky Mountains, giving residents beautiful views on the regular. As an active community, those in this area also take advantage of the extensive network of trails and open spaces. Hikers, bikers, runners, and walkers are regular visitors to its 48 miles of trails and 22 parks, promoting both a healthy lifestyle and a communal culture.

In addition to Anthem Highlands’ trails, it is also home to sports fields and a state-of-the-art recreation center. Families often enjoy group activities within the center, including sports like soccer, basketball, and fitness classes.

Residents of Anthem Highlands highlight the education system as one of the features that they love the most. This area is served by well-regarded schools that are largely committed to providing a high-quality education.

Since Anthem Highlands is somewhat removed from the hustle and bustle of Broomfield, visitors to the area might have the best luck satisfying their appetite a short drive away at Great Scotts Eatery or Hops n Drops. Great Scotts Eatery offers a wide range of milkshakes and burgers and other diner-style food. For breakfast, you might try the Pineapple Upside Down Pancakes or a skillet. Nearby, Hops n Drops is a bar and grill that features classic menu items like nachos and grilled cheese. But it puts a slight twist on those classic flavors. When it’s finally time to relax and unwind, it might be worth sipping a cocktail like an Empress Mojito and snagging an appetizer like the Hawaiian Sriracha Shrimp.

Signal Creek, Thornton

Signal Creek is one of Thornton’s most upscale neighborhoods. The average income in the area is $107,000, and 94% of residents are homeowners. One thing that sets the neighborhood apart from others is that it is located just minutes away from both Interstates 25 and 70 This community has great access to Denver’s main highways, allowing residents to quickly commute to nearby jobs and adventures.

According to Centre Communities: “Signal Creek was one of the first upscale neighborhoods and only the second master-planned community to be built in the City of Thornton. The challenges that Centre faced were two-fold: to weather the depression that hit in the mid-80’s shortly after the project had begun, and to solve the complicated transportation issues that ensnarled the entire region around the site.” Today, this neighborhood offers an array of single-family homes, townhouses, and condominiums to
support different lifestyles.

Some of the highlights of Signal Creek include the Margaret W. Carpenter Recreation Center, which features a 100-acre park and more than 50 miles of biking and hiking paths. The interior features two swimming pools with a 6-lane, 25-yard lap pool and a children’s area. In addition to standard recreational activities, this sports center also offers the community a mixture of different group fitness classes such as Zumba, Deep Water Aqua Fitness, and Silversneakers Splash. The Thornton Sports Complex and Golf Course are also located here, giving residents and visitors access to a great variety of health-oriented activities in which they can participate.

In addition to Signal Creek’s recreation and sports center, there are also a number of trails in the community for walking and jogging including the 6.5-mile Signal Ditch Trail, which pays homage to Thorton’s agricultural history. The community-driven culture of Signal Creek can often be seen in its festivals. For example, there’s a Thornton Winterfest every year that draws locals and visitors together to celebrate the season.

Apple Blossom, Westminster

Situated along the Denver-Boulder Turnpike, the Apple Blossom neighborhood is one of the most charming parts of Westminster. Combining a mixture of affordability and convenience, this part of Westminster attracts commuters. In fact, this region has long been a coveted residential area due to the easy access that it provides to both Denver and the mountains. Those who are lucky enough to call this region their home typically end up in a mid-century modern home that was constructed in the 1950s. Unlike some parts of the Foothills, Apple Blossom still clings to an air of individuality, showcasing some of Colorado’s diversity in terms of design. A handful of different builders contributed to the growth of this neighborhood at the turn of the century.

This part of Westminster was once an apple orchard, which is the inspiration for its name. Like much of the Foothills, it was once rooted in the agricultural industry. Legend has it that each original property in Apple Blossom was given a tree from the orchard and that it’s possible to see them even today.

Residents and visitors alike frequent the gritty and unassuming Big Mamma’s Burritos. Designed to accommodate a quick meal, this restaurant is frequently overlooked. Yet its unique mixture of flavors, untraditional cuisine, and grungy nature make it worth a stop. A few of the community’s favorite picks include the Buffalo Chicken Burrito and the Philly Burrito. A short drive down the road is also Dae Gee Korean BBQ, which features a higher-scale menu including items like Sam Gyeob Sal (pork belly), and Sogogi Bulgogi (rib-eye). Restaurant goers also appreciate the vegetarian menu options from this location.

Westminster is often perceived as a bustling city since it has the 8th largest population in the state, though it’s on a slight decline. About 13% of the population has a graduate degree, and another 27% has a bachelor’s degree. Overall, this region puts an emphasis on education and recreation, supporting the work-life balance in those who call it home.

The post 15 Neighborhoods with Unique Charm appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Who doesn’t love to bring new energy into your home space?

I was on a mission to work with the stuff I’d already amassed at my house to bring new energy in. First, I got some inspiration from Boulder County upcycling royalty.

Pau Martin was ready to accept an internship in Spain when a friend helped Martin sew a pair of overalls??—loud yellow overalls to be exact. Martin was in love with them and wore them to a party. Friends, and eventually people Martin didn’t even know, were soon in Martin’s room waiting to be measured for a pair of their own. Martin decided to stay in the States, found a studio on Facebook marketplace, and began making partnerships with local businesses to obtain fabric. Atrévete, which means to dare yourself, was born.

Pau Martin bought a used sewing machine after learning to make overalls from a friend. Photo by Andrew Labreck.

Martin uses fabric scraps obtained through partnering with businesses including Melanzana and Town Showroom Interior Design and thrifting to make clothing.

“I like the uniqueness of everything being one of one, that it can’t be replicated, and you have to be very resourceful with what you have,” Martin said. “Now I have a system where I know a big piece of fabric has to be pants because we need so much fabric for the legs of the overalls. Super small samples are great for hats.”

The size of the fabric along with its durability determines what piece of clothing Martin will create.

“It’s almost like it evaporates.We’re never going to have it again,” Martin points to the many collected fabrics. “It just makes it a new experience every time. It’s not like we make the same thing over and over and I know what fabric is coming.”

For Martin, upcycling is both an acknowledgment of how unique and finite resources can be while also allowing the individual to express themselves.

“I would say there’s this expressiveness in the overalls and the pieces that’s really hard to find in other brands,” Martin said. “There’s something about it that’s so small, it’s kind of like finding a blues bar in a really touristy city that’s underground and nobody knows about it. Nobody is going to have the same pair that you have.”

Although I can’t come close to the ingenuity of Atrévete overalls, I decided to try several projects that upcycled items I already had in my home.

Photo: Zoe Jennings

Photo by Zoe Jennings

Photo by Zoe Jennings

Photo by Zoe Jennings

Photo by Zoe Jennings

Photo by Zoe Jennings

Lafayette Flea sells a variety of items from kitchenware to furniture. Photo courtesy of John Smidt.

John Smidt is the new owner of Lafayette Flea. Before becoming the owner, Smidt ran a property management business for 20 years. Through handling items that renters left at his properties, Smidt developed an eye for salvaging and reselling.

“I like to refurbish stuff, I don’t like things going in the landfill,” Smidt said. “It’s been really fun seeing all the stuff being repurposed and refurbished. Our parents always say it, and I always say it, that the old stuff is usually made better than the new.”

The 160 vendors selling items at Lafayette Flea bring unique pieces from the community. Some upcycle pieces from thrift stores and estate sales by performing upgrades like sanding and painting old furniture.

A selection of antique glass containers sold at the Lafayette Flea. Photo courtesy of John Smidt.

Why buy used?

“It’s better to spend a little bit more on something that will last ten years as opposed to the Ikea concept, which is buy it and use it one time and when you’re done with it throw it away,” Smidt said. “It’s been a pleasure to work with all our vendors and see what they do.”

Some customers spend five to six hours looking around the shop or hanging out with the shop’s mouser, Bo.

Smidt points to the way his mother’s generation lives. Things were made better back then. Smidt sees thrifting used pieces as a way to get quality items that will last longer.

“It would be nice to see that concept come back into play,” Smidt said. “There’s just so much waste in our society, it’s disappointing. Maybe we can change that a little bit.”

Whether it’s supporting a local business that’s dedicated to using upcycled goods, or finding items that already exist in your home or in the community, with upcycling comes a sense of individualism and adventure.

Bo the shop cat hangs out at the Lafayette Flea, located near downtown Lafayette. Photo courtesy of John Smidt.

The post Upcycling: How to spruce up your home without ‘Made in China’ tags appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Combating the effects of climate change is a broad effort that can take many forms locally.

When disaster strikes it can feel as if the world beneath your feet has shifted. Dust settles and things fall back into place, but nothing is the same. Scars forever mark not just the land, but the mind as well — remnants of the strength and force of the earth around us.

We know the globe is actively being altered by our actions. We know that the climate is changing at a rapid pace. We have seen the effects firsthand: not just the fire one year ago, but the floods last decade and numerous other disasters that have washed away homes, lives, businesses, and memories.

A before and after image illustrating the impact of climate change in Colorado. Courtesy of CU Boulder.

The frustration comes in part from the fact that so many of our leaders are sitting on this information. They acknowledge the climate is changing yet their actions do not reflect any sense of urgency. Everyone likes to talk the “eco-friendly” talk, but what communities are actually doing their part to mitigate the impact of climate change? Let’s highlight and celebrate the many ways that our local communities are working towards a stronger climate future.

There are numerous factors at play, everything from the obvious recycling programs and official disaster plans, but there are also the not-so-obvious: educating our youth in sustainability, ensuring homeless people have safe places to stay, and providing arts programs to express the frustration and emotion that comes from a looming crisis. It may not seem obvious, but the unpredictable weather will mean unhoused individuals will face even more daunting challenges. Studies and surveys consistently show that the younger generation feels hesitant about their future, are worried about climate change, and are hesitant to have children in part due to the climate crisis.

This changing landscape affects us all, but it is not an equal distribution of burden. Those with health or mobility issues, fewer resources, and the unhoused will all be more impacted by a changing environment. The deep irony is that individuals and nations with the most wealth are oftentimes the largest contributors to the climate crisis but will themselves be affected less by the damages caused.

Comparing how each city and town is doing is difficult to do. There is no one “winner” that is prepared beyond everyone else. Every neighborhood has areas to improve on, and every community offers a sliver of hope in their own sustainable solutions. The key is to take action where your community is lacking and celebrate the accomplishments of what has been done.

The unfortunate truth is that climate change is an international problem on a global scale, yet we feel the effects locally on a community level. Rising temperatures brought about by global polluters and massive corporations will alter ecosystems across the earth. Unfortunately, we must be the ones to prepare our home towns to lessen the impacts of these climate events.

The unfortunate truth is that climate change is an international problem on a global scale, yet we feel the effects locally on a community level.

To add insult to injury, oil and gas companies have free reign to frack where they wish in the state of Colorado. This harmful process accelerates the damage from climate change and is actually a key contributor to pollution and wildlife disruption. Possibly the most impactful way to make a change is to show up to town hall meetings in support of a fracking ban, to demand it from our officials, and to vote for candidates who refuse to take the millions of dollars these large corporations have to spend on our elections.

One way to drive change is to continue to look into the varied solutions suggested by other communities. Does your city or community have a similar program or is there a void that needs to be filled? Suggesting programs at city council meetings can be one avenue, starting a local volunteer chapter can be another. Holding officials accountable to climate action promises, making sure that cities are not just paying lip service to “going green,” and educating and spreading awareness to your peers and the younger generations are all ways to get involved that can appeal to nearly everyone.

When disaster inevitably strikes again, when helpers are needed in times of crisis, when we need to turn to the next generation for our climate solutions, what neighborhoods are leading the way?

Photo courtesy of the Boulder Shelter for the Homeless.

Homeless Services

Surviving the winter cold without a home is already a near superhuman feat that many members of our community must endure every single year. It is only going to get worse. As the national homeless population grows, more and more individuals and families will be facing the prospect of a winter without a roof. Coupled with an increasingly volatile climate, the challenge of navigating life outdoors will only become more and more difficult. Planning for a future where existing without shelter will be even more lethal than it is now and will require long-term thinking as well as immediate solutions. When disasters destroy houses, what communities are best equipped to help residents recover?

Homeless Shelters:
Boulder – 6
Lafayette – 1
Longmont – 3
Louisville – 1
Westminster – 2

City Services/Programs:

• The city of Boulder offers several services including a critical weather shelter at the Boulder Shelter for the Homeless on nights when temperatures reach dangerous levels.
• Longmont created a street outreach program called the Longmont Targeted Homeless Engagement & Referral Effort that aims to provide resources for those experiencing homelessness.
• Louisville provides a listing of over 3,000 places to find shelter, affordable housing, and transitional places to stay. Simply having a roof over your head can make all the difference in the world on the road to recovery.

Education

A sustainable future is only achievable through an educated and active population. Polls consistently show that younger people care more about climate change and see it as an existential threat to be dealt with immediately. We need future leaders to be inspired and informed about the dangers our communities are facing in a changing future. From floods to fires, those who model the changes, who provide solutions, and who lead us through the next chapter will be the youth. They will not only bear the burden of an inherited environment fraught with signs of collapse, they are also tasked with conserving plant and animal species, managing sustainable growth, and finding solutions to unforeseen problems yet to arise.

We need future leaders to be inspired and informed about the dangers our communities are facing in a changing future.

Arts & Creativity

Not everything is doom and gloom. From darkness comes light. Creativity and artistic expression are fantastic ways to let off steam, express inner emotion, and inspire others to action. Creating a new path forward will require different ways of seeing things. We need the artists, the visionaries, and those who think outside the box to be encouraged to develop their voices. Art and science will both need to play a role, working hand in hand to guide us through a changing planet.

Mental Health Services

Recovering from a life-altering disaster can take more than just rebuilding. Losing your home in a fire, flood, or other natural disaster can be one of the most tragic events in life. The collective trauma experienced by our communities last year is punctuated by the individual trauma of possessions lost, homes destroyed, and lives uprooted. We will need mental health services for acute loss as well as long-term support for everyone recovering. Mental health, therapy, and wellness programs can benefit anyone but are especially helpful for those in marginalized communities of all kinds.

Healthcare Services

The unfortunate reality is that the impact of natural disasters can often be measured in human loss. Although the impact of property damage and the loss of one’s home are completely devastating, the dire truth is more of us will be in need of medical care following weather events. Climate change increases the frequency and intensity of future disasters. The warming environment can absorb more energy, meaning storms will be stronger and potentially more lethal. Communities will need robust healthcare services capable of handling all types of injuries.

Hospitals:
Boulder (not including branches) – 2
Carbon Valley (Frederick, Firestone, Dacono) – 2
Lafayette – 1
Longmont – 3
Louisville – 1
Superior – 1
Thornton – 3
Westminster – 4

The unfortunate reality is that the impact of natural disasters can often be measured in human loss.

Disaster Preparedness

Community effort is needed to prepare any city for natural disaster. From diligent homeowners clearing their brush to the local city inspector checking for code violations to the countywide disaster plans once tragedy strikes, there are numerous ways a neighborhood can prepare for and help mitigate damage from wildfires, floods, wind events, and other storms.

Destruction left by the Marshall Fire. Photo courtesy of Dan Bruder.

Rebuilding

Unless you have previous construction experience, the rebuilding process can be convoluted and fraught with red tape. The permitting process can seem unnecessarily complicated and move as slow as molasses at times. Finding a licensed, experienced, and reliable contractor is another can of worms. Then the actual construction begins. It is a stark reminder to have adequate insurance and be aware of the risk of natural disaster. Now that recovery has begun, what communities are doing the most to help their residents rebuild from the Marshall Fire?

Affordable Housing

Sometimes rebuilding is not feasible. Sometimes it is best to move on. There is no one answer to everyone affected by disaster. Every individual and family will need to come to their own best solution.  For those who choose to move to a new location, cost can often be the prohibitive factor. Insurance can help, but we know that too many homeowners were under-insured and face massive costs after the Marshall Fire. The cost of rebuilding and recovering, plus the stress of navigating an insurance company that probably is not covering everything you need can be daunting. Finding an affordable place to live in a new community can be the beginning to the end of your stresses, or it can be another nightmare of its own.

Non-Profit Organizations

Shifting our society away from a carbon-based fuel system driven by for-profit corporations is a monumental task. The largest entities are often the largest polluters. Help support the local non-profits that make the world just that much better by doing their important and varied work. If you have the time, get involved and make a donation out of your time. If not, they always appreciate a monetary contribution for their efforts as well. Either way, let’s make a difference.

Number of Non-Profit Organizations:
Boulder – 5,402
Erie – 5,882
Lafayette – 5,864
Longmont – 5,100
Louisville – 5,890
Lyons – 5,447
Niwot – 5,067
Superior – 5,452
Thornton – 5,199
Westminster – 5504

Local Farming

Sustainability comes in many forms, but some of the impactful ways to move towards a greener future is to grow your own food, or at least support those that do. Transporting food across the globe uses massive amounts of fossil fuels. Climate crises will make it more difficult to grow certain crops and nearly ensures that some yields will fail. Farming locally creates a stalwart community more resilient to global uncertainty and more connected to the earth locally.

Boulder County Farm Data:
Over 1,000 Farms in Boulder County
13,000 Acres of Irrigated Crops
3,000 Acres of Dryland Crops
90% of all crops end up in our food system

The post Let’s Celebrate What Local Neighborhoods Are Doing to Help Adapt to Climate Change appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

2/8/2023 Update: For those who have asked, no businesses paid to be listed in this article. YS does not offer paid editorial. Our journalist found them. If you think you have a product that would fit in one of our seasonal Product Guide features email us at: editorial <at> yellowscene (dot) com, or head over to our About page.

Increase the chances your home will survive the next wildfire event with these home safety products.

There is no way around it — Boulder County is wildfire territory. Although we can neither predict nor control Mother Nature, there are some steps homeowners can, and should, take to harden their homes against fire damage. Some of the important first steps include clearing your gutters of leaves and other flammable materials, maintaining your yard, and not allowing the brush to become overgrown as well as ensuring all materials that could add fuel to the wildfire, such as firewood, are stored away from your home.

Reflecting on the devastation of the Marshall Fire, many Boulder County residents expressed a desire for more hands-on management of their own home’s fire hazards. Wildfires are indiscriminate in their destruction, but there are some tools to help motivated homeowners increase the chances that their property is spared. It helps to have some control during an event that’s inherently unpredictable.

If you belong to a homeowner association, inquire about its architectural review process to make sure your proposed home improvements comply with HOA guidelines. Each city and home-owners association may have variable requirements. Many cities require HOA approval during the permitting process, so it is always smart to check with your local Planning or Community Development Department for clarification.

Additional fire mitigation steps for your home include clearing brush from against the house, spacing trees so canopies will not ignite each other, and replacing flammable materials when possible. We take a look at some of the most impactful products that can help keep your home and valuables safe.

Courtesy of Saws and Slaws

Volunteer with Saws and Slaws

One of the most unique ways to start working on fire mitigation is to join your local Saws and Slaws type organization for a hands-on community brush-clearing experience. This group of dedicated volunteers takes the time to clear away brush, remove branches, and maintain the property in exchange for a delicious free meal. Plus, they offer chainsaw safety classes to help a novice homeowner get started on their own landscape.

Courtesy of Consumer Fire Products, Inc.

Courtesy of Rock N Roll Stoneworks

Hardscape from Rock N Roll Stoneworks   

Fire can’t advance if there is no fuel to burn. Replace some of the greenery in your lawn with hardscape such as rocks or gravel. This not only saves you money on your water bill but can crucially prevent wildfire flames from becoming a structure fire. Rock N Roll Stoneworks in Lafayette works with you to craft a design that suits your stylistic taste as well as the added benefit of protecting your home from fire.

Courtesy of Frontline Wildfire System

Exterior roof sprinkler system from Frontline Wildfire System

Everyone knows you fight fire with water! Frontline Wildfire offers outside-of-home sprinklers available to cover your entire house. Think of those interior fire sprinklers but for the outdoors. Multiple sprinklers cover your eaves, roofs, and walls in an interconnected system. There is even an app that not only lets you remotely activate the system if needed but also alerts you of wildfires in your area so you have more time to be better prepared. Prices depend on several factors, but financing is available from as low as $200 a month for this impressive system.

Courtesy of McLean Forge and Welding

Metal Fencing from McLean Forge and Welding

Consider replacing your wooden fences with fire-resistant metal ones. Any wood, whether it is a structure or simply decoration, will literally add fuel to the fire. Eliminating these combustible sources will help improve your home’s defensibility, and ultimately, its survivability. Check out the inspirations from McLean Forge located in Boulder. Prices vary by style and length of fence.

Courtesy of Gutter Helmet

Gutter Guards by Gutter Helmet

The Boulder Fire Department says that gutters are often the first part of the outside of your home to ignite. Burning gutters falling down the face of your house will also ignite other locations, rapidly spreading the damage. Mitigate the potential damage by using Gutter Helmet Denver to guard your gutters against accumulating dry leaves and tinder along your roof. Without it, you are leaving tinder and fuel accumulating along some of the most dangerous parts of your home.

Courtesy of Western States Metal Roofing

Class A Roof from Western States Metal Roofing

Ensure your roof is well protected from falling embers driven by winds. There are several classes of roofing materials — make sure that you purchase Class A roofing materials that have a much higher chance of protecting your home. Consider using metal roofs for sheds and other home and garden structures, especially in wooded and high-fire areas. Western States Metal Roofing offers the perfect solution for hardening your home against fire.

Courtesy of Beauty Beyond Belief Wildflower Seed

Courtesy of SentrySafe

The post Increase the Defensibility of Your Home with These Crucial Fire Safety Products appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Photo courtesy of Freepik

During the 1940s, vegetable crops lined schoolyards, churchyards, rural yards, and suburban yards alike.

As a patriotic act, Americans converted their yards into victory gardens to supplement the food supply threatened by pressures of WWII. At its peak, about 20 million victory gardens across America produced about 40% of the country’s vegetables.

“It’s a testament to what collective action can look like if we can sort of coalesce around a shared vision and a shared goal and a shared sense of meaning,” said Mara Rose of Boundless Landscapes.

Rose imagines a world where painted yard signs invite community members walking by to pluck a tomato from “yardens” along the way, a world devoid of the social pressures to keep a manicured lawn of Kentucky blue Grass. Yardens is a portmanteau for front yard gardens that prioritize growing food over ornamental plant display.

“There’s sort of this natural community-building impact that front yard gardens have because it invites people into conversation with each other,” Rose said. “It opens up opportunities for generosity and sharing and sort of collective living in some ways.”

It’s ingrained in the best of us: Tidy yards reflect social standing.

“It goes back to this American Dream history and the lawn,” Rose said. “Lawns are seen as tidy and a symbol of the American Dream and achieving middle class status. Food was seen as something you grew if you had to, if you didn’t have the resources to buy food. Many people, when they walk by a nice tidy lawn, they feel comfortable, and when they walk by a wild vegetable garden, they think it looks untidy and unattractive often. I think that psychology is working on many people and many [homeowners associations] even today.”

Jill Lyford started a raised garden bed, adjacent to her driveway, and planted a grape vine, strawberries and raspberries because her front yard received better sun exposure. Photo courtesy of Jill Lyford.

In 2019, Boundless Landscapes piloted a program turning lawns into food. In their first year, they converted five Boulder yards into this model. After three seasons of installing, building, and maintaining vegetable yardens, Rose rethought the approach.

“My hypothesis after doing this work for a while is that there’s 40 million acres of lawn in America, and actually the only way to get rid of it at scale is to empower everyday people to do it themselves,” Rose said.

Now, Boundless Landscapes seeks to educate and empower individuals to take the steps themselves to transforming their personal lawns into yardens through an “Ask a Farmer” monthly support group, individualized coaching, and garden design offerings.

Boulder County boasts a swath of avid gardeners daring enough to challenge the status quo. Some do it because the light is better in their front yard, others to enhance the soil. Everyone I talked with enjoyed their front yard garden for different reasons.

“Just do it,” Jill Lyford said about starting a yarden. It’s totally worth it. Just start small.” Photo courtesy of Jill Lyford.

Permaculture paradise

Devin and Heidi Quince gave up on years of watering, fertilizing, and aerating their lawn. One year in the spirit of Halloween, they spread three alpaca manure mounds resembling grave sites in their front yard and never looked back. First covering their lawn with cardboard boxes and a layer of cow manure and mulch, the Quinces planted their apricot tree, apple tree, lilac bushes, raspberry bush, flowering shrubs, cherry tree, grape arbor, and an herb spiral.

In accordance with permaculture design, the plants requiring the most water were strategically planted at the bottom of their sloped yard. The fruit trees provide shade for the plants underneath them.

The Quinces hardly water the herb garden, which includes sage, tarragon, chives, fennel, mints, lemon balm, and more.

The yarden has produced mint for jelly, fennel seeds for the kitchen, sometimes as much as 100 pounds of apricots, and much more.

“There’s nothing like tree-ripened fruit,” Heidi Quince said. “We’re such a proponent of eating fruit in season. It tastes better. You don’t have to haul it across the country or the world. It just makes more sense. The best thing to do is if it grows in your area, grow it. It really doesn’t take that much effort once the plants are established. You want to put a hedge in? Put a hedge in that produces fruit. You’ll be getting fruit for years.”

Growing a yarden full of non-traditional plants has brought some negative attention to the Quinces. Coined “the ugliest yard on the block” by a neighbor, some even reported their lawn to the City of Longmont, which resulted in several letters questioning what was growing in their yard, Devin Quince said.

But it was worth it for the Quinces.

“I hear people talk about how thankful they are for California for their climate because they can grow everything,” Heidi Quince said. “We should be more aware of what we can grow right here. Food preservation gets you through the winter, and you don’t have to buy tomatoes in February.”

Landscaping your yarden

Ariel Dutton of Ariel’s Farmette, LLC quit her job as an accountant and started her own landscaping company this fall. Mostly focused on weeding, plant consultation, and maintenance, Dutton loves encouraging people to grow food.

“I’ve been gardening ever since I could walk,” Dutton said. “One of my first memories is putting corn seeds in the soil with my mom. We lived in the country, so the grocery store was like 20 to 30 minutes away. When she was cooking dinner she would always say, ‘I’m going to go to the grocery store,’ and just go out to the garden and pick whatever we needed for dinner.”

In her personal life, Dutton spent six years transforming her front yard into a garden and is now in the process of converting to a yarden at her new house.

Devin and Heidi Quince’s yarden has a herb spiral in the middle of the yard and surrounded by fruit trees and bushes. Photo by Zoe Jennings.

“Grass is just pointless,” Dutton said. “It’s a waste of time. It’s another chore that you have to do. If you’re not using the grass, why spend the time to mow it and rake it and water it? It’s such a huge waste of resources, where you could be using that water and that space to feed yourself, or people who have no time to grow food for more than they need can donate it or share it with their friends and neighbors.”

Although it’s not free to convert due to the cost of soil, landscaping supplies, and time, Dutton only buys the staples like meat, crackers, and bread from grocery stores during the summer. The rest is harvested from the garden.

Dutton plans to install a berry patch with blueberries, goji berries, currants, and gooseberries and has prepared an area ready to plant come spring, with the eventual goal of replacing the entire lawn in her front yard.

Neighbors have asked her, “What if someone steals your produce?”

“Whatever. I have enough,” Dutton said. “If someone really wants to get my tomatoes they can have them. If someone picks a tomato here and there, good for them.”

When Dutton has crop excesses, they are put out on the curb with a “free” sign.

Ariel Dutton’s completed yarden. Photo courtesy of Ariel Dutton.

Herb yardens

Meri Gibb converted part of her yard into an herb garden where she grows onion chives, garlic chives, two kinds of thyme, rosemary, oregano, marjoram, horseradish, lavender, parley, mint, chocolate mint, and echinacea.

Her herbs, many of which are perennials, don’t require much watering aside from the rosemary, and she’s only received compliments from neighbors in her HOA-controlled neighborhood. Although it’s a tedious job sometimes, Gibb carefully dries the herbs or uses them fresh. Gibb has never fertilized her yarden, and the herbs spread easily, out-competing any weeds.

“A person should pay attention to the light the plants need,” Gibb advises. “Some herbs do better in part light/part shade.”

Trees and shrubs serve as good shade covers. Gibb recommends researching the required growing culture before planting and grouping plants based on their shared water needs.

Ariel Dutton mulches the new bed at her new house. Photo courtesy of Ariel Dutton.

It starts with the soil

Shelby Kaminski envisioned Edaphic Solutions as a CU Boulder student. “Edaphic” is a technical term for characteristics influenced by the soil. Specializing in making custom-blended compost teas, the company provides food for soil and plants, manages unwanted plants with the power of steam, and advises clients on how to create a healthy ecosystem for their soil.

Kaminski urges gardeners to look beyond the plants into the soil health below. Kaminski lovingly calls her compost teas full of living microbes “kombucha for plants and soil.”

“The way that we eat fermented foods and probiotics and prebiotics and kombucha is the same way that compost tea is to plants,” Kaminski said. “Whatever is in the soil, the plants will uptake it and eat it. If you want to grow food, you have to have healthy soil or your food will be nutrient deficient or it won’t yield. Everything starts in the soil.”

Kaminski enjoys working with clients who see the long-term picture of what a yard can provide. The little fruit tree may not yield fruit right away, but eventually it will become abundant.

“I work with a lot of people who understand the interconnectedness of it all and understand the value they can bring to their little yard,” Kaminski said.

Creating treatments for the soil can also combat unwanted plants cropping up.

“Most weeds are actually medicine,” Kaminski said. “Most weeds are actually really good for the soil, believe it or not. They have the deepest roots. That’s the reason why they’re surviving compared to your grass.”

This doesn’t mean you need to have a dandelion yard, but weeds can indicate a mineral deficiency in the soil, Kaminski said. Through treatments, soil can become more fungal dominant, which is important in the dry Colorado soil that struggles to retain water.

“Fungi does a lot of really amazing things in the soil,” Kaminski said. “I feel like fungi right now is a hot topic with psilocybin mushrooms, but to me it’s bringing people down even more into the soil. These fungi have always been around us. It’s been really fun to flip the script. Psychedelic mushrooms are cool, but what about the mushrooms in the soil? The future is fungi. The future is microbes. That’s how I see it.”

Kaminski recommends working with the soil that you have in your yard and seeking out individualized treatments rather than looking toward the products you can find at Home Depot. The weed cover products including the black plastic rarely work at curbing weed growth. Covering the yard with cardboard is better, Kaminki said.

Ultimately Kaminski hopes that clients will eventually not need her, that their soil will become healthy enough that it doesn’t need enhancements.

During the pandemic Kaminski noticed that clients became more connected to their gardens.

“It’s very cool to be a part of that paradigm shift,” Kaminski said. “I’m here for it all. Yes, this all comes from the soil, and we need to shift our relationship to it if we want to grow food ourselves because then people will have more success if they’re actually seeing it from a whole system standpoint rather than just ‘I’m growing a carrot’ type of thing.”

Sunny Gilbert grows food in raised beds in her front yard. She loves to decorate the yard with colorful rocks. Photo courtesy of Sunny Gilbert.

Food with flair

Sunny Gilbert is a lifelong gardener and tinkerer. She knocked down the juniper bushes in the front yard of her small property in Niwot and built raised garden beds for growing tomatoes, herbs, peppers, lettuce, and kale. Receiving better light, the front of the property features the raised beds and a bed with a trellis for vining crops a couple feet from the street.

Gilbert loves the yellow flowers that grow on her pumpkin vines. “Go out for a morning walk, and you see all these beautiful yellow, orange blossoms, and then bonus they become pumpkin for some scones in the fall or a nice pumpkin pie.”

Sunny Gilbert planted these Home Depot pots a prettier color and drilled holes in the bottom for drainage. Photo courtesy of Sunny Gilbert.

She also likes flair and doesn’t believe that yardens have to be drab. Her yard is decorated with painted rocks from neighborhood children, plants with variegated leaves, and decorative woven yarn trellises. “It’s part decoration, part the fun and science of growing plants,” Gilbert said. Neighbors come to snip clippings of her herb plants and admire anomalies like her 2-pound, ten-ounce tomato.

Decorative trellises bring an artistic touch to the garden. Photo courtesy of Sunny Gilbert.

“If you’re going to do it, spend some time thinking about the aesthetics of it as well,” Gilbert said. “I try to not to grow things that I can find in the grocery store.” Gilbert has grown novelties like the Dragon Suhyo cucumber that curls, and a cumbermelon vine with inch-long fruits that look like tiny watermelons.

“When I see a big grass lawn I always think to myself, ‘What a waste,’” Gilbert said.

Cucumbers, tomatoes and kale grown in Sunny Gilbert’s yarden. Photo courtesy of Sunny Gilbert.

Possibilities for pest management

“Growing vegetables in Colorado is really hard,” Rose said. “It’s not just ‘Throw some seeds in the ground and leave them to grow,’ as might be true in other parts of the county. It really does take some real care and attention. I think learning about integrated pest management as a way to work with the pests in the garden without using chemicals is really important.”

Rose recommends using natural pest management tools like introducing ladybugs to eat aphids and companion planting. “To grow wonderful, fresh vegetables in your yard and then cover them with chemicals feels like a bummer to me,” Rose said.

Insulating for the winter

Removing foliage has an impact on the critters below. “There’s all these animals, creatures, and bugs that live in all of this, which is the reason they say to not go and mulch your grass,” Devin Quince said. “What you’re basically doing is killing those beneficial bugs. They live in all of the mess during the winter, and when people go and mulch in the spring, you’re destroying their habitats, and plus you’re killing them. They’re all beneficial. They keep your soil healthy. A bare lawn doesn’t really do anything for anyone.”

The dead foliage is also an added layer of protection against harsh winters. “It’s fall, our attitude is ‘Leave it because it provides insulation,’” Heidi Quince said. “With our wacky climate, if we don’t get a layer of snow, the old growth insulates the heat, so you don’t have as much risk of losing perennials.”

Critters and pollinators 

The Quinces don’t mind when squirrels skim the fruit at the top of their apricot tree. They are happy to provide food for critters.

Gibb plants marigolds and snapdragons along with herbs to attract pollinators. “The bees just go nuts,” Gibb said. “They totally love it. If you don’t want a lot of bees, don’t do it. I’m probably feeding a hive — seven hives.”

Rose allows herbs to go to seed for pollinators to enjoy. She also advises clients who have raised beds to allow them to be permeable from the bottom so worms can come and go.

“We let a lot of our herbs especially go to seed because when they flower they’re not as tasty, but hopefully we’ve harvested a lot up until that moment and then they flower and then all of a sudden bees show up,” Rose said.

Seeds

“Go to the farmer’s market and chat up your local farmer and then go to their farm stand and buy their seedlings, and I think it creates a really nice symbiotic relationship in the local food system,” Rose recommends. Seeds grown over several seasons in a local climate make for plants that are better adapted to survival, she added.

Whether big or small, yardens provide much more than food for their creators: “When I first started this I was intimidated by growing my own garden and succeeding or failing, but that’s the whole part of it — just try and not be so set on having to have an end result,” Kaminski said. “If you don’t eat a tomato out of your garden, it’s okay. Plants are really, really intuitive beings. They will find you and teach you if you’re just patient enough to listen. We don’t all have to be farmers or even gardeners, but I think it’s just so beneficial to be connected to the earth regardless of the way that you do it.”

Resources:
CSU Extension
Water It With Love Landscaping, LLC
MASA Seed Foundation
Denver Water’s Garden In A Box
Denver Urban Gardens
Backyard Boxes
Harlequin’s Gardens
Cure Organic Farm
Dirt Health LLC
The Flower Bin

The post Yardens: Bringing food to the front yard appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

These green cleaning products will reduce your environmental impact while keeping your home sparkling clean and chemical free.

The worst part about cleaning your home isn’t the elbow grease, or the time it takes away from your weekend, but the harmful chemicals and pollutants that can potentially emit from everyday brands. Reduce their negative impact by switching to these green products.Even if you can’t change the world in a week, you can transform your own living space into a more ecologically friendly household.

Let’s keep it green and local, just the way we like it around here. These are some home and yard products to keep your space healthy and thriving while also minimizing the harmful impact on the environment, ourselves, and our pets. You can feel even better when the cleaning is done by resting at ease knowing you aren’t also introducing harmful ingredients, adding to landfills or hurting the environment. By using products with more natural ingredients as opposed to manufactured ones, we help reduce our strain on the Earth’s delicate ecosystem.

From yard care, to outdoor grilling to cleaning up everyday surfaces and spills, we have you covered. Going green in your home and yard care may seem like an insignificant contribution, but in the long run, it is the small steps taken by individuals that lead to large-scale change.

The post Green Cleaning Products to Keep Your Home Tidy And Family Healthy appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Editor’s Note: Press Releases are provided to Yellow Scene. In an effort to keep our community informed, we publish some press releases in whole.

CDHS is celebrating National Energy Assistance Day. All potentially eligible Coloradans are encouraged to apply for Colorado’s Low-income Energy Assistance Program (LEAP), a federally funded program that helps eligible Coloradans pay a portion of their winter home heating costs.

The LEAP program works to keep our communities warm during the winter, November through April, by making a one-time payment directly to the utility company on behalf of each LEAP eligible household statewide. Last season, 77,500 LEAP recipients received an average benefit of $550.25. This season, nearly 75,000 Colorado households have applied for LEAP to date. Applications are accepted through April 30.

“This season, Colorado received a record amount of funding for LEAP,” explains Theresa Kullen, LEAP manager. “While data from the U.S. Energy Information Administration shows heating bills increasing this winter between 6 and 54 percent depending on the heating source, funding is available to help Coloradans offset these increased costs. We encourage anyone who thinks they may be eligible to apply and take advantage of LEAP’s many benefits.”

In addition to home heating bill assistance, LEAP recipients may be eligible to receive furnace repair and replacement in heat-related emergencies and weatherization services pending the results of a home energy audit. Currently, LEAP recipients are also eligible for two temporary programs funded by  the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA). The first of these programs is the Utility Assistance Program, which provides funds to assist with paying down past-due accounts for a home’s energy costs. Secondly, the Low-Income Household Water Assistance Program (LIHWAP) provides a one-time payment to water vendors for eligible households whose account is either in arrears or shut off as long as funding is available.

To qualify for LEAP, Coloradans may have an income up to 60 percent of the state median income level, which equates to a household income of less than $64,000 a year for a family of four. Additionally, LEAP recipients must pay home heating costs directly to a utility company or landlord as part of their rent, be a resident of Colorado and have at least one U.S. citizen or permanent legal resident of the U.S. living in the household. Specific eligibility criteria can be found on our website.

To access the LEAP application, visit cdhs.colorado.gov/LEAP. Online applications are processed through the Colorado PEAK system. You can also call the HEAT HELP line at 1-866-HEAT-HELP (1-866-432-8435) to receive an application via mail or email.

The post CDHS Encourages Coloradans to Apply for LEAP appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Photo: ARM

Gun ownership in America has increased over the past two decades with a dramatic spike occurring at the beginning of the pandemic. The leading demographics of gun owners are white people, males, and conservatives, but… liberals also own guns. In Colorado, liberal leaning gun groups have gained traction as they seek to empower marginalized communities by advocating for and practicing their Second Amendment rights.

Errynn Rodgers is the founder of ARM, a liberal gun group that has been operating in Colorado since 2019. “ARM is dedicated to training marginalized people in the use of firearms and self-defense,” she says. They also offer medical training. Rodgers continues that ARM’s mission is “to provide access to training and knowledge that is difficult to come by.” By overcoming access barriers, they are providing training that allows those that have never handled or fired a gun, those that own a gun, or those that have access to a gun, the ability to stay safe while promoting their right to self-defense. (Editor’s Note: Errynn Rodgers, interviewed for this piece, has previously written for Yellow Scene Magazine.)

• Arm Your Friends was founded in response to the killings of George Floyd, Ahmaud Arbery, and Breonna Taylor in the summer of 2020. The Colorado Chapter first met in 2021 and is largely a decentralized group run by volunteers. They organize via Instagram and Reddit, provide basic training, range days, and medical courses – such as Narcan training. A member of the Colorado Chapter of Arm Your Friends, who goes by the alias Berkman, believes that it’s his responsibility “as an able bodied individual to be… proficient with weapons and medical training, so that I then may be a better asset to my community.”

Unlike larger groups such as the Liberal Gun Club or Arm Your Friends (AYF) – which have a national presence with a Colorado Chapter – ARM is only focused on the needs of the communities they serve within Colorado. Both ARM and AYF serve underrepresented and marginalized communities, but allow allies, or those who are not of marginalized communities, to join. ARM has special days on which allies may join but they are asked to pay a fee. For others, the events are free. The founder of Arm Your Friends, who goes by the alias Flight Risk, explained that, “our primary goals from the outset was to ensure that we could be financially sustainable.” Therefore, Arm Your Friends charges all event attending participants a fee, but does offer the “Medusa Project,” which provides assistance to those who need it. They look for instructors from marginalized communities and compensate them for their time.

Photo: Arm Your Friends

Groups such as ARM and AYF work to help marginalized communities because they are, and have historically, been underrepresented in gun culture, and disproportionately experience violence in America. According to the Washington Post, for example, Black Americans account for 13% of the population and are killed twice as often as White Americans.

The Tenacious Unicorn Ranch, though not a liberal gun club but an anarchist commune that has taken up arms as a means to protect their members, was also interviewed for this article. The ranch is another example of how marginalized communities are arming themselves. By creating a safe space for the LGBTQIA+ community, this alpaca ranch provides work and accommodations for those willing to commit for an extended period of time. The founder, Penny Logue, long time gun owner with a military background, explained that their need to arm themselves was due to harassment. When “the harassment started and the death threats became more earnest, we evolved the range of gun ownership to not just ranch guns, but also defensive weaponry,” Logue said.

ARM is dedicated to training marginalized people in the use of firearms and self-defense.

Gun Ownership

According to 2017 data from the Pew Research Center, the leading categories of the 30 percent of the country that owns guns are men, white people, the south (by a small percentage), and rural areas. A new study from Northwestern and Harvard reported by the New York Times in May 2021 showed that 39 percent of the country now owns guns: “63 percent were male, 73 percent were white, 10 percent were Black and 12 percent were Hispanic.”

Berkman sees liberal gun ownership as having to do with safety, saying, “we’ve seen a massive mobilization of not just state sanctioned violence against minority groups, but we have also seen an uptick in right-wing violence at demonstrations and protests.” Community and personal defense are what Berkman believes to be the rationale for gun ownership. “It’s not because there’s been an uptick in hunters or farmhands needing rifles.” Gun owners that belong to the Democratic Party increased by 3 percent since 2020 according to data released by Gallup. 2017 Pew Research Center data shows that Democratic gun ownership has increased by 5 percent. Republican gun ownership has stayed the same since 2020 but increased 9 percent since 2017.

Photo: Arm Your Friends

The U.S. has a lot of guns. Is more better?

According to the Small Arms Survey, there are 393.3M firearms in civilian possession in the US, or 120 firearms per 100 civilians. Part of the increase, as reported by the Washington Post, was “fueled in part by fear of a federal crackdown on gun ownership that never materialized,” during the Obama administration. Gun violence is also up. The Trace reported that “in 2020, police recovered almost twice as many guns with a short ‘time-to-crime’… than in 2019.”

When asked whether training more people to safely use and own guns exacerbates the issue, Rodgers said, “I don’t have an issue with the number of guns in the US. I have a problem with who has the guns in the US. She says that, “putting guns in the hands of marginalized people and giving them above and beyond training will only protect marginalized people.” For Rodgers, the issue has more to do with shifting power from those that have a monopoly on delivering violence towards marginalized communities. “Things are not in the right people’s hands. The power’s not in the right people’s hands. The use of violence isn’t in the right people’s hands. The justification to defend yourself isn’t in the right people’s hands either.”

Black Americans account for 13% of the population and are killed twice as often as White Americans.

Second Amendment Advocacy in Liberal States

Northwestern and Harvard reported by the New York Times in May 2021 (survey of 19,000):
• 39% of the country now owns guns: 63% Male; 73% White; 10% Black; 12% Hispanic

Gun owners have often claimed self-defense and recreational use for owning a firearm, but Second Amendment advocacy is on the rise. As reported by The Brink, a Boston University study showed that liberal states tend to have far more Second Amendment activism than their more conservative counterparts. The study acknowledges the two commonly understood sides of gun culture – recreational use and self defense – but adds Second Amendment activism as a third, finding that “this so-called “gun culture 3.0” has increased the most in states that have strengthened their gun laws to the greatest degree, suggesting it may be triggered by perceived threats on individual liberty by the government.”

For Flight Risk, the reasoning to bear arms is plain and simple: “everyone in this country has a right to.” He continues that “self-defense is a human right, so seeking tools that make self-defense more effective is justified.” Another member of AYF who asked to remain anonymous says the Second Amendment isn’t “just for white conservatives. It’s important that there are groups where people who are curious about guns – no matter what their motivation is – can at least learn how to safely handle guns and interact with firearms in a safe way.”

Gun ownership in America has risen during the pandemic and liberals – and those with liberal leaning ideologies – are amongst them. For various reasons, be it a need or desire to be able to defend themselves or their home, for recreational use or ranch work, or to advocate their right to the Second Amendment, Americans continue to purchase firearms. Liberal leaning groups are taking it upon themselves to help members of marginalized communities have access to firearms, learn safe handling, and practice their right to bear them as well as a way to shift power and to fight back against oppression.

The post Gun Ownership in America: How liberal-leaning gun clubs are supporting safety and community defense for marginalized communities in Colorado | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

You have just bought a new home. You’ve moved in your furniture, changed your address on all the accounts you hold, and are starting to settle in. One of the things you want to do to make the place really feel like yours is hang that rainbow flag or hammer a sign into the yard to support your politician of choice. After all, it is your property. Why shouldn’t you make your beliefs known?

Photo: Maria Bruno

Well, if your new home is in a neighborhood with an HOA, then it is possible you’ll receive a knock on the door telling you that your Black Lives Matter sign is an infringement of their terms and you need to take it down.

Photo: Signs of Justice

But isn’t that an infringement of your first amendment rights? Isn’t telling you that you can’t have a sign in your window stifling your freedom of speech?

The short answer is no, it isn’t. According to hoamanagement.com the first amendment protects your freedom of speech from a government entity restricting your expression, and HOAs are privately run. Additionally, by moving into a neighborhood with an HOA you are agreeing to their terms. So the HOA can legally tell you what to have in your privately owned yard and you agreed when you moved in to abide by their restrictions.

Some state governments have passed additional laws banning restrictions on freedom of expression from private entities as well as the government, meaning that HOAs in these states don’t have unlimited power to dictate what you display on your property.

On July 2, 2021 Governor Jared Polis signed HB 21-1310 into law. Effective September 7, 2021, HOAs can no longer regulate flags or signs based on content matter with the exception of commercial content. However, they maintain the ability to regulate the size, number, and location of these flags or signs.

In other words, since September in the state of Colorado you can now hang whatever you like so long as it is tastefully displayed. Your HOA could tell you that the huge flag you had special ordered to cover your entire roof is going too far because it is so large, but they cannot tell you to take it down because they don’t want you promoting whatever the flag symbolizes.

Photo: friendswithfourpaws.org

While it may seem like HOAs hate signs, often the reasoning for disallowing them was to keep the peace. If you and your neighbor have differing political views it could be disruptive to the community for there to be arguments about it. Some areas have experienced sabotage of political signs, particularly around election time.

During the debates on the House floor about HB 21-1310, Rep. Andres Pico, R-Colorado Springs, said, “A flag that you don’t like may end up across the street from you or next door.” Rep. Richard Holtorf, R-Akron, said, “If you want to fly the Confederate battle flag, I believe that also falls under this, as distasteful as that might be. But it goes back to First Amendment rights.”

While freedom of speech is important, it is also important to keep in mind that it’s not just HOAs or other organizations that can inhibit free speech. By allowing these signs to be hung in neighborhoods where they used to be regulated, people have to be mature enough to allow their neighbors to express opinions that they might not agree with without it causing conflict.

Only when everyone can safely be themselves and express themselves are we truly free.

The post HOAs vs. Signs: Why is declaring your love for BLM or ALM a problem in your community? | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Speedwell Farm Greenhouses. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

Colorado is one of few places that is blessed with all four seasons distinctly. Unfortunately for farmers and gardeners, this means a shorter growing season when the snow and frost sets in and sends plants to their deaths or into hibernation for the winter.

Greenhouses were invented to extend the growing season in colder climates. The idea is that the walls and roof allow the sun in and keep the interior warm and humid even if those aren’t the conditions outside. There are many different varieties of greenhouses that all accomplish this insulating task.

At Speedwell Farm and Gardens in Longmont, they have what are known as tunnel gardens or hoop houses. Instead of a solid structure, there are rings creating a tunnel over the plants. Sheets of material, known as glazing material, are put over the rings and can be rolled up when the weather is nice and rolled down when it gets cold.

Speedwell Farms and Gardens Greenhouse. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

The curve of the structure is utilized to the fullest by putting tomatoes, a taller plant, in the middle where there is the most room vertically. On the sides are rows of shorter pepper plants and mixed in with the peppers are flowers that work as a natural deterrents to pests.

When the weather gets cold the plastic is rolled down and the interior is heated with propane. To reduce, and in some cases even eliminate, the need for additional, external heat, underground greenhouses are built. Underground greenhouses are known by many names. Pit greenhouses, trench greenhouses, and walipini are a few.

Underground greenhouses are known by many names. Pit greenhouses, trench greenhouses, and walipini are a few.

An underground greenhouse is similar to a hoop house except instead of being constructed fully above ground, it is dug about six to eight feet down and then covered with glazing material. The purpose of this is to maximize the greenhouse’s efficiency by having more of the encompassing area be stone, clay, or dirt, materials that absorb and hold heat at temperatures from 50 to 60 degrees Fahrenheit. In an above ground greenhouse, only the floor absorbs heat throughout the day and then helps keep the area warm at night. In an underground greenhouse the floor and four walls absorb and redistribute heat so the plants are being warmed from five sides instead of one. Since the walls and floor do more of the work, less energy is required to maintain heat in the space.

Entrance and/or Interior Underground Hoop House at Harlequin’s Gardens. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

In addition to having underground hoop houses, Harlequin’s Gardens in Boulder has what they call their A-Frame greenhouse. It is dug into the ground but instead of a hooped roof and glazing material it has glass panels on the south-facing side and insulation on the north side that meet at a point.

Most heat escapes a greenhouse through the glazing material, so this A-Frame structure is more efficient in two ways. The insulation on the north side allows the greenhouse to retain more heat and allows less to escape at the same time. It might sound redundant, but it is actually twofold. The sun is most directly overhead in the summer when less heat needs to be retained anyway, so any that doesn’t enter through the north side is not missed. During the winter the sun is at an angle and only comes in through the south side anyway.

Exterior of Harlequin’s Gardens’ A-Frame Greenhouse. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

Another thing they do to help retain heat is put large barrels of water in their greenhouses. These barrels function the same way the ground does in that it absorbs heat from the sun during the day and redistributes it back into the air at night.

Water Barrels in the Greenhouses at Harlequin’s Gardens. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

At Harlequin’s Gardens, their underground greenhouses are so effective that they don’t need to use a supplemental heat source like the ones Speedwell Farm and Gardens’ do. In fact, shading material is used when the weather is warm to help prevent overheating. If the weather really dips far below freezing, then they occasionally put a space heater in overnight just to be safe, but they have no need for propane to heat their greenhouses regularly. Mikl Brawner, the owner of Harlequin’s Gardens alongside Eve Reshetnik Brawner, said, “I have actually grown tomatoes in that house, in the winter, down to zero degrees with no supplemental heat.”

“I have actually grown tomatoes in that house, in the winter, down to zero degrees with no supplemental heat.”

When Mikl Brawner built Harlequin’s first greenhouse in 1991 it was very expensive up front, as is typically the case with sustainable energy projects. In the decades since its construction it has “had practically no maintenance costs.” Between the lack of energy needed to heat it and low maintenance costs it was a good financial investment. Even more importantly though it means the greenhouse has a low carbon footprint.

Gary Meis, Wholesale Grower in Harlequin’s Gardens’ A-Frame Greenhouse. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

Being environmentally sound is very important at Harlequin’s Gardens. Not even weeds are wasted. They are fed to the farm’s variety of resident ducks.

Ducks at Harlequin’s Gardens. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

If you have the space for an underground greenhouse and are willing to take on a bit of a project, it is possible to build one yourself. The Benson Agriculture and Food Institute put together a handbook on how to build a walipini and they can walk you through the details. Some of the bigger considerations are location, frame materials, and glazing materials.

Since Colorado has such hard, rocky soil (which earned Boulder its name), digging a pit by hand would be a major undertaking. To make life easier, backhoes can be rented. Prices will vary depending on factors like where you are digging and how long the project takes. Another potential cost is if you choose to hire an operator or not. It’s easy to say you can do it yourself, but unless you actually have experience operating one it’s probably wiser to leave it to a professional.

Once you have your hole, a frame will need to be built over it. The materials can range in price, durability, and ability to insulate so you’ll want to take a moment to look at all of your options. Advance Greenhouses offers an assortment of greenhouse kits as well as greenhouse glazing materials and explanations about their differences. If you choose to order from them, all of their materials are cut to order so you know you’ll get exactly what you need.

Advanced Greenhouses Material

If you have the space and want your own pit greenhouse but don’t think a massive DIY (Do It Yourself) project sounds like fun, don’t worry. There are other options. Earth Love Gardens can install the frame and glazing material over a hole that you had dug beforehand eliminating a lot of the work for you.

If an underground greenhouse isn’t in the cards for you, Earth Love Garden can also install a garden bed or aboveground hoop house for you. These alternatives aren’t as energy-efficient as a walipini, but they do extend the growing season.

Whatever type of garden you may choose, there are additional steps you can take to increase its sustainability. Sustainable Village focuses on irrigation and their Blumat watering system has analog moisture-sensing valves that use pressure from the moisture in the soil to know when to release water. Low levels of moisture in the soil cause it to un-pinch and allow water to flow. Once the soil is adequately moist, the pressure rises and the tube pinches again causing water flow to cease. Since it is an analog system there is no electric energy needed to run it. It is like a drip irrigation system except it isn’t on a timer or running all of the time since it can react to the soil’s moisture level.

BluMat diagram. Source: Sustainable Village

Because these systems regulate themselves there is no fear of over or under-watering. They can be calibrated to allow more or less water depending on what you are trying to grow and that plant’s water needs.

Another irrigation product Sustainable Village offers is their low pressure soaker hoses. The low pressure soaker hoses are mats that essentially sweat out water slowly into the soil. These can be on timers or they can be used with a Blumat system.

BluSoak bed. Source: Sustainable Village

Sustainable Village can design an irrigation system for you based on your garden and your watering needs. They don’t install the systems, but all you’ll need to do it yourself is a pair of scissors.

Going one step further with sustainability, these systems could also be hooked up to rain barrels to collect and reuse precipitation, making them both energy and water-efficient.

At this point, an underground greenhouse probably sounds like it is either a whole lot of money, a whole lot of work, or even both. So why bother with getting an underground greenhouse?

“Spending more money upfront saves a lot of money in the long run,” as Mikl Brawner says. Underground greenhouses are an investment that pay off both financially and environmentally long term. The most obvious perk of any kind of greenhouse is that it extends the growing season and therefore the harvest. If you can do that and do it while being environmentally conscious then you really have something to be proud of.

“Spending more money upfront saves a lot of money in the long run,”

Plants Thriving in an Underground Greenhouse at Harlequin’s Gardens. Photo: Ashley Kay Mauer

The post Underground Gardens: Energy-efficient and earth-friendly growing practices | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Home defense isn’t just about actively defending yourself in a dangerous situation. It often comes down to proper preparation and prevention. It’s an unfortunate reality that crime still exists; yes, even in Boulder County. There has been an uptick in residential burglary in recent years, with 123 instances in 2020. 

Overall, crime rates in Colorado continue to increase, according to the Common Sense Institute, “Colorado had the highest increase in its property crime rate between 2011 and 2020. Partly due to the pandemic, policy restrictions and resulting economic disruptions brought further stress to society, which exacerbated problems related to crime.” Nonetheless, Colorado’s crime rate had continued to climb before the pandemic hit.

We’ve compiled a guide to provide increased safety for your home by improving two key factors: visibility and entry-way security. We’re talking floodlights, cameras, high-tech doorbells, and fire-resistant doors. Read up and find what’s best for your home – and budget.

Colorado Safe Room – $15,000 – $40,000

Colorado-based. They’ll take any space in your home and convert it into a safe room. Described as a ‘walk-in vault,’ these rooms are designed to safeguard your valuables or can serve as a place to hide while the police are called. Many of their clients come with different needs, whether it’s to protect valuables or to simply sleep better at night, they’ll work with you to fortify your home to the level and degree that fits you. Their lower end builds will run you about $15-20k and the moderate builds run $20-40k.

mike@cosaferoom.com | chris@cosaferoom.com | 303-909-3375 | cosaferoom.com

ProSteel

ProSteel is a Utah-based safe and fortified door manufacturer that might be most well-known for being ‘the exclusive manufacturer of Browning ProSteel Gun Safes’. They also produce heavily fortified doors to improve your home’s defense. The best part is, these doors look almost like any other door you would expect in your home – besides the six to twenty bolts that lock them in place. Purchase them through one of their dealers – Colorado Safes in Denver is the closest to Boulder County. Here are two options they offer:

1. Vanguard Storm and Security Door – With concealed hinges, a 12-gauge steel door frame and outer panel, and electronic or biometric handle and lock, the Vanguard Storm & Security Door has FEMA 320 compliant tornado and hurricane rating, and is NFPA 252 compliant as fire resistant.

2. Ultra Security Door – Step it up to the next level. Twenty 1 ¼” bolts, straight brass handle, steel door, 12-guage outer and inner panels, 1” fire resistance insulation, and electronic or biometric lock that can be positioned up to seven feet away, the Ultra Security Door is the safest option they offer before you get a straight up vault door.

www.prosteel.us/prosteel-security-doors/doors

Ring

Wyze

The post Home Products: The Best Gear to Defend Your Home | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

McMansion is a term for homes that are unnecessarily large in American suburbs, designed with the intention of being showy. Photo: Scott Olson, Getty Images

As multi-million dollar, new-build homes continue to pop up in the hills of Boulder County, the lower and middle class find it harder to make ends meet.

Over 90 percent of renters don’t make enough to buy a median-priced home and 38 percent of renters pay 50 percent or more of household income on housing, according to the 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development in Boulder County.

Over 90% of renters don’t make enough to buy a median-priced home.

38% of renters pay 50 percent or more of household income on housing, according to the 2020–2024 Consolidated Plan for Housing and Community Development in Boulder County.

Boulder County officials and residents now consider what life will look like if lower and middle income residents become priced out of the area. Lower and middle income people usually include young people, older adults on fixed-incomes and people of color.

Bedrooms Are For People headed a recent ballot measure aiming to reform city code 9-8-5 Occupancy of Dwelling Units in Boulder, which limits the number of unrelated people living together in low-density residential districts to three, and limits the number of people living in medium and high districts to four.  The median number of rooms in a Colorado house is 5.5, according to Census data. Considering the typical size of houses in Boulder, this may significantly increase more rooms for rent on the market.

The median number of rooms in a Colorado house is 5.5 according to Census data.

“The ballot measure to reform this city code aims to allow people to share a house and to bring people living in these housing situations into legality,” said Kurt Nordback, a member of the initiative and a housing reform activist. “Although it’s hard to determine how many people are living out of legality in their current housing situation. Reforming this code would also open up more bedrooms for rent, one of the most affordable housing options.”

The ballot measure nearly passed in 2021, losing by only a small percentage, but gained community attention and support.

“What we did get in this election is a progressive majority on [the] City Council for the first time in decades,” Nordback said. “We would like to think we had a part in making that happen. We are very optimistic that [the] City Council will take this on with fairly high priority and work through the community to come up with a solution that will reform the current highly restrictive occupancy limits, and maybe put on some additional guard rails.”

Occupancy restrictions were first imposed as an anti-student measure,” Nordback said. “Lifting these occupancy restrictions is one way to combat the growing affordable housing crisis in Boulder County.”

“The ramifications are not just on students,” Nordback said. “It’s more about housing security for people [who] are already living over-occupied and who could lose their housing potentially with a single call to city code enforcement.”

Illustration from the series “The History of an Old Soviet Apartment.” Artist: Anna Desnitskaya

There are few documented technical evictions from enforcement of this code because it is hard to track as people living beyond the legal limit generally don’t sign an official lease, and people who rent their properties may quietly evict tenants to avoid legal trouble, Nordback said. Unofficial renting can lead to other issues with tenant treatment as they have no legally binding agreement to reference in instances of mistreatment. Organizations like Colorado Housing Connects links renters to legal resources to navigate potentially discriminatory housing treatment.

The city occupancy code also opens the door to neighborhood policing and nuisance calls to police, which can disproportionately affect people of color.   

Restrictive occupancy codes aren’t the only thing standing in the way for increased affordable housing options in Boulder County. Zoning rules lend themselves to encourage large, luxury builds over smaller multi-family dwellings.

Boulder County imposes minimum lot size requirements. A recent study conducted by George Mason University correlates minimum lot size requirements with prioritization of building larger and more expensive homes, as developers have the lot space they must build on and want to maximize the lot size. 

“You’re not imposing a minimum house size but you’re imposing a minimum economically viable house size,” Nordback said. “If someone is building a new house, it’s rare for people to build something that is significantly smaller than is allowed because they’re sort of throwing away money that way. That’s a rule that tends to favor larger houses.”

“You’re not imposing a minimum house size but you’re imposing a minimum economically viable house size.”

City zoning laws delegate a percentage allotted for single-family homes versus a percentage allotted for multi-family developments. Other requirements include outside space requirements for homes that can make it more cost effective to build larger homes on larger lots with more outdoor space. Outside space and sustainability are important to the city of Boulder, which can be seen through the zoning policies. Affordable housing considerations aren’t reflected as much.

“We talk about trying to be inclusive, but if you look at our zoning code, which is really where our values get expressed, then it is not inclusive at all,” Nordback said. “It’s highly exclusive.” 

Boulder City Council recently discussed a luxury townhouse development proposal at 2504 Spruce Street. Housing developer Ali Gidfar estimates that the luxury townhomes will sell for about $2.4 million each. City Council members expressed concern that Boulder needs less luxury housing and more affordable housing, according to Boulder Beat, which covers city council.   

Jake Brady is a community activist involved with several efforts to increase affordable housing in Boulder County. He works with Bedrooms Are For People, Boulder Is For People, endorsed and raised funds for city council candidates and is working on launching a tenant/renter-focused organization. He is interested in establishing unions and rent control in Boulder County.  

He sees several avenues the cities in Boulder County could take to increase affordable housing and curb oversized housing. Deterrence solutions include banning houses over a certain square footage, taxing houses over a certain square footage, putting the tax money toward affordable housing and requiring house size to match the size of houses surrounding it.

Incentivizing solutions can include pilot programs in neighborhoods offering tax incentives for building permanently affordable units and advertising successful multi-family housing situations such as the Wild Sage Cohousing Community in Boulder. Wild Sage houses 34 attached townhomes and a communal living lifestyle with shared spaces and intentional community.

“My philosophy with our housing situation is that most people don’t know what they want because most people don’t have good examples of urbanism in the U.S,” Brady said. “We grow up in this environment where we have really bad planning in these sprawling single-family neighborhoods. That’s all people see. It’s a shame. We could be putting our land to better use. If you look at the trends, square footage of housing has been getting larger, and the number of people living in houses has been going down.”

As the middle and lower classes shrink in Boulder County, many people who have lived in Boulder for decades are straining under the rising costs that luxury and oversized homes bring to their neighborhood.

“Boulder is kind of weird,” Brady said. “There’s a lot of people you’d think are super wealthy, but they’re actually just getting by. They’ve owned their home for a long time, but their property taxes have gotten out of control because of appreciation of houses around them. There are a lot of people who live in wealthy areas in little ranch homes who are actually living pay check to pay check or close to it. They own their home. You’d think they’re upper class, but they’re not.”

Photo: Forbes

Starting in 2019 Boulder adopted a new goal of sustaining 15 percent of permanently affordable housing to low, moderate and middle income households by 2035. Only 8.4 percent, 3,767 homes, were permanently affordable in 2020.

In their Housing and Human Services Year in Review for 2021, the city of Boulder released a statement detailing that their mission is to “provide resources and community connection so everyone can experience Boulder as a just, inclusive, and equitable community.” This mission was put into action by investing over $20 million toward permanently affordable homes in the city, among other initiatives.

Colorado instituted a state-wide rent control ban in 1981 in response to a citizen rent control initiative in Boulder. There has been some talk at the state level to lift the rent control ban, which would then leave the decision up to local governments.

Average rent in 2019 rose to $1,728, requiring an income of $70,000 a year to cover rent. Brady is considered middle class but knows he doesn’t have the option of buying a home in Boulder, where he lives right now. He works hard on housing initiatives because he knows what it’s like to be a renter and someone who makes middle and lower class wages.

Average rent in 2019 rose to $1,728, requiring an income of $70,000 a year to cover rent.

The City of Boulder lists the growing gap between wages and cost of living and high housing costs among some of the main factors for homelessness, just as much of a factor as domestic violence and health issues create.

Several nonprofits and associations including Bedrooms Are For People, Boulder Community Housing Association, and the Boulder Housing Coalition hold city officials accountable and push for community action in creating more affordable housing. Long wait times prevent some low-income people from being able to access state-funded housing assistance. Local housing organizations fill in some of the gaps.

The Boulder Community Housing Association, or BoCHA, is a neighborhood association invested in community-oriented living in Boulder. Rental housing cooperatives, co-housing communities and citizens interested in these communities make up the association. They coordinate programs that enable living together in a sustainable and cost-effective way.

Boulder Housing Coalition offers permanently affordable community housing options in Boulder, with their values including anti-oppression, fiscal responsibility, community buy-in, and ecological sustainability.

Although some buy into the mission of equitable housing and living in communities, oversized homes raise prices and take up space. Brady believes there must be a culture shift for people in the U.S. to envision communal housing like living arrangements in European countries.

“It’s just a bummer to me that we have these huge houses going up,” Brady said. “It’s not really helping anybody except for the top ten to 15 percent of people in Boulder.” 

Nordback rides his bike in the outskirts of Boulder County. He observes many large luxury homes are going up.   

“Wealthy people have a right to live here, absolutely, but we don’t have to cater to them,” Nordback said. “Currently I feel like we cater to the ultrawealthy in a lot of ways. If you’re an extremely wealthy person you can come in and build a giant house, and the path is pretty smooth for you overall, relative to if you’re someone who’s middle class and trying to find sort of a normal place to live. It’s really challenging. If you’re lower income and you qualify for the affordable housing program, and you’re lucky to get one of the units available then that’s great. But if you’re not one of those lucky people then you’re shit out of luck.”

The post Oversized Housing: Boulder County homes reflect growing wealth disparities | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

A comprehensive list of resources; government and community, essays, and images from the Marshall Fire

• Click here for the gallery of photos from the fire.

• Skip down to the Marshall Fire Resources List here.

• Click here to support local businesses affected by the fire.

A Message from Ashley Stolzmann, Louisville Mayor

Dear Louisville residents,

Of all the difficult messages I’ve had to share with you over the last two years, this is without a doubt the most painful.

Our community and our neighboring communities in Superior and unincorporated Boulder have suffered a tragedy resulting from the fires which ravaged our homes, businesses, and open space. None of us remain untouched by these losses in one way or another.

I have spent the last day working closely with the City’s leadership team, Chief Dave Hayes, the Fire District, and the Sheriff’s Office. I can assure you that although the City’s buildings were evacuated, the City is still hard at work and we will get through this together.

First responders are still responding to this emergency and the City will continue to share information as it becomes available. I urge you to follow the Boulder Office of Emergency Management on social media or visit their updates page.

I am deeply grateful to all of Louisville’s first responders who have been working tirelessly to protect our community and also to the first responders from all of our neighboring communities who answered the call and continue to support and protect our community.

There are a lot of unknowns right now, but what I do know, is that Louisville is a strong community full of people, who have supported each other during nearly two years of pandemic. I know we will continue to use our strength and community spirit to persevere and rebuild in the face of this tragedy.

Please remember that the evacuation order and the boil water notice are still in effect. Please do not return to the evacuation area until we have advised you that it is safe to do so.

If you’re able to and are looking for somewhere to donate money or accommodation, please see the links below.

If you’re needing mental health support after the events of the last 24 hours, please access the free mental health resources.

As ever, Louisville, it is an honor to be your Mayor.
Mayor Ashley Stolzmann

Photo: Patrick Kramer

A Message from Patrick Kramer, Longmont Fire Department

Let me start by saying… this post is not for “likes” or to fish for comments of gratitude.

If you know me, you know that I rarely post anything. However the events of the day and night that I witnessed, compelled me to share a few of my experiences of which I have never seen before, nor do I hope to ever see again. The scope of the devastation is completely unimaginable. To say I have no words is a grand understatement. Apocalyptic. Surreal. “Movie-like” is what comes to mind.

Myself and my crew of Troy Reed, Joey Ginsborg, and Jeremy Sigg worked with hundreds (probably thousands) of firefighters to save houses. To save neighborhoods… however, Mother Nature had other ideas. Never in my life have I been in wind and fire conditions like I experienced today.  And never in my life have I felt so helpless while watching home after home burn to the foundation with nothing we could do to stop it.

Photo: Patrick Kramer

I’m super proud of my crew. They could not have worked any harder. We did save some homes… maybe even more than we know. But Mother Nature was the boss today and she let us know it. The only other comparison that I can think of, was working during the flood of 2013. However, today had a much more sinister feel…

I‘m super proud of my crew. They could not have worked any harder. We did save some homes…

I don’t know what can be done to help those affected by these fires, but I hope if you can help in any little way… that you do. People are going to need it.

As busy as we were, I took a few seconds here and there to document the devastation. Maybe it’s the journalist in me. But this is truly unforgettable and these communities will never be the same. The healing and rebuilding will take years. I think many will never completely heal. My heart goes out to all who have lost so much.

Be well.

Photo: Patrick Kramer

[These firefighters’ words express so much for all of us. Thank you Patrick Kramer of the Longmont Fire Department for you and all the firefighters who were so courageous for our communities.]

Photo: Sheryl Zimmerer

A Message from Sheryl Zimmerer

In the past 24 hours, people in #bouldercolorado lost their homes to the #colorado #MarshallFire #MiddleForkFire wildfire. I lost my home (along with 3500 other homes) in the September 2020 Almeda Fire and offer this help, and any other help, that I can give.

For those who lost your home:

• Get a notebook to start making lists of to-dos, phones numbers, policy numbers, and other things like this list. Your brain is going lots of directions and it will help you start to get on the right track.
• Call your insurance company immediately to get a claim going. Get them to send you emergency funding to cover you over the next days. They can usually get an initial amount to you within a day.
• Call your mortgage company to put your payment on hold.
• Get a mailing company mailbox like UPS or FedEx. They went quickly after the fire, but these companies can take all deliveries, not just mail. It’s a horrible feeling to not know where to send the things that will help you put your life back together.
• Allow a friend or family member to put together an Amazon wish list for you to send to people who ask.
• Get a storage unit immediately. These went fast. We lived in seven locations in three weeks. People offered us furniture and other things that we needed once we found a stable place.
• Go with the insurance adjuster to your site and make sure they understand completely what was there. Ours came from out of state, and we didn’t go, so he put rebuilding our house at only $130 a square foot (comically below Rogue Valley averages). Help them understand if you can how much it will cost to rebuild. If they do come in low, get a competing bid and fight them for every penny.

Photo: John Anderson

• Your insurance has many “buckets” including personal property, debris removal, landscape, dwelling, other, and so much more. Ask them for a list of all your buckets and coverage amounts. The questions are at the end of this post. You’ll need this as you try to get your coverage amounts paid out. Some insurance companies were better than others for paying out claims easily.
• Reach out to the Red Cross, FEMA, and other agencies that help fire survivors. Helping Hands International sifted my house last and found small treasures that I’ll be forever grateful for. They also grieved with us. When I tried sifting on my own, I cut myself and needed a tetanus shot. There are so many entities willing to help. Don’t hesitate to ask for it.
• Don’t hesitate to ask the companies that you bought things from if they will replace or give you a discount on replacing items. It reminds me of the importance of registering my products. My daughters reached out to several and I was shocked what they sent. One incredible company sent us a whole grill and everything that went with it. Also, stores in the area gave us incredible, sacrificial discounts.
• The decision to buy or rebuild is a hard one. We chose to rebuild after we realized our mortgage doesn’t go away after a fire. If you have 12 years left on your house, you still have 12 years and eventually have a new house. If you buy after a wildfire, demand and prices are really high (Almeda Fire lost 3500 homes). While building was really hard, we were better off financially. For some people, buying and getting settled quickly is worth the extra cost.
• Once those things are situated, you can turn off utilities, contact elections offices to send ballots, fill out tax assessor forms, try to get vital records and do all the millions of other things that you will need to do while searching for a place to call home.

Photo: Dan Bruder

A Message from Shavonne Blades, Yellow Scene Magazine

As the founder of Yellow Scene Magazine, I have lived in Boulder County for 31 years. I moved to Erie when it was 500 homes. Superior was 255 homes back in 1990, now today ALL of Old Town is gone, in just a few hours.

Photo: Dan Bruder

YS started in 2000 because of these homes. I had been working at the Weekly in Boulder and left as I lived in Erie and saw the growth happening. I thought to myself, all these new residents need something that is their voice, not just an offshoot of Boulder, but our very own voice.

The first-decade YS was only distributed in East County and we were known as the Voice of East County. In 2009 we added Boulder and have worked hard to be the Voice of BOCO but still never, ever leaving our roots in East County. (Some were afraid we would forget them but we didn’t; we are more loyal to our backyard than ever before.)

On Saturday I drove down South Boulder Rd. for an appointment in Boulder, each left turn leading to the devastation, they were all blocked by the National Guard. But I could smell it. It just smelled of burn. I could see the black of the grass fields along the way leading to the neighborhoods. Neighborhoods I watched get built. These neighborhoods are the very reason for Yellow Scene Magazine. I have so many friends who live in those homes burning, friends who ran or worked at those businesses.

Photo: John Anderson

Maybe it’s also the collection of the last 5 years and especially the last two with the pandemic, but I feel a great deal of responsibility to be of service. YS exists because of these communities.

I believe we will see our community come out like we never have. I do not know if that is enough to replace what people lost. One man lost all his artwork which he said was his retirement. My heart ached when I read that. But I am already seeing our community once again, come together through another crisis.

I believe we will see our community come out like we never have.

A Message from Ashley Stringham with Jerry Shaffer

It couldn’t be more fitting that this was one of the very few recognizable things laying in a pile of rubble that used to be our house and all of our memories. I bought it for Jer this past Christmas and it describes our love perfectly.

Photo: Ashley Stringham

For those of you that don’t know, Jer saved us the day of the fire. I was at home with Dylan and another baby that I watch. Jer had the car at work. Only minutes passed between the time that I began to smell smoke and our neighborhood completely filling with smoke so you couldn’t see a few feet in front of you. Just about the time I began to panic wondering how to get out without a car, as I didn’t want to risk bringing babies out in the smoke, I saw him fly around the corner into the driveway. He had seen the fires, dropped everything he was doing and literally raced the fire home to get us. We got the babies out as we watched houses go up in flames and he knew exactly what to do and which way to go to get us to safety. Minutes later we tried to check the baby monitor and it had cut out. We think it was because our house was gone. Our neighborhood was the first one to get hit and not one house survived.

He is our hero. I truly believe he is the reason we all made it out that day and he is the glue that is holding us together right now. I will surely love you as long as there are stars above us Jerry.

Photo: Kami Marland Gilmour

A Message from Kami Marland Gilmour

What neighbors mean after a natural disaster (from a survivor who lost their home along with 90% of their neighborhood in the East Troublesome Fire.)

1. Disasters burn down trees and also bring down walls. You’ll suddenly get to know the people you’ve lived beside in a whole new way. Super-exposed, raw, and realizing you’ve shared an experience so deeply life-changing that your common bond will remain forever. Even the weird asshole neighbor down the street. He’s on your team now too, and he’s not as bad as you thought.
2. You’ve now become a microcosm of human community in survival mode. It might be a single street of neighbors, or a network of folks throughout the community…but you’re building a tribe. In this tribe people will contribute their gifts of wisdom to one another as you navigate the new territory you’re all facing. Tap into it, lean into each other and your strengths, communicate weekly through Zoom, share the best of your experience, skills and wisdom as you divvy up the burden and act as a team.
3. Don’t discount/exclude your neighbors who didn’t experience a total loss. They are experiencing massive survivors guilt, and likely still have significant insurance hurdles ahead as they remediate. They’re part of your tribe too.
4. Embrace that the neighborhood will NEVER be/look the same. Your HOA is scrambling right now to figure out how to create reasonable architectural guidelines after a natural disaster requiring all of this rebuilding. There will be many builders, many plans, many timelines, and a lot of noise and construction chaos for a few years. Give grace—don’t be a dick in the process.
5. Celebrate moving forward. You won’t be in sync with everyone’s schedules, but every step of the recovery, debris clearing, and rebuilding process is something to celebrate. Be present and excited for the joy and progress of others if they are faster at the recovery process than you are—this is what is coming your way soon!

Photo: Kami Marland Gilmour

Remember this: Beauty in the ashes will not come from treasures recovered, but from the new relationships that will come from your fellow neighbors who went through the fire with you, and the gestures of kindness and love you’ll receive. Take a deep breath and soak in the good when the bad is unfathomable. You’re not alone, your neighbors understand.

Photos by Patrick Kramer

Photos by Dan Bruder

Photos by John Anderson

MARSHALL FIRE RESOURCE LIST

Compiled by Mona Cedillo and Shavonne Blades

BEHAVIORAL HEALTH

• Colorado Crisis Services – 1 (844) 493-8255, or text “TALK” to 38255, to speak with a professional counselor about support for yourself or a loved one.
• Boulder County Mental Health After Fire – Emotional wellness & care for children.
• JFS Boulder County Crisis Counseling – Counseling services to Boulder County residents.
• I Matter – 3 free mental health sessions for youth in CO, available via telehealth.
• Mental Health Partners – (303) 443-8500, housing, wellness & support.
• Disaster Distress Helpline – (800) 985-5990, available at each evacuation shelters.
• Naropa Community Counseling – Free drop-in group on Mondays 5:30 pm-6:30 pm.
• National Child Traumatic Stress Network – Preparing Children after a Wildfire Damages Your Community.

BUSINESS & EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE

• Small Business Disaster Assistance
• Disaster Unemployment Services (DUA)
• University of Colorado Boulder – Staff & Faculty Emergency Fund.
• Yellow Scene Magazine – Free business card ad online as well as print for businesses impacted by the Marshall Fire.

CHILDREN, YOUTH and STUDENT SERVICES

• Boulder Valley School District – Trauma Response Team for Students.
• University of CO Boulder – Student Emergency Fund.
• Peak to Peak Charter School – School supplies for displaced students.
• Louisville Rising – Toy replacements for children.
• Sill-Terhar Motors – Boots, toys, coats.
• Operation Birthday – Providing birthday parties for displaced children.
• Erie Dog CO. – Clothing, infant items, coats, shoes, boots, toys, blankets.

COMMUNITY SUPPORT

• Town of Superior – Marshall Fire FAQs
• Disaster Assist Team (DAT) Wildfire Info & Relief Services
• Boulder County Fires
• KGNU Boulder County Fires – Mutual Aid Group.
• Boulder Fire and Surrounding Area Victims – Distribution Page.
• Soul Tree Studio – Fundraising for the 9News Marshall Fire donation.
• Muse Performance Space – Music fundraiser.
  
• Colorado Strong – T-shirt fundraiser.
• The Sink (1165 13th St.) will donate 10% of all sales through January 11 to The Community Foundation’s Boulder County Wildfire Fund.
• Jones+C – Working with the Red Cross they are collecting large furniture items. If you have beds, mattresses, living room furniture, desks, etc. to donate, please email Paulina Schiliro (paulina@shopjonesandco.com).
  
• Superior Chamber of Commerce – Restaurants wanting to provide food. Deana Miller deana@superiorchamber.com, call 303-335-4931 or email pmorgan@louisvilleco.gov.
• Free Dumpsters
• A full list of the nearly 100 restaurants offering meals to the #MarshallFire victims. – northwestchamberalliance.com/wildfire/#restaurants

FEMA

• Individual Assistance Program – Call after insurance. Apply online or 1-800-621-3362.
• FEMA Application Assistance – Joe Neguse, US Congressman, 2nd District.

GOVERNMENT AGENCIES

• Boulder Office of Emergency Management
• Boulder County Sheriff
• National Alliance for Public Safety – Map of areas affected by fire.
• City of Louisville
• Town of Superior

HOME & HOUSING

• Insurance Company Claims Assistance
• Colorado Division of Insurance
• Boulder Office of Emergency Management: AirBnB Open Homes
• Boulder Colorado USA: Discounted Hotel Rooms
• Town of Superior: Home Re-entry Assistance
• City of Louisville: Boil Water Order.
• Xcel Energy – Electric and natural gas restoration updates.
• Marshall Fire Housing Needs & Availability – Housing for displaced residents.
• Boulder Area Rental Housing Association (BARHA)

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING and URBAN DEVELOPMENT

• hud.gov/info/disasterresources
• Community Development and Housing Assistance Office of Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity
• SAMHSA’s Disaster Distress Helpline at 1-800-985-5990 (call or text) provides 24/7, 365-day-a-year crisis counseling and support to people experiencing emotional distress related to natural or human-caused disasters.
• Disaster Household Distribution Program

IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE

• Boulder County Disaster Assistance Center
• American Red Cross Colorado
• Boulder County Fire – Mutual Aid.
• City of Louisville – Bottled water distribution.
• YMCA of Northern Colorado
• Community Foundation
• Together Rising – Offering grants to the impacted.

FUNDRAISING and DONATIONS

• Sill-Terhar Motors – Boots, coats, toiletries.
• Erie Dog Company – Clothing, infant items, coats, shoes, boots, toys, blankets.
• Boulder Fire & Surrounding Areas Distribution – Immediate needs or funds.
• Rayback Collective Fundraiser
• Outworld Brewing Fundraiser

MEALS

If you are not from the 80027 and impacted by the Marshall Fire, please reserve these services for those that were.

• Superior Chamber of Commerce – Restaurants wanting to provide food. Deana Miller deana@superiorchamber.com, call 303-335-4931 or email pmorgan@louisvilleco.gov.
• Restaurant Revive-Free Meals – a comprehensive list of restaurants supporting victims of the Marshall Fire
• Ben and Jerry’s Boulder – Bring a gift card of $20 or more (Target, Walmart, Costco, grocery stores) to 1203 Pearl St. and they will give you a free kids scoop!
• Blackbelly – Free meals for displaced residents.
• Restaurant Revive – Restaurants offering hot meals to displaced residents.
• Tangerine Restaurant – Free meals for displaced residents.
• Town of Superior – Spoiled food disposal assistance.
• Chautauqua Dining Hall – Free meals for displaced residents.
• Leaf Vegetarian Restaurant – Free meals for displaced residents.
• Great Harvest – Meals to go.
• The Buff is hosting a toy drive.
• Viet Kitchen – Lafayette.

MIXED MEDIA

• WX Chasing – Drone Footage of Louisville, CO.
• Google Share – Photos by Dan Bruder, Jeff Lang, TK, Chani Dissanayake.
• 9News Sky

PETS

• Animal Rescue Requests
• Boulder Humane Society – Lost & Found.
• Boulder County Fire Lost & Found Pets
• Colorado Pet Pantry
• Humane Society of Boulder Valley
• Lost & Found
• Horse Evacuation Boulder Fort Collins
• Evolution Veterinary Specialists, Inc. – Free Room & Board (smoke inhalation).
• Alpine Hospital for Animals – Pet food, blankets, kennels, toys, leashes, medications.
• Erie Dog Company – Kennels, blankets, misc. items.

SOCIAL MEDIA GRAPHICS

• Nik Martinez – Westminster resident image to support those impacted by fire.
• Dave Billingshurst – Superior & Louisville.

VOLUNTEER OPPORTUNITIES

• Colorado Responds
• Boulder OEM – To donate food, water, physical materials.
• Colorado Pet Pantry – Bring and sort food donations.
• Sister Carmen Community Center – Donations for the food bank.
• A Precious Child – Clothing and gift card donations.
• Louisville Rising – Help replace toys/gifts for children affected by the fire.
• Alpine Hospital for Animals – Donations of pet food, blankets, kennels, toys, leashes.
• YMCA of Northern Colorado – Assisting displaced residents.
• Community Foundation of Boulder County – Assisting with immediate needs.
• Boulder County – Bring, sort, and/or deliver donations.

LOUISVILLE, COLORADO POLICE DEPARTMENT

What’s at the Disaster Assistance Center? The Boulder County Disaster Assistance Center (DAC), located at the Boulder County Southeast County Hub at 1755 South Public Road in Lafayette, is open from 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. seven days a week. This is a one-stop-shop for anyone impacted in any way by the Marshall fire and we encourage you to stop in when you’re ready.

Here is a full list of all services located there:

First Floor Southeast Community Hub:

• DAC intake > DAC waiting > Main entry table
• FEMA intake > After FEMA, proceed to local services > After local services, proceed to 2nd floor additional services
• Boulder County Community Planning & Permitting
• Boulder County Human Services
• Boulder County Victim Advocates
• City of Louisville
• Colorado Pet Pantry
• Division of Insurance
• FEMA Assist
• Firstnet
• Hazard Mitigation
• Health Serv. COVID tests
• Mental Health Partners
• Small Business Development Center
• Snacks and Hydration
• Southern Baptist Disaster Relief
• Town of Superior
• Unemployment Services
• United Policy Holders
• US Small Business Disaster Assistance
• Xcel Energy

Second Floor:

• Arc Thrift Store
• Our Front Porch
• United Way 2-1-1
• A Precious Child
• Red Cross
• The Salvation Army

West Parking Lot:

• American Family Insurance
• State Farm
• USAA
• Veterans Center

Support these businesses affected by the Marshall Fire.

Superior

[nextcode_gallery id_gallery=”1″]

Louisville

[nextcode_gallery id_gallery=”2″]

Broomfield

[nextcode_gallery id_gallery=”3″]

The post 80027 Strong But Stronger Together | Marshall Fire appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

HERE’S YOUR HOME & HOOD NEWS ROUNDUP AS WE ENTER 2021:

THE SELLER’S MARKET

The holiday season usually sees a decline in the number of homes listed for sale, but this November hit another record low — just 3,415 single family home listings — as buyers continue to purchase homes at high rates, according to the Denver Metro Association of Realtors. A record high was also set in November for the average closing price for single-family detached and attached properties — $549,756. The previous record was $486,012 in 2019, according to the analysis. (Patch). As Ella Taylor of The Wall Street West Group, Keller Williams Realty, DTC, has been pointing out for months, it’s a seller’s market because buyers are gobbling up everything.

 

GET YOUR PLANT LIGHTS RIGHT

Research at Purdue University has shown LED lights can provide a more beneficial light spectrum to greenhouse plants than conventional lights, while using 75% less electricity. Fluorescent lights have been the standard, being cool enough to be placed very close to plants. Standard cool-white fluorescents are shown to produce mostly blue light (low in red). Special horticultural-type fluorescent lights or “grow bars” are needed for blooming plants requiring higher levels of red-light wavelengths (Lincoln Journal Star).

 

OPEN ENROLLMENT DROPS

Local schools are flying drones through the hallways, cueing up video footage from previous school years and enlisting students as they create virtual tour videos and host virtual open houses to spotlight their schools during open enrollment season. Boulder Valley and St. Vrain Valley schools switched to remote-only learning in November as coronavirus cases surged. Parents are making decisions without in-person visits and while still trying to navigate the current year as schools rotate through in-person, hybrid and remote learning options in response to changing coronavirus case numbers, guidelines and recommendations. So far, Boulder Valley is seeing fewer families request to open enroll. As of Dec. 15, the district had received 1,728 applications, down from about 2,205 at the same time the previous school year. The district’s open enrollment window closed Jan. 6 (Daily Camera).

 

NEW BOCO HOUSING HEAD NAMED

Boulder County commissioners on Tuesday, December 15, appointed Robert Williams, the chief program and policy officer in the Bureau of Behavioral Health for the Illinois Department of Healthcare and Family Services, as the next director of the Boulder County Department of Housing and Human Services.

Williams’ appointment, it is reported, will fill a vacancy created in June when Frank Alexander resigned after having led the department for about 12 years to join Casey Family Programs as the national foundation’s managing director of Judicial and National Engagements within Systems Improvement (Daily Camera).

The post News Roundup | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Graphic by De La Vaca

 

On Thursday, March 4th, the Board of County Commissioners (BOCC) approved the staff recommendation to withdraw the special use review application for the proposed compost facility, in what many have seen as a victory for open space activists and locals. The request came after weeks of public backlash about potential impacts that the facility could have on the surrounding area and concern that a conservation easement protecting the property from development had been extinguished. The move will allow current commissioners to publicly engage with the project, something they weren’t allowed to do while it was under Special Review; it had entered the review phase under the prior board of commissioners, of which only Commissioner Matt Jones remains (no relation to former commissioner Elise Jones, who served at the same time). 

Recently seated Commissioner Marta Loachamin states, “The status of a quasi-judicial case has been difficult for us as county commissioners, as it immediately limited our ability to speak freely, as a new Board in January 2021, with the community.”

Commissioner Matt Jones asserted that, “we absolutely need composting options” but that “we should not use open space for a composting facility.” He also labelled the actions of opponents of the project as “grandstanding” while acknowledging that the county “created the problem and it’s not going away.”

Commissioner Claire Levy said the county’s actions may have been in part due to “tunnel vision”, that she wanted to know “whether the compost will be usable by our Boulder County farmers”, and that “ending this application is the best way for us to get this information and be able to engage with the community.”

Information has continued to surface about the early stages of the project, the role of the Resource Conservation Advisory Board (RCAB) and various discrepancies in their meeting minutes, and an email chain acquired by Yellow Scene that was referred to by a CDOT employee as, on face value, “traffic study number manipulation to avoid building the acceleration lanes.”

Current Board of County Commissioners from L: Marta Loachamin, Matt Jones, Claire Levy

Former Commissioners from L: Matt Jones, Elise Jones, and Deb Gardener

Former Commissioners when Rainbow Nursery was purchased, from L: Deb Gardener, Elise Jones (sister to Suzanne Jones), and Cindy Domenico

Timeline Updates

Rainbow Nursery was an important property in the county because it had long held a Conservation Easement (CE) protecting it from development. In 2013, the prospect of purchasing the property was brought to the BOCC because the property was for sale and the CE allowed a Right of First Refusal. Staff did not recommend exercising this right to purchase the property and the commissioners voted to deny their right. The BOCC also authorized the Director of Parks and Open Space to decline such options in the future unless it was deemed in the best interest of the county to purchase.

On April 5th, 2018, Parks and Open Space (P&OS) staff recommended exercising the first right of purchase to acquire the Rainbow Nursery to BOCC, who opted to exercise their right. The property was purchased on April 12th, 2018. Presenting staff, Mel Stonebraker, acknowledged that the CE on the property is a ‘fairly simple document; compared to what we would do today, it’s quite crude,” and that if the county were to decide to sell the property in the future they would upgrade the CE to match today’s standards. Stonebraker also said at the time that, “the property will be used as open space unless the county later decides the property would be appropriate for a zero waste site.”

At the same April 5th, 2018 BOCC meeting P&OS staff recommended purchasing Rainbow Nursery, former Commissioner Deb Gardener said that, “I think it’s a great opportunity” and that “there is potential for different kinds of zero waste operations there, but then at the same time there are probably a lot of hurdles around that.” Former Commissioner Elise Jones added, “It’s a great opportunity both for the water and future potential uses like zero waste.” Former Commissioner Cindy Domenico chimed in with, “It’s an amazing opportunity right on [Highway] 287.”

In an email acquired by Yellow Scene, dated April 30th, 2018, Al Hardy, then and current Recreation and Facilities Manager for P&OS, wrote to various other county employees that the property had been purchased via Open Space funds and that there is a, “potential for the property to be utilized for county sustainability efforts (potential need for a site related to larger construction material recycling and also composting).” Hardy continued that if the location were to be used, “there would be a transfer (sale) from open space of the land to another county department” Hardy went on to say that they had attached, “2015 Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessment documents that provide there are no known significant environmental concerns at the time of the report.” It is unclear if the report suggests whether or not the County had been studying the property with the intention to use it in the future.

Screenshot

On May 1st, 2018 a closing memo was released which stated that the property had been purchased for $985,000, which included “$385,000 worth of water rights[,] certain mineral rights and one development right.” The memo also states that “administrative services is considering the possibility of using the site as part of the county’s zero waste initiative,” and ends the summary asserting that, “The county previously held a conservation easement over the property. That easement interest has merged with [the] fee title, and no longer exists.” A fee title is a full interest in a property.

Hardy also corresponded with Darla Arians, currently the Division Manager at Resource Conservation Division (RCD), on May 29th, 2018 about a meeting the next day to which Arians responded that the Resource Conservation Advisory Board (RCAB) Infrastructure Committee is “taking a preliminary look at the site to discuss potential use around C&D processing, EAB management, debris management, and potentially compost and/or anaerobic digestion.”

Within a month of purchasing the property, county employees had begun actively considering using the Rainbow Nursery for zero waste initiatives, even though the property was purchased via Open Space funds. At the time of this writing, the Rainbow Nursery is still considered to be Open Space; the CE is still considered extinguished.

RCAB Bylaw Appearance of Discrepancies

The Resource Conservation Advisory Board (RCAB) has been involved with the project since at least the 2018 preliminary site visit. Founded in 2002, RCAB’s purpose, per their bylaws, is:

“to advise the Board of County Commissioners in reducing the amount and toxicity of waste generated in the county; to research, review and recommend changes in policy related to waste reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting; to provide input on the development of facilities and programs; and as a result of these efforts to help Boulder County, its communities, and partners to conserve mineral, fossil fuel and forest resources, and to reduce environmental pollution.” 

RCAB has discussed the project at several meetings, sent memo recommendations, such as for PEH Architects, and served as “key informants to the decision makers, acting as external stakeholders and representatives of the municipalities to make sure there are no fatal flaws as the reports come out.” Its members include local experts and leaders from various non-profits, organizations, municipalities, and other local government departments. All are volunteers.

In the RCAB bylaws it states that the cities and towns within the county and the county itself, as well as Resource Central, CU Recycling, Eco-Cycle, and Western Disposal Services, may appoint one representative each. The BOCC will also appoint one additional waste ‘hauler’ as well as five at-large members. It does not specify what roles these representatives may or may not have at their respective organizations or departments or whether members of the same organization or municipality may serve representing different entities.

YS has found various errors in the RCAB meeting minutes, some of which are not in line with the bylaws. It has also been noticed that employees of local organizations, such as local waste haulers, will represent other entities, such as municipalities or ‘At Large”. When asked whether the bylaws are meant to be followed exactly, Tim Broderick, RCAB staff Liaison and a Boulder County employee, explained that, “The bylaws are guiding principles that the advisory board agrees to follow.” Broderick provided clarification to each error.

The bylaws state that RCAB shall be limited to 21 members, but at all meetings in 2020, there have been 22 or 23 members. At the October 2019 and September 2019 meeting there were 24 and 22 members respectively. There have also been concerns that some members of the same organization or department are members of RCAB.

Broderick: “There are 21 members of RCAB. To date our staff member who takes the notes has been listing both the in attendance and not in attendance members from the same organization. This makes it appear as if there are more members then there are. I am working with the staff member to make this clearer in future note taking.”

At the February 2020 meeting, Neal Lurie representing “Center for ReSource Conservation,” and Brandon Hill representing Resource Central, were both listed as members. The Daily Camera reported in 2017 that the Center for ReSource Conservation had changed its name to Resource Central. 

Broderick: “Neal Lurie represents Resource Central. It is common practice in RCAB when members have scheduling conflicts, they will send replacements to represent them. Brandon Hill is Neal Lurie’s replacement for the same organization.”

At the October 2019 meeting, Darla Arians representing Boulder County, and Cody Lillstrom representing RCD (assumed to be Resource Conservation Division), were both listed as attending members. Darla Arians is an employee of RCD and has spoken for RCD at RCAB meetings. Lillstrom has been at other meetings, such as the October 2020 meeting, listed under ‘Guests’ as ‘Cody Lillstrom – Boulder County’ and at the February 2019, also listed under ‘Guests’ as ‘Cody Lillstrom – Boulder County RCD’.

Broderick: “RCD is not a member of RCAB. If listed this is an error and they should be a guest. Darla Arians is a member of RCAB and represents Boulder County.”

Bridget Johnson represented the Town of Jamestown at five meetings in 2020 and all meetings in 2019. At the February 2020 and May 2020 meetings Johnson represented Green Girl Recycling, which she founded. 

Broderick: “Bridget Johnson represent[s] Jamestown. She will often give updates on Green Girl Recycling events in Jamestown so sometimes in the notes there is cross over.”

Stephanie Walton and Tony Raeker have both been listed as members representing the City of Lafayette at every meeting since October 2019. They were both listed as “Present” at the October 2019 meeting.

Broderick: “Tony Raeker would represent Stephanie Walton. Tony Raeker, I believed recently stepped down from his position and Lafayette is actively working on a replacement.”

Screenshot

Tim Towndrow and Steve Derus were both listed as representing Republic Services at all 2020 meetings. 

Broderick: “Correct, this is again because of how the staff member taking notes was listing both the in attendance and not in attendance members of the same organization in the minutes.”

Screenshot

Mircalla Wozniak was listed as representing At Large at the December 2020 meeting but, at the end of the minutes during the vote to support the proposed compost facility and a letter of support to BOCC, Wozniak was listed as representing the City of Louisville voting in favor. Mark Persichetti was also listed as voting in favor and representing the City of Louisville. Wozniak is an employee of Boulder County.

Broderick: “This is a staff error that will be corrected.”

Screenshot

Brian Tewey was listed under “Guests” at the September 2020 meeting as, ‘Brian Tewey – PEH Architects’. In an email, Tewey explained he is “a part-time project architect with the Building Services Division of Public Works.” He is also the listed applicant on behalf of the county on the Planning Application form for the proposed facility. YS reached out to PEH Architects, Tewey, and Andrew Barth; all verified this was a staff error and that Tewey is only employed by the county.

Although the bylaws allow for five At Large members, there have been six At Large members at the December, October, September, July, June, and May of 2020 meetings, and at the October, September, and April of 2019 meetings. 

One of the “At Large” members is Lisa Speermont to which Broderick clarified that, “Lisa Speermont is not an at large member. This is a staff error.” This would explain some of the meetings, but it doesn’t explain the April 2019 meeting which also has six and Speermont wasn’t one of them.

Russ Callas has also been an “At Large” member; Callas is also the President of Haul Away Recycling. YS reached out to Tim Broderick for clarification as to what ‘At Large’ means, but no comment was provided at the time of publication.

While none of this is specifically illegal, the de facto impression left on the community and other outside observers is of a poorly run, improperly managed advisory board that has been serving as “key informants to the decision makers”. In regards to the errors, Broderick explained that,  “[w]e do our absolute best to maintain accuracy and integrity with the minutes but as you can imagine over 2 years of minutes there are bound to be errors.” Per their bylaws, meeting minutes are open for public inspection for transparency. Although the occasional spelling mistake is understandable, this series of “staff errors” certainly leaves a bad taste in the mouths of activists speaking out against this project.

RCAB Meeting Minutes Changed

YS discovered that the meeting minutes for the December 9th, 2020, meeting in which Tyler Kesler had initially been depicted as representing the Town of Erie were changed sometime in February. Tim Broderick, Senior Sustainability Strategist for RCD and the County Liaison to RCAB, explained via email that the change was due to a “staff error in how it referenced Tyler Kesler and his role in RCAB.” 

Although not an official member, Kesler has joined RCAB meetings listed either under ‘Guests’ or under ‘RCAB Staff Liaison’ as Tyler Kesler –  Commissioners’ Office/Sustainability since at least January 2017. Kesler is currently the Sustainability & Water Conservation Specialist at the Town of Erie. According to his Linkedin, Kesler worked for Boulder County since April 2016 and moved to his role at the Town of Erie in December 2019. 

Kesler’s name first came into the spotlight at the February 9th, 2021, Erie Board of Trustees meeting, where there was outcry specifically from Trustee Brandon Bell that a town employee had endorsed the composting facility project without the Board’s consent. At the meeting, Bell stated, “[We need] to figure out why we have people going out and endorsing this facility, staff members, when this board never voted one time to accept this facility.”

After the Erie BOT meeting, the minutes for the December 9th, 2020 RCAB meeting, in which Kesler endorsed the project on behalf of Erie, were changed and a new set of minutes were uploaded. In the original minutes Kesler is “representing the Town of Erie,” and “would like to endorse RCAB’s letter of support with conditions.” The updated version states, “Tyler Kesler, Boulder County citizen and Town of Erie Sustainability Coordinator, recognizes the positive impact this proposed facility would have on waste diversion.” The two versions of minutes can be seen here:

Original December 2020 Minutes
February Version of December 2020 Minutes

Furthermore, the original minutes listed three distinct concerns that residents have voiced including, “potential noxious fugitive odors, contamination debris, and increased traffic in the surrounding areas.” In the minutes uploaded after the Erie BOT meeting, the specific concerns were removed and were replaced with, “The Town of Erie submitted a Development Review on 12/11/2020 that provides the definition to how the Town defines Open Space as well as conditions to which we would like to be recognized as potential issues, some of which Erie residents have expressed concerns.”

Via email, Broderick explained that, “[w]e misstated that he was representing the town of Erie, which we know is not correct. This error was brought to light at the Erie BOT meeting hence the change so close to the occurrence of that meeting. We updated this staff error, to reflect his correct title as it relates to RCAB. There is no reason the concerns were updated and Tyler is happy to stand behind either statement from the December or January version of the notes BESIDES (emphasis his) the staff error.”

It’s not clear what Broderick meant by “January version of the notes” as the change was uploaded after the February 9th Erie BOT meeting.

In a public records request acquired by YS, Kesler sent an email on December 9, 2020, to Deandra Croissant and Tim Broderick asking for his comments to be included in the minutes. Broderick responded asking Kesler to, “clarify which specific comments you would like to see included in the notes? I know you expressed wanting concerns to be included in the letter specific to traffic, smell, and hauler cost?” Kesler then provided the following to Croissant and Broderick asking them to copy and paste it into the minutes.

“The Town of Erie would like to endorse RCAB’s letter of support with conditions expressed in our Development Review submitted 12/11. Erie would like it to be recognized that residents have concerns with potential noxious fugitive odors, contamination debris, and increased traffic in the surrounding areas. Erie recognizes Boulder County as an exemplary environmental leader and neighbor with a track record of going above and beyond environment standards at every opportunity possible and are excited about this composting facility at the Rainbow Nursery site.”

YS reached out to Broderick and Darla Arians (RCAB) for comment on when and if the changes were approved by the board; no comment was provided by the time of publication. In a separate email on March 2nd, 2020, Arians explained that she, “was unaware of any changes made to the December minutes, as this was not discussed in our January meeting that I recall.”

Other Concerns:

Residents have also questioned what future plans RCAB may have for itself, what plans it may have for the composting facility if it were to be built, and what role former commissioners played in regards to RCAB. At the May 27th, 2020, meeting, Tim Broderick explained in regards to the Policy, Planning, and Programs (P3) Subcommittee that, “if the group wants to have substantial influence in policy, RCAB must edit its bylaws, as they currently do not allow this.” The meeting minutes continue to explain that, “possible conflicts, such as if RCAB takes a different stance than Boulder County” could exist. “Boulder County’s political representatives, Mark Ruzzin and George Twigg, recommended that RCAB may want to emphasize municipal representatives putting recommendations forward, such as Erie or Lafayette. However, the group does recognize RCAB has notoriety as a unity (sic).” Whether or not Ruzzin or Twigg were at the May 27 RCAB meeting is unclear, as they are not listed on the meeting minutes as attending. YS asked Broderick to explain what ‘political representatives’ refers to, he stated it was a staff error and that Ruzzin and Twigg are part of the Commissioners’ Policy Team

Former commissioner Deb Gardener has been involved with RCAB according to the October 23rd, 2019, RCAB meeting minutes, which include that “DG [Deb Gardener] explained the BOCC gave direction to staff to continue to pursue rainbow nursery(sic),” and that “SJ [Suzanne Jones] asked DG [Deb Gardener] to keep us posted on how RCAB can be useful to this process (e.g. building public support and passing public regulation).” 

Residents have also questioned Suzanne Jones, who is the Executive Director of Eco-Cycle and represents Eco-Cycle at RCAB. Jones also served on RCAB representing Eco-Cycle while Mayor of Boulder and while her sister, Elise Jones was a county commissioner. Current Mayor of Boulder, Sam Weaver, has also served on RCAB but stopped attending some time between the October 2019 and February 2020 meetings, the same timeframe during which he was elected. YS reached out to Weaver for comment on whether his election and leaving RCAB were correlated but no comment was provided. Local residents have also pointed out to YS that Dan Matsch works for Eco-Cycle but represents the Town of Lyons at RCAB. During an interview, Matsch confirmed that he represents Lyons at RCAB.

Traffic Study

The traffic study is important because it determines whether or not deceleration and acceleration lanes would be needed for the proposed facility. Highway 287 goes along the Western edge of the property and if the new facility produces significant traffic it could create a variety of concerns, from congestion to accidents. 

In an email acquired by YS between Darla Arians (Division Manager – RCD) and Cody Lillstrom (Zero Waste Program Manager – RCD), Arians asks, “Did you also complete the traffic analysis on how many of the Boulder County haulers are already traveling down Highway 287? We need this to show that the facility is not going to create a burdensome excess of new traffic.” This email was dated October 21, 2020.

Two other email chains acquired by YS provide context to the development of the initial traffic report not submitted to the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT). One of the emails, dated January 4th, 2021, is from Tim Bilobran, Region 4 Permits Manager for CDOT. The email is to several Boulder County employees, in which he refers to another email chain, saying, “on face value the content looks to be traffic study number manipulation to avoid building the acceleration lanes warranted in what looks to be the first September version of that study not provided to CDOT.” Bilobran continues with, “I’d associate those tactics with a 3rd party developer and not a local municipality partner as safety conscious as Boulder. I’ll hold off on reviewing the issue further until we talk.” 

Screenshot

To ensure that YS had acquired the same email chain, Bilobran was contacted to verify. Jared Field, Communications Manager for CDOT for Northeast Colorado, responded and confirmed that, “Mr. Bilobran sent his email because he was informed about the other email.”

The email chain in question is between Chris Mirto (PEH Architects, the firm contracted to design the compost facility), Cody Lillstrom (RCD), Bob Yost (A1 Organics, who consulted with a clear eye toward running the facility on behalf of the county), and Darla Ariens(RCD); cc’d are Brian Tewey (Public Works), and Peter Heinz (PEH Architects). On August 25th, 2020, Mirto initially asked Lillstrom for more information regarding residential and commercial traffic use for the site, which Lillstrom subsequently provided. 

Roughly three weeks later, Mirto stated that he had attached the, “trip generation estimate for the site” and clarifies that it is “a combination of input received from Boulder County, A1 Organics, and adjustments per our recent meeting with CDOT.” He then asked the other members to scrutinize the data so that they may, “see if any adjustments need to be made. After approval of this estimate, Fox Tuttle can get moving with the traffic report.”

Yost (A1 Organics) voiced his concern that the traffic numbers seemed far too high for the proposed facility and that, “189 trips per day on a 5 day schedule is 49,140 trips annually…. that is several times more than we see at our 2 composting sites (Keenesburg and Eaton) at which we manage 6 times the tonnage that this site is designed for.” 

Lillstrom sent an email to “echo” Yost’s and explained certain contributing factors. He also provided certain options such as, “if site employees aren’t all leaving at the same time at the end of the day, we could reduce that ‘100% Outbound’ calculation down to something more realistic (75%).” And, “if there are staggered arrivals for employees, we could reduce the AM Peak Hour percentage.” Lillstrom adds that, “[w]e could do the same for General Public Access (reduce down from 25% for PM Peak Hour), in addition to reducing that number of vehicles per day of 20 down to 15 or even 10.”

PEH Architects responded in that email thread that, “Peak Hour Trips are currently calling for both an acceleration lane and a deceleration lane along the east shoulder of northbound US-287. If some of our suggested edits below can be used to modify the estimate, then there’s a potential for reducing the need for one or both of the acceleration/deceleration lanes.”

“To synthesize, we see our available modifications as:”

1. Reduce number of Landscapers estimated to access the site down from 75.
2. Reduce number of Residential Compost Pickup/Dropoff vehicles per day down from 25.
3. Reduce the number of General Public Access vehicles per day down from 20 (we suggest 10).
4. Reduce 100% figure for AM Peak Hour/PM Peak Hour trips for Site Employees if staggered arrivals/departures are anticipated.
5. Reduce the 20% figure for AM Peak Hour/PM Peak Hour trips for Residential Compost Pickup/Dropoff (we suggest 15%), assuming that people will access the site more regularly throughout the day rather than all toward the end of the day.
6. Reduce the 25% figure for AM Peak/PM Peak Hour trips for General Public Access (we suggest 15%), assuming that general/event access won’t all last all day and won’t have a high percentage of people trying to leave at the same time at the end of the day.

Screenshot

Lilstrom responded to these suggestions with, “I just spoke with Darla and we both agree that all 6 of the items on your list should be adjusted.” Lillstrom added that he was waiting to hear back from Western Disposal on their experience with landscapers and public drops of organics. He also added the following to option 1. “a. We likely will be able to greatly reduce this as many landscapers in the Boulder/foothills area of the county will likely continue to use the Western Disposal drop-off because of location.” It’s unclear what credentials are required to make such decisions or assumptions about traffic.

Screenshot

CDOT Communications Manager, Fiel, told YS that the numbers in the current traffic report that was eventually submitted to CDOT are accurate and that CDOT, “added a provision to the permit that the actual numbers will be reviewed after the first year to ensure the traffic is where it was expected to be.”

When asked why Bilobran referred to the email chain as potential manipulation and whether Fiel had an explanation, he said, “the explanation was that the internal communication between the architectural design and the traffic design was confused and not worded well. When he [Bilobran] looked into it, he [Bilobran] realized there was no manipulation.” 

Conclusion

After weeks of both backlash and support, in an area that values its open space, values composting, and seeks to hold power accountable to residents, the project has been withdrawn so that the county can reassess. It certainly does not mean that a composting facility won’t and shouldn’t happen sometime in the future; it just means that the county has recognized that there are errors that need to be addressed. 

It is ‘to be determined’ as to what the county will do next, but with Commissioner Matt Jones speaking against the use of Open Space land for this facility, it seems that the Rainbow Nursery may be spared from development. The next step would be to reinstate the Conservation Easement (CE) or to establish a new, more robust one for the property, as was mentioned. The new CE could potentially provide the Rainbow Open Space more protections than ever before and could even specify that a future merger will not extinguish the CE. 

For a project that has seen its fair share of rollout hiccups, “staff errors”, and several questionable maneuvers by those involved, it will be up to the county to reassure its citizens that the proper checks and balances exist when the County is the applicant, the developer, and the reviewer. 

The post Rainbow Open Space Composting Facility: Origins, RCAB, Minutiae, and Staff Errors | #YSInvestigation Part 2 appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

THE TRENDS ARE IN AND WE’RE TRENDING INDOOR GARDENS.

MyMove.com crunched the numbers and found the top three trends of 2021 using search increases:

The post Home Products | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

In the days before air conditioning, easy indoor home entertainment, and automatic garage door openers, neighborhoods connected to each other on America’s front porches and back yards. They relaxed and talked, sometimes for hours, with a drink, a cigarette, or a plate of food from the grill.

Now, we’re living in a time when nearly everyone drives out of their garages in the morning and back in at night. During the week they might not see the people they live next to at all. If they do, it’s probably from behind windshield glass.

 

In this environment, parks, coffee shops, restaurants, and outdoor shopping spaces are infusing neighborhoods with vitality.

The benefits of these alternative gathering spots; “THIRD SPACES”.

THE VALUE OF NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY SPOTS

The benefits of these alternate gathering spots have been formally recognized since the late 1980s by sociologist Ray Oldenburg. He called them third places, a label that distinguishes them from the first and second place locations of home and work. Third places are comfortable, easy to access locations where people freely share food and drink, ideas, a joke, or the details of their day. Third place locations have regulars. They’re lighthearted, curious, and accepting. Oldenburg knew third places bring a host of positive impacts to communities. In a 2014 New York Times article, he listed several success stories including one about a failed shopping center. He explained that the blighted property was transformed into a “highly successful community center with ethnic restaurants, entertainment every night, a bookstore, and a chess alley.” He said that once the new center was established, “nearby property values shot up.”

Where are the community hubs in BOCO ? Obvious ones may come to mind first: farmers’ markets, Boulder Creek, Coal Creek Trail, and certain bars and restaurants. To some, barbershops, park fountains, and even a burger joint like the Sink are third places too.

But what about the ones that aren’t so obvious? The ones that are just coming into their own?
We’ve sought out some of our area’s emerging community and neighborhood gathering places. These locations aren’t always what or where you’d expect them to be.

What they have in common is that recently, sometimes even as a result of pandemic-related challenges, they’ve become neighborhood places that support human connections.

COMMUNITY HUBS IN THE PANDEMIC
Though the difficult months of 2020 are behind us, the pandemic’s impacts linger. We need third places more than ever. After all, we’ve all spent a lot of time in our homes, physically interacting only with those in our immediate bubble. There are only so many Zoom happy hours and work meetings that we can be part of. We need to stay safe, but while online venues can be their own third spaces, they’re not a substitute for being together in the same physical location. At the same time, even if pandemic-related restrictions hang around for a while yet, there are ways to responsibly enjoy most of the places on our list. Our list includes places that have outdoor access and strong ventilation, venues that take precautions seriously to keep customers and communities healthy for the long term.

NIWOT TAVERN

NIWOT TAVERN Whenever we get some warm weather, we’ll just call a musician and ask them to play.

Niwot Tavern grappled with the same pandemic-related restrictions as other bars and restaurants. Their solution to this problem was to set up an outdoor spot for musicians to play at a social distance, with nearby tables where diners linger over takeout food and to-go alcoholic beverages. Before long, Niwot residents would stop by for performances. Some have become regulars. It doesn’t hurt that the music is always quality and sometimes loud enough to be heard blocks away. Occasionally, performances become part of a larger event in the Cottonwood Square shopping center where Niwot Tavern is located. This winter, with the cold weather, Niwot Tavern co-owner and Manager Tara Kpogoh-Narh plans to keep a keen eye on weekly weather forecasts so she can book music sessions as often as possible. “Whenever we get some warm weather, we’ll just call a musician and ask them to play.” She’ll also provide access to hot drinks and plenty of heaters under their open-air tent.

ERIE SINGLETRACK
Coloradoans love to bond while they work out. Bike riders of all ages and levels can get out together around Erie, on the community’s Singletrack riding area. The flat, easy-to-manage track offers a chance for an outdoor workout with spectacular views. One of the easiest ways to access it is at the entrance by the intersection of county roads 5 and 6. There’s a parking lot there if you’ve chosen to drive your bike in. The trails are marked by difficulty level, just as ski runs are, and there are suggested paths depending on your desired distance. While you’re out there you may also get to know the friendly, equally dedicated faces and bike styles of other riders. Conversations may start with a wave and ultimately evolve into connections between people who share the same two-wheeled-focused passions.

EAST SIMPSON COFFEE COMPANY

When you walk into East Simpson Coffee Company, it feels as if the owners’ passion for fostering community connections goes beyond the products they provide. It’s in the conversations with friendly baristas, on the shelves that feature art and ceramics for sale, and on the table at the side of the front of the shop that, in December, started offering one employee’s collection of vinyl for sale.

This is a place where lingering is welcomed, and plenty of people plugin if they want to take their work out of the office. Scheduled live music encourages customers to hang around, and there are lots of open-air dining with heaters and ventilated spaces. The shop’s menu encourages lingering and heartier offerings are available from beloved food trucks that regulars crave. There is also a limited number of alcoholic beverages available. Mimosas in the morning, wine, and local beer if that is what you’re looking for.

BOULDER BOOKSTORE

There’s nothing quite like bonding with another person over learning something new. Bookstores have earned their reputation as community gathering spots, and one of the most beloved in Boulder County is the Boulder Book Store.

BOULDER BOOKSTORE Is a great example of a strong third place, it’s not the only one.

During the pandemic, the store’s function as a gathering spot is fairly limited. As with other retail establishments, it’s better to enter with your mask on, curtail your browsing, and quickly purchase what you come in for. However, once it’s safe, there may not be a better place to linger among other curious individuals with a mind to learn about a new topic.

While Boulder Bookstore is a great example of a strong third place, it’s not the only one. Longmont’s Barbed Wire Books, Louisville’s Little Horse Books and Vintage, and Niwot’s Inkberry Books are also gathering places for their communities.

 

CRESTVIEW PARK | BOULDER

Sometimes families need a place where kids can get outside, and parents can take a welcomed break with the chance of finding someone to join them in an adult conversation. Think of groups of moms or dads chatting over strollers.

There are a lot of possibilities for this throughout Boulder County, but one of our favorites is Crestview Park. Located near Crestview Elementary School in Boulder, it’s easy to get to by car, bus, or bike. It also has more to keep people occupied than just its recently revamped playground. There are bike and walking paths, open areas, and even a nature sanctuary designed to help kids understand wildlife’s value in urban areas.

THE GREAT DOG PARK Dog Parks can become the classic third place – an that’s easy to get to, inexpensive, and has its share of regulars.

THE GREAT BARK DOG PARK / ROMERO’S K9 CLUB

Dog parks can become the classic third place – one that’s easy to get to, inexpensive, and has its share of regulars.

We all love our pets. Sometimes, people can come together over keeping our pets happy and healthy. That’s part of the appeal of dog parks. You never know who you’ll meet when your dog chooses another four-legged friend to run with. Over time, dog parks can become the classic third place – one that’s easy to get to, inexpensive, and has its share of regulars. While beautiful dog parks can be found peppered throughout Boulder County, one of our favorites is The Great Bark Dog Park. That’s because it has one thing that energetic dogs need: lots of room to run. There are also fenced-off sectioned areas to separate dogs if needed, some agility items to add interest, and strategically placed options for finding shade that humans need.

If you find a connection with another dog park regular, you may want to take things somewhere you can grab a beverage. It’s Colorado so there’s a beer bar for that: Romero’s K-9 Tap House. Located in an old Sonic restaurant on South Public Road in Lafayette, it has a well-curated tap list, friendly knowledgeable beer tenders, an outdoor place where dogs can play, and plenty of Milk Bones.

SOUTH MAIN STREET LONGMONT The Longmont Downtown Development Authority (LDDA) Board took every opportunity to partner on projects that would turn the southern gateway of Downtown Longmont into a place to live, work and play.

SOUTH MAIN STREET LONGMONT

For years, Main Street Longmont was one of the focal points for the community. Now the southern part of the street is breaking out of its industrial past and becoming the place to run into people you know.

In addition to the new South Main Station Apartments, there’s a lot here. Start with the barbecue and street taco restaurants, Santiago’s franchise, or the white tablecloth establishments Tortugas and Sugarbeet. Longmontsters may also run into people they know in the enormous walk-in cooler of The Cheese Importers shop that’s now filling out the former Power and Communications building. Once they’ve bought cheese, they can easily walk it to one of three craft beer establishments, 300 Suns Brewery, Bootstrap Brewing, or Wibby Brewing. This district is fulfilling the hopes of the Longmont Downtown Development Authority (LDDA), who were one of the forces behind its development. Said Director Kimberlee McKee “The LDDA Board took every opportunity to partner on projects that would turn the southern gateway of Downtown Longmont into a place to live, work and play.”

Furthermore, McKee said that she hopes that as bus and rail transit lines establish service, the area will transform into a critical gateway between Metro Denver and Northern Colorado regions.

SOUTH MAIN STREET LONGMONT

The Longmont Downtown Development Authority (LDDA) Board took every opportunity to partner on projects that would turn the southern gateway of Downtown Longmont into a place to live, work and play.

AVANTI FOOD AND BEVERAGE IN BOULDER Spokesperson Abby Hagstrom said “the fourth floor is completely heated and approved by the City as outdoor dining with garage doors that open for maximum airflows. Patios are also heated and blankets are for sale in case anyone needs extra warmth.

AVANTI FOOD AND BEVERAGE IN BOULDER

Avanti opened in the old Cheesecake Factory space this fall as a collection of innovative restaurants and drinking spots inspired by European markets. Once you’ve picked up your order from one of six restaurant concepts, each of which is stationed in a modified shipping container, you can find a place on the open floor plan first floor or in the open air of their rooftop patio and upper-level seating area to enjoy.

While there are plenty of outdoor tables to eat at, safely getting your food could be a challenge as long as COVID-19 case levels stay elevated. Avanti is doing what they can. Spokesperson Abby Hagstrom said “the fourth floor is completely heated and approved by the City as outdoor dining with garage floors that open for maximum air floors. Patios are also heated, and blankets are for sale in case anyone needs extra warmth.”

It’s worth noting that Avanti isn’t the only rooftop dining option and that just about all of them forge community. The Roost in Longmont, The Rio in Boulder, and Piripi in Erie are other rooftop dining spots where the community gathers again and again.

OPEN-AIR STREET DINING

Street-level dining options can be just as community-oriented as what you’d find at rooftop tables. Lots of European countries have known this for decades. Thanks to the pandemic, Americans are now finding out too. (See De La Vaca’s Patio Renaissance: A Europeanization of Colorado Cuisine Scene, June 2020.) Dining outside lets you enjoy an open-air meal while people watching, and sometimes being watched in return. It’s fun, friendly, and social.

In 2020, while indoor dining restrictions increased, the Pearl Street Mall and Old Town areas in Louisville, Erie, and Longmont have all allowed restaurants to apply for outdoor dining permits. There are some efforts to keep these kinds of spaces in place after the effects of the pandemic are back. We hope these efforts pan out.

One thing of note, in Longmont, while it’s great that it gives restaurants extra tables, some of the community effects are lost based on the proximity of traffic to Main street. As cars can get a little close, some diners have to contend with a dose of exhaust with their appetizer, drink, or meal. That’s hard to get around, but it can be a low point in an otherwise great experience.

LEFT HAND BREWING BEER GARDEN

LEFT HAND BREWING GARDEN in 2020 with a need for more outdoor seating, the brewery has created a beer garden.

Taprooms have stood the test of time as classic third places in any community they’re in. Along with their delicious beer, their ability to bring people together has been key to their popularity.

In Longmont, Left Hand has relished this role, and taken every opportunity to demonstrate its commitment to the community. In 2020, with a need for more outdoor seating, the brewery has created a beer garden. It is designed to serve as a place for drinkers to settle in with a beer – or several – grab food from their food truck, relax, and talk with others in their party. Comfy chairs spaced in socially distant groups keep the atmosphere safe and the conversation flowing.

 

ERIE’S NEW OUTDOOR ICE RINK

This past winter, the Town of Erie and local events business The Recess Factory established an ice rink in an unused area of Old Town. It’s just around the corner from the Post Office and across from the town’s older baseball fields.

The rink has a big role to play in keeping the community happy and healthy. It allows families the chance to enjoy the fresh air and outdoor activity while serving as a draw to the downtown business environment in a difficult time.

ERIE’S NEW OUTDOOR ICE RINK Also check out Louisville’s outdoor rink and WinterSkate program, located on Front Street in Old Town, and Longmont’s Ice Pavillion on 8th Avenue in Roosevelt Park.

Other towns have more established skating rinks that are also community gathering spots. Check out Louisville’s outdoor rink and WinterSkate program, located on Front Street in Old Town, and Longmont’s Ice Pavilion on 8th Avenue in Roosevelt Park. In addition to being outdoors, all three ice rinks are enacting COVID-19 safety measures that require face coverings and keeps groups small.

 

 

 

EAST BOULDER COMMUNITY PARK

Located next to the East Boulder Community Center, this park has no shortages of well-curated activities or the chance to relax in the grass and soak up some sun and fresh air.

There’s a beautiful kids’ playground and a pond where you can get close to nature and families can take a non-motorized boat onto the water in the summer. If you want to play any number of sports – tennis, volleyball, handball, soccer are available. Oh yeah – and there’s a dinosaur. As we said, there’s no shortage of things to do.

STEM CIDERS

This Lafayette-based cidery has plenty of indoor and outdoor open-air seating with large garage-style doors that open when weather permits, a porch, and acres of surrounding land. With friendly, knowledgeable staff, customers are encouraged to linger over taps of cider variants. There’s also a delicious menu while enjoying elevated views of Stem’s land and the town of Lafayette. At Stem Ciders, it’s the outdoor spaces that offer opportunities for the community to really come together. Beautiful sunset views inspire sharing time together, but connections happen most of all around the open-air fire pit that’s set off from the main building. Gathering with drinks around a fire is a place for locals to enjoy conversation and connect with new people.

BOCO IS FULL OF AMAZING SPACES

Boulder County is packed with amazing neighborhood spaces that are full of life and community and these spaces are as unique as the people who frequent them. Whether a community hub focuses on dogs, drinks, dining, or something else, they’re all spots where people can connect with others in a fun, lighthearted, and very necessary human way.

That’s why you should check them out. You never know what you’ll learn or who you’ll meet but once you go, there’s a good chance you’ll go again. Maybe you’ll even become a regular. It happens.

The post BOCO’s Home Away From Home | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

A Homeowner’s Guide to Biodegradable Home Improvement Options

Before you rush to the big box store for building materials, consider using biodegradable options for your walls, floors and outdoor surfaces. What does biodegradable mean? If something is biodegradable, given the right conditions and presence of microorganisms, fungi, or bacteria, it will eventually break down and blend back in with the earth. [The bad news is that while light, water and bacteria encourage biodegradability, most landfills are compacted so tightly, and thus do not let much air in. As such, any biodegradation that does take place does so very slowly, though much sooner than products that are not biodegradable.] To ensure the materials you buy are truly biodegradable, ask the manufacturer if chemicals were part of the manufacturing process or check packaging; knowledgeable clerks may also be a godsend in this area.

COVID Construction is a Thing/Pandemic Home Pursuits

Speaking of action, many homeowners are tackling home improvement projects during COVID-19. In a nationwide survey, respondents reported spending an average of $17,140 on roughly five projects between March and July 2020. The uptick in upgrades and Home Depot and Lowe’s essential status has improved their bottom line and perhaps our basements, but are there home upgrades that benefit our planet? Out with the old and into the landfill? Not so fast. Resource Central partners with Boulder County homeowners and/or contractors to do walkthroughs to determine what household materials are salvageable and ultimately saved from languishing in a landfill. Reusable materials include lumber, doors, windows, cabinetry, and hardwood flooring – all of which qualify as tax-delectable donations.

Grasscrete is most suited for long-haul homeowners as it won’t last as long as an asphalt driveway.

Outdoor Biodegradable Options

In Colorado’s arid climate, watering your yard with freshwater is wasteful and unnecessary. If you want a material that is visually pleasing and doesn’t require as much precious water to maintain, look for Grasscrete. It’s exactly what it sounds like. Picture it: in the year nineteen hundred and seventy, a groovy architect in the U.K. coined what happened when concrete pavers and grass had a funky love child. Grasscrete is the result of embedded pavers that allow grass to grow through. Oh yeah, that’s the stuff.

Grasscrete goes by other monikers: grass block pavers, turf block pavers, or grow-through pavers. They can be used any where you would have used asphalt, concrete, or traditional pavers. Grasscrete provides a porous, eco-friendly option for driveways and parking areas. Grass block pavers prevent stormwater runoff, one of the biggest sources of water pollution. Stormwater runoff is caused when rain washes over asphalt or concrete, picks up oil and other road pollutants, and deposits a toxic soup into rivers, bays, and streams, or in our case in landlocked Colorado, our sewers. Grasscrete absorbs water, lessening the amount of water that races over pavement in a rainstorm, preventing erosion. Thanks, groovy U.K. guy.

Grasscrete still allows rain to seep into the ground but the water that eventually ends up there has been filtered by grass and soil so the returned water is clean. Purists would argue the grass part of Grasscrete still requires watering. One way to lessen the amount of fresh water you use at home is by installing rain barrels. A 2016 bill from the Colorado legislature did away with our status as the only U.S. state that outlawed collection. Homeowners can now collect two rain barrels with a combined capacity of 110 gallons per household. While homeowners may never need to remove the grass pavers, they may need to repair any cracks resulting from heavy use and settlement.

Finally, Grasscrete is most suited for long haul homeowners since it won’t last as long as an asphalt driveway.

Bamboo flooring is strong, sustainable, biodegradable and affordable. The cost of bamboo flooring is just $5 to $10 per square foot, comparable to most common hardwood flooring.

Biodegradable Bamboo Flooring

Bamboo is so tough it was the only plant to survive Hiroshima. If that doesn’t bode well for its resiliency, perhaps bamboo flooring’s other advantages will sway you. Bamboo is a highly sustainable plant, growing to full size in just 3-4 months, compared to standard trees which can take 30+ years. Pesticides and chemicals are not used during harvest, negating the need for their disposal. If bamboo flooring is only treated with natural finishes it is biodegradable.

Advantages of bamboo flooring: Bamboo flooring is strong, sustainable, biodegradable and affordable. The cost of bamboo flooring is just $5 to $10 per square foot, comparable to most common hardwood flooring. Homeowners can install it themselves or contract with a local flooring company. Bamboo doesn’t cost as much to ship and uses less fuel during transport since it weighs less than other flooring options. Boom. Already saving the planet.

Cons of bamboo flooring: Some bamboo flooring manufacturers started with good intentions but ended up cutting corners. Look for bamboo flooring products certified by the Forestry Stewardship Council (FSC) for their harvesting and manufacturing practices. Lastly, you get what you pay for because less expensive bamboo shows more knicks. If you want to save money, use lower quality bamboo flooring in areas with children, pets, or less traffic.

Cork flooring comes in tiles, making it easier to install than wood flooring. There is a cork floor for all budgets with planks or tiles that cost between $2 to $12 per square foot.

Cork Flooring

Cork is derived from the bark of the cork oak tree and is periodically harvested from the living trees in commercial plantations. Cork is a completely natural, recurring, and easily replenishable material.

The advantages of cork flooring are myriad. Cork flooring comes in tiles, making it easier to install than wood flooring. There is a cork floor for all budgets with planks or tiles that cost between $2 to $12 per square foot, depending on the thickness of the material, the quality of the cork, and the quality of the finish. Professional installation is fairly economical, adding $1 to $2 per square foot. Nationally, the average cost for covering a 100-square foot room with cork flooring is about $950—or $9.50 per square foot. This is comparable to what a bamboo floor costs, and costs slightly less than most hardwood flooring. Cork flooring is soft, hypoallergenic, and muffles vibrations better than hardwood, tile or concrete. If your surface is uneven, cork is your best defense as it flexes enough to accommodate less than perfect subfloors.

The drawbacks of cork flooring are few. Cork flooring is most often used as a base layer or subfloor under other types of flooring. It is an ecologically preferable choice to synthetic sub-flooring options but you are likely covering it up with a top floor. Exposed cork must be resealed every five years to remain waterproof. Boo for regular upkeep but yay for saving the earth.

Biodegradable Insulation Options

Insulation normally lasts a lifetime but you may need to replace it when your home settles, mold or mildew sullies it, current insulation is not thick enough, or it has decayed over time. If one of these situations occurs, or you are installing insulation in an attic or addition, sheep’s wool is the biodegradable choice.

Sheep’s wool insulation improves indoor air quality, is energy efficient, manages moisture, absorbs sound better than fiberglass, and takes little energy to produce.

Sheep’s Wool Insulation

Used for centuries, sheep’s wool insulation is catching on in a big way. Besides their homes, drivers are insulating their vans with sheep’s wool. It’s a natural product and manufacturers like Havelock Wool tout its biodegradability. “We only use a small amount of boric acid to deter insects,” says Havelock Wool’s Phil Walsh, who adds, “the wool can be composted after a long useful life.”

There are more advantages to using this natural product. Sheep’s wool insulation improves indoor air quality, is energy efficient, manages moisture, absorbs sound better than fiberglass, and takes little energy to produce. Well I mean, sheep energy, but not other energy.The drawbacks of sheep’s wool are rising costs due to higher demand – ugh, it’s so popular a friend of ours redoing her van said there is a six week backorder currently – and the transportation involved with shipping the wool from New Zealand to the United States. The energy expended, however, does not come close to what is needed for fiberglass, the most common insulation. The only material with less energy involved to ship to consumers is cellulose, but because chemicals are added for fireproofing, it is not biodegradable or compostable. That’s baaa’d, say the sheep.

Zero Waste Home Improvement Options

Zero wasters consider the entire life cycle of every item brought into our home. The energy used to produce, deliver and the shelf life of an item all come into consideration. By decreasing the amount of manufactured material we buy, wasteful packaging and single use goods will drop, say proponents. Paper and packaging account for a large percentage of what we toss into our home’s recycling bins. Beginning with the mailbox, you can download an app called Paper Karma to eliminate junk mail altogether. You take pictures on your smartphone and the app sends a message on your behalf to remove you from their distribution list.

Zero waste solutions for cleaning are also plentiful. Eliminate single use paper towels with fabric paper towels, opt for cloth napkins and resolve to do a little extra washing rather than using paper plates or plastic silverware. When shopping, bring mesh produce bags and shopping bags. Additional zero waste ideas for the kitchen include:

• Reusable coffee filters
• Silicone plastic bags
• Green-light brand matches
• Bee’s wrap
• Metal straws
• Glass containers for leftovers
• Compostable garbage bags.

In the home office, print on both sides or reuse your one-sided printouts and use a whiteboard or electronic app where you would have used a paper planner.

Nude Foods’ online market, according to Noble, “is an easy gateway to going zero waste and it kicks off a virtuous cycle of eliminating waste in other parts of their lives.”

Zero Waste and Packaging

Buying used means you won’t have to break down and recycle boxes. Before a new purchase, consult a decision tree to see other waste free options. So much of zero waste is not how to treat an itch but how to avoid rolling around in the poison ivy in the first place. Verity Noble with Boulder’s zero waste Nude Foods Market has a mission to make being zero waste even easier than going to the store and buying packaged products. “Instead of getting in your car and spending, let’s be honest, an hour dragging yourself around the store, you simply go online, choose what you’d like, and it’s brought right to your door by bike.”

“A common complaint about zero waste is that it will take more time. But our customers are telling us they have so much more time with their families. Bypassing the store also prevents those impulse purchases that tend to be on the less healthy side.”

Nude Foods’ online market, according to Noble, “is an easy gateway to going zero waste and it kicks off a virtuous cycle of eliminating waste in other parts of their lives.”

Fruits and vegetables can be composted but if you’re not a fan of the smell, effort or the vermin that are attracted to it – you have options to eliminate the waste. Provide past their prime fruits and vegetables to neighbors with horses, chickens or goats. If it’s still fit for humans, bring extra fruit and vegetables to your neighbors. Instead of a porch pirate, be a porch angel. Apps like NextDoor are helping neighbors in need connect with surplus food during COVID-19. Home gardeners can even connect with food banks who accept produce.

If your extra food is not fresh fruit and vegetables, take it to a Boulder area food pantry or join a Boulder area Facebook group with hour by hour postings of food and other necessities.

Final Recyclable Thought

Biodegradable building is not an oxymoron. We can continue to build and improve our homes and have access to materials that are better for our health, comparable in cost, and easier to produce. The purpose of the “zero waste” movement is to become more conscious and rethink if we can use what we already have. Call it low waste, minimalism, or simple living, you can have a positive impact without piety.

“Do what you can, where you are, with what you have.”

The post Build It Up Break It Down and Stop Single Use | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Graphic by Irina Ratsek for Yellow Scene Magazine

Jack Fowler saw the potential growth coming to Boulder County and started the Fowler Group down a path that has enabled it to be a powerhouse in Boulder County three generations and 64 years strong. The Fowler Group has since been crowned northern Colorado’s largest real estate agency and Jack’s son, Tom Fowler, was known as the “Condo King,” even hitting the $1 billion mark in sales and peaking at over 300 agents representing the Fowler Group along the front range.

The early 1960s saw Evadean Turner blazing her own trail becoming the first full time female real estate agent in Longmont. Evadean and her husband Carl established Turner Realty in 1962. While Evadean was a pioneer for women in her time, 64% of realtors today are now female and Evadean’s son, Arnold, attributes that largely to the fact that real estate has no glass ceiling and thus the opportunities for women have abounded compared to other professions. The Turner’s focused on residential, commercial, and farmland, and they later attributed their diversification to the over 60 year success of the agency, but the Turner family has also focused on preserving historic buildings, open spaces and ensuring the history of farmland is passed from landowner to landowner. In fact, the Turners are still in the same former telephone company building where Carl and Evadean opened their doors in 1962.

Evadean and her Husband Carl established Turner Realty in 1962.

Turner Realty today

And therein lies the juxtaposition in Boulder County—this Game of Homes which has raged over, at least, the past 65 years between realtors who have embraced the rapid expansion of growth versus those who help their clients hang on to Colorado’s small-town past. Given the diversity of the types of residents of Colorado, it is easy to see that neither approach is wrong nor better. This bifurcation represents the two, clear target markets of buyers in our state as property and development has evolved over the past 65 years.

Brie, Jack, and Tom Fowler

Fowlers.

These two families represent dynasties in Colorado real estate that are not at all common. In fact, realtors rarely make it past the two-year mark these days. A look into some of the successful realtors in Boulder County exposes some fascinating themes about how to stay in the game and how staying in the game has changed over the past 65 years.

Seasoned agents speak about hearing folks say, “I love houses so I am going to go into real estate,” as the number one worst reason to ever consider a career in real estate. As David Scott, a 15-year veteran, 2017 Boulder Area REALTORS® Association Realtor of the Year and 2019 Boulder Area REALTORS® Association Distinguished Realtor, put it “the biggest reason people drop out in the first 5 years is because they didn’t assess what they were getting into and it didn’t work out the way they thought.” Brandy Unruh, a 10-year veteran, notes “there are a lot of myths about being a realtor,” that it isn’t a get rich quick kind of career, it takes “a lot of love, blood, sweat and tears to survive.”

Brandy and David both emphasize that the key is solving problems for their clients—finding out what is going on and making connections for them to get them what they need when they need it. Brandy describes it as focusing on being a valued resource to get her clients everything from plumbers to hairdressers because that is the need; she cares about the little things and believes when her clients will need to make the life-changing, big decisions, they will come to her as well.

Diane Stow, a realtor since 1976 who got her start with the incredibly influential Longmont residential and commercial developer, Ken Pratt, points out that as a realtor you have to realize you cannot be good at everything and you have to make connections for your clients to deal with the things you aren’t good at (or just can’t do), like lending. She says, eventually, they may come back to you for the thing you are good at; it may be tomorrow or it may be further down the road.

Caring is at the core of this long term success. Arnold Turner, has been guided by the words of Theodore Roosevelt as he and his brother took on the family business. Roosevelt famously said, “Nobody cares how much you know, until they know how much you care,” and Arnold has made listening to his clients and caring about meeting their goals the top priority of Turner Realty since day one of coming into the family business.

There are simply two types of agents in this business: those who are in it to serve themselves and those who are in it to truly serve their clients.

Paul Dart, a realtor for 27 years, who served on the Boulder Area REALTORS® Association board of directors from 1999-2010, won 2007 Boulder Area REALTORS® Association Distinguished Realtor, Boulder Area REALTORS® Association 2007 Realtor of the Year and Colorado Association of REALTORS® 2004 and 2008 Distinguished Service awards, calls it out pretty plainly. He says “there are simply two types of agents in this business: those who are in it to serve themselves and those who are in it to truly serve their clients.” His motto is that he will be his clients’ “knight in shining armor as well as their unchained dog” and he notes that clients are really looking for integrity, that they can tell the difference. He doesn’t strive for simple referrals from clients, he aims to make storytellers of the experience he provides his clients.

The second theme that emerged from this group was the importance of community. Community means different things to different people and the diversity of the Boulder County area is rather expansive, even while not being obviously so. Successful realtors have adopted unique strategies for getting their clients to immerse themselves in the microenvironments of the various neighborhoods to get a taste for what their lives might be like if they purchased a home there. The homework assignments of spending the day shopping, enjoying the local restaurants and walking the neighborhood streets has been complicated by COVID-19, yet these intrepid realtors persist even among the ever changing restrictions.

Pat Murphy, a realtor of 40 years in Niwot, has been hosting an annual Easter Egg hunt in Niwot for the past 40 years. In 2019 between 700-800 people attended. Pat sees this as her way of thanking her clients, thanking the community and continuing those small town memories that she had growing up in the Midwest. The Easter Egg hunt had to be cancelled this year due to the pandemic and with many residents feeling stir-crazy this time of year, she organized an impromptu holiday motorcade around Niwot a few weeks ago to lift spirits while still remaining safe. Pat loves selling real estate in Niwot because she loves her community in Niwot and is thrilled to be sharing that small town lifestyle with others. While not all realtors focus on their own lovely communities, they still share that when it all comes together and the stars align for their client, it means more to them than just the commission. As Brandy Unruh put it, “when my clients follow their homework and they check out a community, that is great but when it also gets them the results they wanted and they end up connecting and finding their dream home, it is amazing.”

Finding the perfect community is only part of the story, once you are there, settled in that home you coveted, realtors are often doing a lot to keep it feeling like a community. In addition to the incredible holiday events that realtors like Pat Murphy hosts, realtors like Paul Dart provide services for their community that help entire neighborhoods understand their homes, their yards and the metrics of the markets impacting their home values. Paul cranks out two monthly, paper newsletters – newsletters that are actually mailed – to his community and his former clients to help them understand everything from winterizing their yards to what home improvement projects really add value to a home. Paul sees this as a community service to help people make better decisions about the enormous investment they have made.

The third theme that emerged is a willingness, or at least ability, to adapt to change. Of course, real estate markets have seen changes over the course of 65 years, but the changes in Colorado have been nothing short of dramatic. Jack Fowler signed one of his first contracts on a brown paper bag that he pulled from the trunk of his car because contracts just weren’t that big of a deal in the 1960s. Jack, who is the oldest active real estate agent in Boulder County, also finds it particularly odd that home inspections ever became a thing. In his day a house was sold as-is and if something broke the day after the sale, well, that was the new homeowners issue. Arnold Turner reminisced about starting out his career with three-carbon copy paper contracts and the day they got carbon-copy-less contracts. Today, real estate contracts are generally in excess of 20 pages in length and require the realtor to be able to educate their clients on what all of the legalese means and how to properly and legally execute the contract on behalf of their clients. David Scott, noted that technology has brought a lot of efficiency to the contracting process because it is all done over the internet now, but these contracts are immensely more complicated and thus one must keep up with their continuing education to be able to be the best resource possible for their clients. The biggest downside to the contracts going electronic is one lamented by Tom Fowler –the loss of personal negotiation. It used to be that realtors from buyers and sellers would meet and present the offers and negotiate in person. Wonderful personal and professional relationships were formed this way. Today realtors often never meet in person at all as everything is handled electronically making a profession that is highly dependent on relationship building, cold and impersonal.

Overview of Housing Market, Irina Ratsek

A number of other changes have kept the industry on its toes over the years. The introduction of the buyer’s agent made it clear for consumers whose interests were being represented when they were speaking with an agent. The economic downturn in 2008-2010 changed a lot of real estate agent behavior regarding the discussion of lending topics and shifted that responsibility entirely to the professional lenders. Interest rates are cheaper today than they were in 1962, which is great for consumers – meaning more money is going toward the principal payment every month rather than to interest. But by far, the biggest change has been the advent of technology, specifically the internet and the impact that has had on the real estate industry.

The initial prediction was that the internet would be the end. Winter was surely coming for realtors, especially for the small agencies. For as long as anyone had been buying and selling, the secret details of homes and lots had been being kept in giant three-ring binders that were updated monthly and clients were able to peruse the books with their licensed agents. The internet destroyed that paradigm and spilled those secrets to anyone and everyone, available 24/7, just as fast as the realtors got the information. The industry was terrified.

However, the opposite happened. The increased transparency and availability of information led to more informed consumers. Buyers weeded out homes they weren’t interested in more quickly and came in more educated and ready to buy. It did mean realtors needed to be more on top of things as information changed more quickly than the previous monthly cadence, but the efficiencies far outweighed the negatives.

For small businesses, the internet was also a blessing rather than the foretold death knell. It actually leveled the playing field and gave them just as much marketing power and visibility as the large companies. But it continues to change and for third-generation Fowler realtor, Brie Fowler, she sees the internet as the differentiator that will take her family’s business into the future. Brie has caring at her core having had a previous career as a nurse but when she transitioned into the family real estate business 4.5 years ago she did something that not everyone agreed was the right move – she dedicated herself to learning to be a social media influencer and a video expert. Her gorgeous home tours and social media posts got her notice but many thought it was overkill and then COVID-19 hit and the Fowler Group was perfectly positioned to help their clients sell homes site-unseen while other agents scrambled to not only learn the technology but also try to find teams to help them produce the content. 48% of real estate companies report that keeping up with technology is the biggest challenge they see facing them in the future. Brie notes that “one of the most challenging things about being in real estate is that you have to wear so many different hats – you have to be an SEO expert, a FB ad expert, you have to be your own marketing team – or you have to invest in them and invest in your business and online presence.” However, many of our successful realtors have attributed their success to personal touch and local knowledge. Recent surveys have found that 93% of realtors prefer to communicate with their clients by email and 92% prefer text communication  – which is quick but can certainly be sometimes perceived as impersonal. Both David Scott and Paul Dart discussed taking middle of the night calls from nervous clients as being a major differentiator for them. As Paul says, “you have to be absolutely and totally committed as a realtor in order to be successful and so you do whatever you can do to make your clients happy and fulfill their goals.”

As this Game of Homes continues to play out in Boulder County two tales of caution were weaved by these seasoned veterans.

First, Arnold Turner reminds us that we are lucky to live in a “good funds state” thanks to the Conway Bogue law which passed in 1957 and requires us all to show up to a real estate transaction closing with real funds. In other non – “good fund” states the funds at closing are held in escrow, in some cases up to 60 days, which can put everyone involved in a Never Never Land with no sense of immediacy. Thus, keep that nugget in your mind if anyone should ever try to repeal it.

Second, numerous agents raised concerns about so-called “discount” brokerages and how they may negatively impact the consumer experience. When you deal with an agent who is designated a “realtor” vs. a “real estate agent” the difference is that the realtor has been through additional training and is required to uphold a Code of Ethics and they really focus on service according to Arnold Turner. Discount brokerages have agents that work there who may or may not be realtors. You may not always get to talk to the same person every time you call in, so as Brie Fowler put it, “you don’t have an agent’s cell phone, you get passed through customer service people and you don’t have an individual to call and talk to to figure out the next step in the plan.” Arnold Turner suggested “these may seem cheaper, but they may not be as safe, stable or better.”

Diane Stow points out that through all of her years and all of the changes, the one thing she is most impressed by is that hasn’t changed is that her fellow realtors still maintain a balance of competition between one another and cooperation with each other. The first broker Paul Dart worked with back in the 1990s impressed upon him then that realtors really need to cooperate even though they are technically in competition with one another. He reminded Paul that you never know when he might have to bring an offer to that other realtor and when you have a good reputation with the person on the other side of the table and there are multiple, competing offers, a good reputation can go a long way – that other realtor might just tell the seller, “Hey, I know that realtor and a deal with them will be really smooth.” Paul’s broker called maintaining this balance co-opetition.

While market fluctuations, economy, changing laws and policies, technology and even a global pandemic might have caused Boulder County’s real estate industry to see some interesting times over the past 65 years, the true Game of Homes tournament lies within how hard a realtor is willing to work, how much they care, how much they work to meet the goals of their clients and find that perfect whole package of a community for their clients and how well they can adapt to the one constant in all industries – change.

The post Game of Homes: The Realtors Who Stood the Test of Time | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Via Institute for Applied Ecology

Here’s a not-so-fun fact, believe it or not: the leading global disability is depression. In fact, depression is the 10th leading cause of early death in global statistics. For subjects between the ages of fifteen and thirty, specifically, depression is the second leading cause of suicide. The United States has an 82 percent urbanization rate and it is also considered the most depressed country in the world, trailed closely behind by countries like France and Colombia. The United States currently has the highest prison and jail populations in this entire world, in the history of the world. The US incarceration population sits at a staggering 1,435,500 people as of the end of 2019. The suicide rate among US prisoners is four times as high as the general population’s national average.

Incarceration presents multiple negative long term psychological effects in the inmate population due to an array of environmental factors including inhumane facility conditions and general endangerment from fellow detainees. The psychological effects of long term incarceration include unhealthy dependency (loss of autonomy, anomie), paranoia, psychological distancing, social withdrawal, post traumatic stress disorder, and a sense of diminished self worth. These significant psychological drawbacks directly correlate with rising prison populations and general incarceration suicide rates. The most prominent set back of long term imprisonment is the difficulty of transitioning back into society, what we call institutionalization.

Introducing Moss

In 2003, renowned American ecologist Nalini Nadkarni launched her “Moss-in-Prison” project. The project was meant to share her love of mother nature with the men and women incarcerated in the United States prison system. The project allowed prisoners to participate in research and conservation efforts to combat the deteriorating effect of mass collection of wild-grown moss for the floral trade.

The moss-harvesting industry has a sizable footprint valued at $260 million annually. The daily life of a typical detainee is pretty ideal for moss related research due to the fact that they have the time available to observe moss over an extensive amount of time in order to aggregate fresh research. While we’re against the use of un- or low paid prison labor, it being an extension of the slavery industrial complex reformulated under the 13th amendment, we do support people that are incarcerated having voluntary, positive use of time to engage in projects that can help alleviate their own stress and the mundanity of being incarcerated.

The inmates involved in the project were educated in moss species identification and eventually built a greenhouse with recycled materials. After an eighteen-week process the facilitators began to see the positive effects produced in the prisoners. Inmates began to display improved social skills and interactions, a more uplifted or hopeful mindset, with accompanying requests for higher education. Nadkarni wishes to extend her project into the deepest and darkest portion of the prison system, solitary confinement.

An Oregon maximum security prison showed a set number of solitary confinement inmates nature videos in order to explore the effects. Each selected inmate could view the video in the allotted exercise room for one hour a day, three days a week. After an entire 365 days the facilitators sat down with the inmates to gauge the effects. Inmates stated they felt a lower amount of stress, lowered irritability, and some even stated they had the ability to reach a calm state. The video also lowered the amount of violent infractions the inmates typically receive by twenty six percent. The healing benefits of nature to individuals in the state of rehabilitation are quite substantial, but not everyone gets that experience.

A Personal Experience

The “incarceration experience” is quite a bit more common than most would think. Yellow Scene Magazine’s very own Editor in Chief, De La Vaca, looked back on his personal incarceration encounter. “My personal experience was terrifying. I was clearly innocent and beat the case, one of the lucky few, but it really changes your understanding of life and your relationship with freedom.” De La continued, “There’s something absolutely unnerving about being locked in a 5 by 7 cell with a guy accused of 100 + counts of attempted murder, who spends his evenings kicking the bolted down chair to our desk because he wants to be able to split people’s skulls with his shins. I was facing 25 to life without the possibility of parole and I had to familiarize myself with the possibility of never being free.”

During his time served, he recalls that detainees had essentially no control over their food, their living space, or their daily activities. “The only space outside of our cells that we saw was the homeroom which is the main room of the tank where you eat and have limited access to board games and snacks except for once, after somebody whistled at a female guard, when we were all taken to an enclosed cement gym area that was generally off limits but which we were forced into, naked, in the middle of the night, for the female guards to laugh at us as payback for the whistle. It was a monumental lesson in the deputy abuse of prisoners, and one that everyone in our tank knew never to risk again.”

De La Vaca described his living conditions. “You sleep in your cell. When you go to jail, everything is taken from you and you’re given a box that they call your house. That’s your house because it has your toiletries and everything that you’re allowed to have. You’re given a mattress when you get to your tank and a sheet, which doesn’t have fitted edges, so you have to learn to tie it around the back of your mattress, creating a very uncomfortable wonky mattress, otherwise the sheet would move and your end up with your bare face in a mattress that has been used by hundreds, even thousands of other prisoners before you. Nobody is under any illusions that these things are clean or sanitary.”

The psychological effects of incarceration still follow De La Vaca to this day. “Psychological effects of jail include lack of autonomy, lack of trust, increased danger and sense of worry in regard to the people around you, given the amount of fights that occurred and the willingness to inflict violence should a situation arise.” When asked if he still experiences PTSD symptoms from his time incarcerated, De La Vaca explained with a heavy heart, “I still experience PTSD symptoms. That doesn’t ever really leave. When somebody can, and tells you physically, that they can murder you, that’s never going to leave you.”

Peace With Plants

About a decade later De La Vaca graduated from UC Davis and was hired to work with a juvenile facility program for adolescent rehabilitation. He was able to design a garden, which was built by the facility staff and then filled with plants by his group of young people. “I was part of the supervising group from our organization and we talked about alternatives to violence, community gardening, the use of gardens for self-control and developing patience, and other things. It was an amazing undertaking.” When asked how the gardening experience made him feel De La Vaca’s tone warmed as he described his experience, “It’s amazing. Putting your hands in dirt is the best. Growing things is awesome. I was a Landscape Architect turned Community and Regional Development graduate and being able to use my love of the earth to reach kids was amazing. These were savvy kids, too. They were just knuckleheads from knucklehead neighborhoods, just like me, who needed direction. Playing with bugs, eating veggies we grew ourselves, and developing relationships was so amazing.”

“Speaking for myself,” De La Vaca says of his own time incarcerated, “a couple of bags of dirt and some growing plants would’ve been such a great way to remember that life goes on, to maintain a grasp on autonomy and soul, and to look forward to life outside of the system. When I was released, just a few months later, a guy committed suicide. He was in my same cell, in the same bed I had been sleeping in, and he killed himself. I think about that sometimes. What did he need to survive that moment, that incarceration? I can’t answer that, but I know growing life is a great way to remember life is important, my life is important.”

So then, what plants are best to possibly throw into the mix?

Best Plants for Prisons

Plants come in an assortment of shapes, sizes, and with a vast amount of differing health benefits. There is endless amounts of research that support the fact that immersing oneself in natural settings can reduce anxiety, curb depression, improve recollection, and benefit cognition. Caring for plants also brings the caretaker a sense of purpose and accomplishment, all the while raising self-esteem. Not only that but indoor plants have been a variable in increased productivity in indoor work environments and aiding in the speed and quality of recovery for hospitalized patients. There really are no drawbacks to making plants a part of one’s day to day life.

The biophilia hypothesis suggests that we as human beings crave connections with nature and other forms of life. As natural beings we have a tendency to gravitate towards other living beings that require our love, adoration, and stewardship. We emerged and evolved with mother nature, and it wasn’t until very recent centuries have we flocked to urbanized cities. To be fair, a review of the early Enclosure Acts point to a more nefarious reason for the development of city living, the need for concentrated labor as the Industrial Revolution took hold. City living means less nature. “Green isolation” is directly correlated with the dire consequences to our mental health and physical well-beings.

Biophilia design. David Lauer Photography

Plants Help at Home

Though we are primarily concerned with plant effects on the incarcerated, and even though we urge you to channel your inner Jane and Tarzan, we want you to have plants at home as well. Simply surrounding oneself with basic house plants or perhaps getting your hands dirty in a personal garden will get the positive affects job done.

The University of Technology in Sydney, Australia, found that the presence of plants (no matter the variation) can:

• Decrease aggression by 44 percent
• Decrease feelings of anxiety by 37 percent
• Reduce the presence of depression by an impressive 58 percent

If you are looking into starting your own indoor garden there are a few essential plants you’ll need in your personal indoor jungle. Aloe vera is an essentially mainstream succulent with a long list of health benefits. The miracle plant heals burns, clears acne, and helps heal mild cuts and bruises. You can also ingest aloe to improve your digestive and oral health. The best part of this useful houseplant is the fact that it is essentially the easiest house plant to care for. Place it in a sunny area in your home and water it every few weeks.

Living in a dense urban city and craving some clean air? Air purifying house plants like snake plants, spider plants, fiddle leaf fig plants, and the pony tail palm are the perfect plant solution! These low maintenance plants require very little care and will leave your home feeling light and fresh all while improving your mental health.

There are also a vast variety of indoor plants that provide medical benefits. For example, the pothos plant is one of the easiest plants to grow and it alleviates eye irritation after a long day of staring at screens. Lavender is another useful plant. The sweet smelling aroma provides stress reducing benefits. Lavender oil acts as a healing balm for cuts and burns, can alleviate headaches, and improve sleep.

The benefits of mother nature’s greatest gift, plants, are endless and everyone on this little planet deserves a connection with our roots. Plants are the key to our reconnection to the core of the human spirit. They are essential for not only maintaining physical and mental health but to help rehabilitate people in need as well. More plants for prisons, for prisoners, and for all people…including you.

The post Gardens of the Mind: Mental Health Improvements for Prisoners Found in the Earth | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Yellow Scene Magazine is doing a 3-part series on Boulder County’s Compost facility at Open Space Rainbow Nursery 

This is PART 1. 

Part 2: Rainbow Open Space Composting Facility: Origins, RCAB, Minutiae, and Staff Errors

Screenshot, Boulder County Community Planning & Permitting Department

Boulder County has proposed building a class III composting facility on a roughly 40 acre plot, once home to the former Rainbow Nursery, and currently the Rainbow Open Space, on the eastern edge of the county. The new project hopes to help the county work towards its Zero Waste Action Plan but has been met with increasing scrutiny in recent weeks.

There are many benefits to having an in-county composting facility, such as cutting down on waste transport emissions and costs, diverting organic waste away from landfills, and achieving county sustainability initiative goals, the new project has faced backlash by concerned residents as the plans came to light. With two active lawsuits, local residents are voicing their contempt for the county’s plans and the negative impacts a facility of this scale can have on the area. Major potential issues associated with the new facility may include odor, property devaluation, potential groundwater contamination, the use of biosolids, destructive environmental impacts, and traffic increases along US-287, and have all been highlighted as concerns the county needs to address . 

Fueling the fire, the county, prior to purchasing the land, held a Conservation Easement (CE) on the property. CEs provide protection against development of property deemed of significant value and are meant to exist in ‘perpetuity’. The property is designated significant agricultural land of national importance. Any private citizen would be restricted by the CE but because the ownership of the CE and the property merged under one owner (the county), the Easement was extinguished and the restrictions were removed due to the doctrine of merger. Professor Nancy Mclaughlin, Law Professor at the University of Utah, says “relying on the doctrine of merger to extinguish the easement is entirely inappropriate.” Moreover, the county used Open Space funds to purchase the property, acknowledging in a closing memo that they were considering using the property as part of the county’s zero waste initiative. 

At the time of writing this, the county has placed a hold on the project while they reassess to ensure that the special use review process goes according to plan. Andrew Barth, Communications Specialist at Boulder County Public Works, the contact listed on the official Boulder County Compost Facility website, explains, “the team from public works and our consultants are diving back into the plans right now to refine … because we don’t want to go through special use review and then have them say no.” Asked what caused the hold, Barth says, “it’s just making sure we really do what we’re saying, we can build, will mitigate all the environmental concerns that everybody’s having.”

Programs of this scale have specific requirements as to how they must be communicated to the public prior to their approval by the Board of Commissioners. If the special use review is continued and the hold is released, there will be opportunities for the public to join the conversation as the local government goes through the motions to potentially approve the project. Local residents and all of the Trustees and the Mayor for the Town of Erie have expressed discontent with how the project has been publicly vetted. Local resident and neighbor to the property in question, Nancy Davis, told Yellow Scene that only twelve people were notified of the project at first. Barth refutes this claim, stating, “it was actually, I think, twenty-two properties were informed directly and invited to a meeting on site.” Erie Trustee, Brandon Bell, puts it plainly that “the lack of transparency on this is sickening,” and Erie Trustee Sara Loflin said, “It is clear to me that there has not been substantial outreach or public process on the part of the county.” 

According to Barth, the project was still “in the design phase where we’re trying to ensure that it could happen” and that the four public hearings would occur down the line once the project has moved to the Boulder County Commissioners and also the Parks & Open Space Advisory Committee.

Although all Erie Trustees and the Mayor have expressed their frustrations in light of the public outcry at the February 9th, 2021 meeting, an email chain acquired by Yellow Scene shows that, on behalf of the Town of Erie, Deborah Bachelder, the Planning Manager/Deputy Director at Planning and Development, sent a memo to Boulder County Community Planning & Permitting acknowledging the benefits of the new facility. In the memo were three conditions for the county to address: commit to an odor study if complaints occur, mitigation of materials being blown off-site due to high winds, and additional controls if traffic increases exceeding 5-10% depending on the road.

Although this project only came to fruition in the past year, the idea for a composting facility has long been in the works as a beneficial in-county opportunity to help advance sustainability initiatives. Former Mayor and current Executive Director of Eco-Cycle Suzanne Jones explains that, “having a community owned compost facility in Boulder County is something that’s been discussed for over 15 years.” Boulder County currently takes its organic waste to the A1 Organics facility in Keenesburg, whose Chief Technical Officer, Bob Yost, has worked as a paid consultant for PEH Architects to help design the new facility. Removing the need to bring waste to Keenesburg would cut down on truck emissions and associated costs thereby allowing compost to become more affordable. Furthermore, the facility would aid in the slowing of landfill expansion by diverting organic waste to be reused as compost, however Boulder County already brings much of its organic waste to the A1 Organics facility in Keenesburg.

Compost is a nutrient-rich substance that would allow residents and farmers alike access to valuable soil that allows for carbon sequestration and improves crop health. CDOT is also a large user of compost for various infrastructure developments. Suzanne Jones says it’s “a really wonderful vision that’s been in the works for many years and would help all of the cities in the county reach their goals around climate zero waste and regenerative ag. (agriculture)” 

Residents are concerned, however, that a facility of this scale would increase traffic in the surrounding area and on US-287, commonly regarded as both a busy and accident prone roadway. Barth clarified that, “we really didn’t … find it was gonna create a massive addition to traffic on 287… those trucks are already on those roads.” But residents have raised the concern that the facility will accommodate around 70 active companies and that although outbound truck traffic may decrease, traffic coming into the county is bound to increase. In an email acquired by Yellow Scene, CDOT’s Tim Bilobran questions the traffic report conducted by Fox Tuttle, questioning the projection of, “37 real truck trips per day, which seems very low to me if potentially over 70 companies will be using this location and drawing vehicles from as far away as Keenesburg.” Another concern is the increase in production that the facility may experience over the next two decades. Slanted to produce 100,000,000 pounds of compost each year, the facility may increase those numbers by another 25 – 100 million pounds. Residents want to be assured that the county has put enough work into knowing just how much traffic will increase in the surrounding area.

Screenshot, Boulder County Community Planning & Permitting Department Boulder County Compost Facility, PEH Architects, A1 Organics, SCS Engineering

At this time, it has not yet been decided who will run the facility. Barth mentioned that when the time is right the county will decide whether to run the facility or open it up to a bidding process. A1 Organics is certainly a strong contender, or at least has an interest. When asked why he would help to build a facility that would take business from A1 Organics, Bob Yost responded with, “I’d rather do it that way than be given the opportunity to bid on operating it and [it] be designed poorly.” 

Another potential contender mentioned by residents is Ecocycle. Suzanne Jones, when asked, said, “It seems much more likely that an expert compost facility operator like A1 Organic[s], who is helping them on the design build, would be a likely candidate for operating the facility.”

Biosolids

Boulder County’s proposed compost facility will be a class III facility, which means it will also be allowed to accept Class A Biosolids for composting. Whether the facility will process them from the getgo is to be determined, Barth says. “We’re designing the facility to accept them, whether or not they would be accepted right away would be a part of the operations plan.” It’ll largely be up to who runs the facility.

Biosolids, or treated sewage sludge, is the product of local wastewater treatment plants and defined by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as “nutrient-rich organic materials resulting from the treatment of domestic sewage in a treatment facility… that can be recycled and applied as fertilizer to improve and maintain productive soils and stimulate plant growth.” Boulder County has at least seven different wastewater facilities. Using biosolids at the proposed facility will allow Boulder County (and others) to reuse their sewage sludge for compost. According to the study, “Pathogens in Biosolids” (2006), biosolids have been shown to “improve the productivity of soils or enhance revegetation of disturbed ecosystems,” when applied to farmland. 

Biosolids are commonly designated as Class A or Class B, depending on the amount of pathogens removed. According to the EPA, federal regulation “40 CFR Part 503 treatment processes for Class A biosolids eliminate pathogens, including viruses. Generally, pathogens may exist when requirements are met under 40 CFR Part 503 for Class B biosolids.” The facility will potentially be accepting Class A biosolids.

Biosolids have been a point of controversy due to the potential for pathogens to remain even after they’ve been treated at wastewater facilities. One example, according to the City of Boulder Water Resource Recovery Facility, is that they are “not equipped to completely remove all of the chemicals and compounds found in various medications” if they were to be flushed down the toilet. Pathogens such as bacteria, viruses, protozoa, and helminths (parasites) can lead to illness, but according to a study titled, “Human Health Risks From Biosolids Applied to Land” (2006) “Class A biosolids are not intended to have detectable concentrations of pathogens.” The study goes on to conclude that “there is no scientifically documented evidence of the public having health problems from pathogens in biosolids, knowledge gaps and outdated operational criteria allow for doubts and concerns about the risk to the public from such organisms.” 

Biosolids are nutrient rich and contain nitrogen and phosphorus and small amounts of potassium. These nutrients are essential for crop growth. Other concerns about biosolids include potential runoff and leaching of nitrate, soluble and sediment bound phosphate in runoff and erosion, and a build up of soil potassium levels due to continued annual application.

The United States is a major user of biosolids for farming; the only areas where biosolids are federally banned are on certified organic farms. Some states have placed restrictions on their use and the country of Switzerland has banned them outright out of concern that any chemical soil contamination impairs soil fertility.

Odors

Odors can be lovely, but oftentimes they are not. With compost and biosolids come specifically offensive odors, and for local residents and specifically those living in Erie, it’s an unwelcome thought. Offensive odors are caused by the decomposition of material producing ammonia and the sulphuric smell often associated with biosolids. At the February 9th Erie Board of Trustees meeting, to which Boulder County was invited but declined, residents voiced concerns specifically about potential odors that may occur at the facility, especially if biosolids are used. 

Concern surrounds the potential for particulates to travel and be inhaled by surrounding neighbors. In a study conducted by the Canadian National Collaborating Centre for Environmental Health, titled “Odour from a Compost Facility” (2018), it’s explained that aerobic decomposition will emit bioaerosols and microbial volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The amount of bioaerosols and distance travelled will be largely dependent on the size and technology of the facility as well as the local winds but have been detected both upwind and downwind from composting facilities. The study says that, “microbial VOCs are considered to be the main source of odor from compost facilities as many of these compounds can be smelled at extremely small concentrations, below what is known to be harmful to human health.” In regards to health impacts to nearby residents of the facilities they reviewed, “exposure to VOCs has the potential to induce acute toxicological effects such as inflammatory and immune effects, as well as sensory irritation in the eye, nose, or throat.” They do mention that although “VOCs are odorous even at very low concentrations, they are not considered to be the primary cause of health symptoms for residents near to composting facilities.”

Among the many types of composting technology, the county has chosen to use aerated static pile composting, also known as in-vessel, that is shown to reduce odor by 90-95%. In-vessel technology is more expensive than other methods but it provides far greater control over the compost if properly managed. Bob Yost, A1 Organics, doesn’t think the odors will be much of an issue so long as the facility is properly managed.”This is an enclosed composting system, I don’t foresee, properly operated I think that there’ll be limited if any odor issues with the facility.” Nearby residents continue to be concerned about what that 5-10% could equate to. Some have even threatened to sell their properties and leave if the facility is built. 

Water contamination 

The Rainbow Open Space property’s eastern border follows along the Leggett ditch, a local irrigation canal that serves other surrounding properties. According to the ecological assessment done by Birch Ecology, groundwater sits at roughly five feet below the surface, there’s a small pond on the property, and wetlands border the north- and southeastern borders. Concerns have been raised that particulates from the facility could potentially contaminate the surface and groundwater either by being blown due to high winds or on the off chance that one of the in-vessel structures fractures and leaks water. Another concern has been that the Leggett ditch could be affected during construction or that groundwater could be exposed.

In a letter acquired by YS sent by the Leggett Ditch and Reservoir Company (the Company) to Jean Ott, Community Planning & Permitting, the Company asserts that they strongly oppose the new facility because “high water and rain events would result in a serious risk that storm flows and contaminants would be discharged into the ditch.” They go on to say that “ground water contamination including E.Coli and Salmonella is likely based on the hydrology information available” and that “the proposed Compost Facility would alter the natural drainage into the Leggett ditch from the property proposed to be developed.” This would “modify the manner and quantity of storm water discharges into the ditch.” 

Man made irrigation pond, wetlands. Via PEH Special Use Review

Another document acquired by YS through the public record are comments provided by Kim Hutton, Water Resources Manager at City of Boulder Public Works, and Bethany A. Collins, Real Estate Supervisor, City of Boulder Open Space and Mountain Parks Department. After acknowledging the significant benefits that the facility could provide, the letter goes on to say, “the City of Boulder has concerns regarding the potential impacts to water quality in the Leggett Ditch and Panama Reservoir posed by the construction and operation of the composting facility.” They continue that, “it is imperative to the City’s interests that appropriate conditions are put on the construction and operation of the facility to ensure that water quality in the Leggett Ditch and Panama Reservoir will not be degraded, as such water will be used for municipal and irrigation purposes.” Representing the City of Boulder they offer nine comments of recommendation, including: ensure that the surface and groundwater is not contaminated, that pre-construction well sample data be collected, and that high wind assessments are completed to prevent debris from blowing off-site.

Ecological Assessment

An Ecological Assessment & Wildlife Impact Report was conducted by Birch Ecology, located in Lyons, CO. The assessment is a thorough depiction of the existing conditions of the property as well as an assessment of what protected flora and fauna are or may be found on the property. Local residents have voiced concern that the assessment simply wasn’t robust enough and that true field studies must be conducted. In an interview with Delia Malone, Colorado Ecologist and chair of the Wildlife Committee of the Sierra Club’s Rocky Mountain Chapter, Malone believes that “the ecological resources addressed in this report are incomplete and thus are an inaccurate representation of the ecological resources of the area.” One threatened species that is specifically mentioned in the report is the Preble’s Meadow Jumping Mouse (PMJM). According to the Birch Ecology assessment, the property does not contain a suitable habitat for the PMJM. Malone says that the recon Birch Ecology conducted was nothing more than a walk through, “there’s no scientific rigor” and that “given the near proximity to other [PMJM] populations, what should occur are live-trapping surveys.” 

According to Andrew Barth, “What we found is that mostly, it’s just birds out in that canopy out there.” For Malone, even “just birds” are enough to want to protect the property. Malone explains that, “There has been an exponential decline [in birds]… about 2.9 billion less birds today in North America then we had in 1970” and blames the continued “conversion of natural habitat to all sorts of development”. When “this area [was designated] as open space [CE] 30 years ago, that was visionary. It’s not in pristine shape… but it still provides important habitat for wildlife, habitat that is being converted and eaten up by human development.” When asked what else she would recommend the county do before deciding to build the facility, Malone pointed towards breeding bird surveys (during nesting season), more vegetation surveys, and a thorough understanding of the edge effect (i.e. how far the facility could impact surrounding areas, especially the wetlands and other habitats nearby).

Wetlands PEH Special Use Review

Conservation easements 

In 1994, the land owners at the time, Barney C. and Cheryn H. Barnett, entered into an agreement with the county for a Conservation Easement (CE). CE’s are generally considered to protect properties in perpetuity (i.e. forever). Their use has grown exponentially in recent decades as a way to protect land from development and are often advertised as doing just that. According to Nancy Mclaughlin, University of Utah, the issue with Rainbow Nursery is that Boulder County is setting a precedent that whenever land is purchased by the same entity that owns the CE, the CE and all its protections are automatically extinguished without any sort of process. 

Yellow Scene acquired the original deed between the Barnetts and the county in which the purpose of the CE is defined:

It is the purpose of this Easement to preserve and protect in perpetuity the significant agricultural attributes of the property, its continued agricultural use and its open space values.

Nowadays, CEs tend to have a section on how the easement may be extinguished, something that the 1994 CE did not include. A sample template of a CE that Boulder County would use today includes a section on extinguishment. The county asserts that what they are doing is legal, but even then, residents wonder if it should be. In the passed 2019 Colorado HB19-1264, any land with a CE that was used for a tax credit may not be extinguished by merging ownership. It’s not certain whether the Rainbow Nursery property was ever claimed as a tax credit. When asked why the new bill was so specific to tax credits, Mclaughlin says recent tax related abuses could have focused the bill, adding that it’s important to consider the potential for future amendments. “If people are upset about it, maybe they can convince the Colorado Legislature to tighten up the language about the merger.” 

The concept behind the Merger doctrine is that there is no need for the owner of a property to hold a CE upon themselves because they are the ones that want the easement. Why this should explain the ability for the county to build a composting facility on once protected land is not clear. Mclaughlin explains that although the ownership is the same, the two entities also need to be held in the same right. Because a CE is so specific and is meant to benefit the public, it may not be considered to be held in the same right as open space land. In the deed it states, “Whereas the grantee recognizes the public benefit to be served by such a preservation” and “Whereas, the Grantor desires to sell an interest in the Property to the Grantee in order to assure its preservation in perpetuity,” The Grantor being the Barnetts, the Grantee being the County. It is the purpose of the CE to protect the land indefinitely at the benefit of the public and according to Mclaughlin, “a conservation easement does not cease to serve any purpose when the holder of the easement acquires the underlying land. The easement continues to provide the significant benefits to the public for which it was created.”

Mclaughlin says the precedent shouldn’t be to simply extinguish CEs and that the County has other methods at their disposal, such as the option of condemnation. That would cause the County to be held accountable to explain their reasoning to take currently designated open space land and build a composting facility upon it. According to Mclaughlin, as well as many residents, CEs are meant to offer protection from development on one’s land including from the government and should require an extraordinary process to remove them. Mclaughlin wonders, “why did they say the CE was perpetual?”. If they wanted a way to get rid of the easement when it was signed in 1994, “why didn’t they draft the easement to give them the right to terminate”?

Where we are

Some residents are worried that, because they’re building a compost facility, many of the real concerns are falling to the wayside, that it’s almost taboo to speak negatively about a facility that should be inherently good. What residents want are the facts and the truth, and Boulder County has a duty to provide that and to ensure that all residents are taken care of, and taken into account, not just the greater good or the 12 (or 22) properties they think are important. It also doesn’t help that local groups such as the Coalition for Local Compost Climate Action, which is associated with Eco-Cycle and run by Dan Matsch, Manager at Eco-Cycle, is sharing information that simply isn’t accurate. In the FAQ question on the coalition webpage, it reads, [the property] “was never intended for public recreation or officially-designated open space.” In an interview with Janis Whisman, Real Estate Division Manager for Boulder County Parks & Open Space, she asserts, “I want to make sure that you understand that this property still is open space and it will remain open space until that process occurs.” By process, Whisman is referring to the need for the county to reimburse the Open Space tax fund via the Sustainability Tax fund if the facility were to be built.

As to what will occur at the former Rainbow Nursery, only time will tell, but both support and backlash are growing as the project becomes increasingly publicized. The concerns are real, the benefits are real, the potential harms are real, and the public process needs to exist for all to partake. Once the county continues the special use review, it is required that they notify the public and that public hearings occur. If the local government functions as it should, it will take all feedback into consideration to assure the public that the government is doing its job correctly and that it is serving its constituents to the level and competency, and transparency, that they deserve.

This is part 1 of a 3 part series by Laurenz Busch for Yellow Scene Magazine. Follow along by liking Yellow Scene. 

The post Rainbow Open Space: From Protected Land to a Class III Compost Facility? appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

CITY

Downtown Longmont

“Downtown” is an artificial designation, given the old and the new downtown corridors, and given the neighborhoods assigned, we love the stretch of Longmont on either side of Main Street, from 3rd through Longs Peak Avenue, facing East and West.

The Downtown Longmont Development Authority says this is “Your destination for small town [read: country-esque, antiquey, but decidedly city] charm and modern urban grit [read: growth is afoot and this area is cracking]. With innovative businesses, authentic people, tangible history, and Colorado’s best craft culture [arguably some of the best on the Front Range], Downtown Longmont has something for everyone. Come explore and discover your new favorite place today.”

By favorite places, we mean Dickens 300 Prime (formerly Dickens Opera House), Jefe’s Tacos, Martini’s Bistro, Pumphouse Brewery, and any of the 40+ listed bars, distilleries, breweries, and restaurants on this stretch. Dine in, take out, sip up, and enjoy the goodness within walking distance of the neighborhoods flanking this epic area.

This area is also part of the Longmont Creative District, meaning the arts are not just present, but supported and flourishing. We all love to live in areas with museums, galleries, bookstores, and lots of public art. With grants to support struggling artists and art orgs during COVID, Longmont is ensuring continuity of vibrancy.

These neighborhoods are decidedly mixed country and city living with walkable streets on both sides of Main, generally quiet neighborhoods with entrepreneurs (like our friends at The Hop and Wibby Brewing) on side streets, and three notable parks – Roosevelt, Collyers, and Thompson – with others and Longmont Reservoir close by. We love the country access, with only one turn off Main needed to get to Lyons and Estes Park-cum-RMNP.

Arista Broomfield

A special little development project in Broomfield, about 5 minutes drive from the Wadsworth exit off Highway 36, this is a perfected self-sustaining community with everything you need… except a supermarket.

Don’t let the Google Maps screenshot fool you. Broomfield and Boulder county have 2,397 acres of Inter Governmental Agreement land held in open space reserves, of a total 21,468.756 acres of Broomfield, with a goal to keep total open space of 9,567 acres as approved by the 1995 Master Plan (with updates), this area of Broomfield is decidedly city living and not as country as some areas of Broomfield can be.

The Arista website spells it out: “A thoughtful blend of urban living destined to be the energy epicenter of the northwest corridor. Dining, shopping, parks, entertainment, and the Aloft Hotel are all within walking distance. Arista offers incredible views of the Front Range’s pristine mountain peaks.”

“The cornerstone of Arista is the 1STBank Center,” a multi-purpose arena known for big name shows (even if not as popular as some downtown venues) and conveniently located 15 miles northwest of Downtown Denver. It is located near the Rocky Mountain Metropolitan Airport for folks who want to fly in and close the Flatiron Crossing Mall. It opened in 2006. Arista is one of the very few town center developments in the nation anchored by a major entertainment venue, though 1st Bank Center was there first, and provided the foundation for Arista to thrive.

“Arista Place is the town center of Arista, a fun, eclectic, two-block pedestrian mall featuring the Aloft Hotel, office space, and residential units. The buildings feature a unique, contemporary, urban design,” in an otherwise high energy, high impact area. The “daytime population is very strong, with about 173,000 people working within three miles of the site and the 10-mile population is approximately 644,000,” making this decidedly vibrant area definitively city living.

Dining and drink options include Hickory & Ash (a lovely fine dining options a few steps away from 1st Bank Center), Proto’s Pizzeria, Prosper Cats, Masa Cocina Mexicana, Loftea, MC2.

“The options for living at Arista include live/work lofts, flats & townhomes, paired homes, as well as two different apartment communities. Commuting is easy at Arista as the RTD park-n-ride is located on site,” meaning commutes to Boulder or Denver are easily accessible and easily done. Makes me want to head downtown for lunch and drinks just cause we can.

Downtown Louisville

Definitive city living abounds in Louisville, one of the “Ls” as they’re called. With a population density of 3,522 per square mile in this area of town, according to Newborhood, a community data website built to help people pick neighborhoods to move to, and what seems like a million amenities in walking distance, you will lack for near nothing in Downtown Louisville.

Safely tucked away in a modest 2-bedroom with a beautiful yard, schools close by, and plenty of shopping options for the grown folk, you’ll be hard pressed to find a reason to leave town, save for the occasional concert or sporting event. Although, importantly, the Louisville Sports Complex is right across the way.

The Downtown Louisville website has almost 30 restaurants listed, and there are dozens of shops as well, including Eric Olson Master Jeweler – one of just a handful of certified Master Jewelers in Colorado. Whether you’re stepping out for some famed Melting Pot fine dining or an epic patio burger at Waterloo, or just browsing the incredible inventory on hand at Little Horse Vintage and Books, this neighborhood is ready to help you feel fun, flirty, and fancy free.

The downtown site also points out that, “When you visit Historic Downtown today you will find 100 year old wooden buildings lining Main, Front, and Pine streets. This frames an area that is home to over 100 businesses and a thriving art scene with galleries, studios and live music almost every night of the week. The Museum is here; so is City Hall and the Public Library.” Not only do you live in a vibrant area, it’s the seat of power and everything popping off is popping here.

COUNTRY

Niwot and Niwot Rd (63rd area)

YourBoulder neighborhood guide has a lot of great information on the history of Niwot, including that “the town was created in 1875 as a stop along the Colorado Central railroad which runs northeast from Boulder. The original business district built up on both sides of the tracks – those on the west having been razed for construction of the Diagonal Highway, while those on the east remain and house Niwot’s eclectic shops, stores and restaurants.”

Eclectic, they are, housing some of the most fun and quirky clothing and chotsky shops around. We also love that one of Boulder proper’s favorite chefs, Bradford Heap – of Salt and Wild Standard fame – also has a local favorite fine dining restaurant in Niwot called Colterra Food & Wine. It is, in fact, his flagship restaurant.

Old Town Niwot is roughly bounded, YourBoulder points out, by Highway 119 on the Northwest, Niwot Road on the South and North 83rd Street on the east, which is the area we’re specifically interested in. On the edge of a tiny town – Niwot boasts a population just over 4,000 and a about 4.005 mi² of land – these neighborhoods out on Niwot Rd. and 63rd are about as country as Boulder County gets. With coyotes on the prowl and prairie dogs digging holes, this is a great area for quiet living, knowing the neighbors, and knowing how to swing an axe to keep the woodshed stocked.

Don’t let the country edges confuse you, though. The IBM plant built in 1965 spurred a lot of growth for Niwot and Gunbarrel, and alongside the fine dining and $680K median home price, the quaint little unincorporated town of Niwot is also “home to an exotic automobile dealership. Yes, you can stroll down the street in Old Town Niwot and pick up a nice Aston Martin DB9 or a Porsche Carrera 4S at Gunbarrel Import Motors.” Country, indeed.

Brownsville

(Lafayette/Erie east of 287 between Erie Parkway and Jasper)

Shaped like a geometric flag on the tip of a flag pole, Brownsville – which is technically in Lafayette but edges west Erie – is a single family home neighborhood with a majority of houses built in the 90’s, according to City-Data.com. The average home price is $724,500, with closing in the area between $590,000 to $945,000. WOW. That’s some seriously comfortable country living.

NextDoor lists the neighborhood as having a population of 1784 residents with an average age of 54 years old. Homeowners are the majority, at 90 percent, which makes sense for the area, and heading into Erie, which has an absolute dearth of rental properties overall.

Compared to Lafayette overall, Brownsville has high income ($104k to $72k average), lower population density (251 to 3,057 per sq. mile), and larger households (including family size, amount of families to non-family households, and amount of married v single mother families).

While it’s not common knowledge outside of the area, these long country roads are excellent for bicycling. Great pavement, less traffic than cities, and absolutely gorgeous views in every direction. Even if the average household in Brownsville has more cars than Lafayette in general, we’d recommend a cruiser or road bike for the neighborhood. Distance cycling is also incredibly popular throughout the region so you can always grab some lycra and a 25-speed and get some miles under your belt. It’s the best way to stay in shape as you age, maintain strength and hip flexion, and enjoy the world around you.

Old Town Superior

When our publisher came to Colorado 30 years ago Superior was 230 some people. It was a small, quiet, out in the country, to themselves kind of community. Superior has grown, but some things remain the same.

Turning into the Old Town Superior neighborhood via Coal Creek the first thing you pass is the city hall building, a small, nondescript, slightly country-looking building. Cruisin’ down Coal Creek you pass Asti Park and Founders Park, open spaces between blocks, and families that clearly know each other passing each other in the streets. You pass conventional houses edged by the homes that have been here for generations, those one-story ranch-style brick houses and the wooden structures that look like they probably have a gun rack and a few antlers as decor.

The neighborhood becomes slightly industrial before turning into pure country with dirt roads criss-crossed by trails, dotted with singles and couples walking and running, bicycling, and the Flatirons in the distance. This is the kind of area where, leaving your driveway, if you go one direction you’re going to hit Target and Costco and a freeway, but if you go the other direction you’re going to need some outdoor gear and some trail shoes. Minutes after hitting the dirt road you’re in an alien landscape, back in old Colorado, back in country Colorado, with the added imposition of barbed wire fences.

There’s no lights out here, just sky. It’s beautiful, and you know these trails get a lot of wear and tear from passing feet of locals and regional adventurers (there are single tracks out here for the cycling community). Old Town may straddle both worlds, City and Country, but the old houses, and old families, and the very old trails, remind you that this is indeed country.

When you drive through that single track mountain biking area and you get to the 170, you find elegant homes nestled alongside old farm houses, Adobe inspired structures, and dilapidated corrals. It’s easy to forget that a few hundred yards away is highway 36. It’s a wonderful area for being in the middle of everything, halfway between Denver and Boulder, right next to everything you could possibly need, but decidedly cozy, comfy, quiet, country living.

The post Hood Guide 2021 | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Editor’s note: This article is a contribution by our editorial intern staff, Kate Lieberman and Ashley Kay Mauer, with support, direction, editing, and writing by YS Editor De La Vaca.

“Be mindful.” 

Those are one man’s words of wisdom that double as a plea to a local Denver suburb after bearing witness to adults verbally harassing second graders with racial epithets, which lead to a brawl that ended in police action. It may sound initially like a generic phrase of good will, but Isaac’s journey to settling on this appeal was not a simple one, and his sincere belief in it cannot be captured in words at all. He had originally spoken out on condition of anonymity, out of respect for the organization he works for, but it didn’t sit well with him to remain anonymous about a change he feels is necessary to improve his community and the lives of the people in it.

Before we tell you that story, let’s talk about Isaac. His story is important.

Isaac was born into the gang life. He knew there were other options, but his older brother was his role model and influenced him to chase things he could get easily through a life of crime; money, cars, clothes, jewelry, women, and, most importantly, respect. That was the introduction to a life in the streets, and that wouldn’t change until decades later. 

The gang life makes a lot of promises, but statistics show that the sense of safety and family, and the ownership of physical goods, tend to be an illusion. The Combined Forces Special Enforcement Unit of British Columbia did some research about gangs to help educate people and steer them onto a better path. “You’ll either be arrested, injured or killed and your cars, property, drugs, and money will all be taken away by other gang members or seized by the police when you’re caught. Most gang members don’t ‘own’ anything. They rent where they live and drive leased vehicles in the names of girlfriends or other family members because no bank or leasing company will do business with them,” their website says. The idea behind sharing this information with youths who are considering joining a gang is that it spoils the shiny, perfect world appeal that it can hold for them and encourages them to see that it is not actually a productive path to go down. The average life expectancy for a gang member is twenty years and five months, leaving Isaac one of the lucky ones to have survived.

In 2013, after a total of nineteen years spent in prison, Isaac decided he was tired of doing time and tired of people telling him what to do – not just gang leaders, but prison deputies who control your every second of existence on the inside. He saw the problem in his life and he decided to do something about it. He devoted himself to God and started going to church, as his late mother would have wanted, and realized that he, “means more to the world doing positives than negatives.” This was a monumental change for Isaac who used to tell his mother there was no god and who admits that he had no prior belief in god. Isaac’s director and case manager was, and still is, his mentor. He helped show him that, “there is more to life than being in the community hurting people and doing f*cked up sh*t,” after God started to open up his eyes.

Isaac Aragon prison photos (Isaac Aragon)

There was no magic switch flipped; just because Isaac decided to change his ways didn’t mean he was free of his past. He was on parole and during that time was labeled an STG, or Security Threat Group, meaning law enforcement considered him a terrorist in the community. Just because it wasn’t quick or easy didn’t mean it wasn’t worthwhile and Isaac not only endured, but wanted to have a positive impact on his community even as he was still untangling himself from his former ways.

As a part of giving back to his community, Isaac has been coaching football for eight years. When he first started coaching, he was mainly working with children who came from difficult backgrounds and/or were on probation or parole through organizations like the My Brother’s Keeper Alliance. MBK is a program initiated by Barack Obama in 2014 with the goal of helping young people, specifically young, black men and boys, realize their full potential by shrinking opportunity gaps. It was important to Isaac to give back to these children and give them an opportunity to, “show that they mean more than to be looked at as criminals.” 

Team photos (Isaac Aragon)

Proud parents (Isaac Aragon)

Having successfully gotten himself out of the gang life wasn’t enough; he wanted to help keep the next generation out as well and create better futures for children like him. Football was an opportunity and an outlet for these children that they might not have had access to without programs like MBK. Being a coach also meant Isaac could be a role model to help prevent them from making the mistakes he made.

Isaac stuck to his goals. He has now been in the community for seven years and off parole for six. “If I were to be put in a pair of handcuffs right now I may cry to be honest with you,” Isaac said at the prospect of returning to his former life. Life, however, wasn’t done giving Isaac challenges to overcome, and one came while he was in his position as coach this past year.

During the last game of the season this past October, his South Denver Inner City team – in the JYFA league – played against a white team. The white parents of this team were vicious in showing their distaste for the children of color on the opposing team and verbally harassed them, using violent and racist language – including calling an 8 year old girl a “nigg*r” and a boy a “spic” and “wetback.” The parents are grown adults. The children playing are in elementary school. 

Isaac heard these parents making derogatory comments about his quarterback, a Mexican boy, and later they told him to get another child off the field by referring to the little black girl as an n-word. Isaac informed the offending parents that such language was unnecessary and inappropriate. The husband then threatened Isaac, who admits that, “if it was the old me I would have snapped.” But it wasn’t the old Isaac. 

What stopped Isaac from snapping was his growth over that last decade and knowing that there were many eyes on him from the community. He had to “stay humble” and set a good example for the second graders on both his team and the opposing one. He represented more than just himself and he had come too far to let a few hurtful words undermine what he had worked so hard for.

The game officials, also people of color, ejected the offensive parents and told them they needed to leave the premises. The white parents lashed back, refusing to go, and it escalated into a brawl requiring police involvement. Let’s be clear: fighting broke out, at a children’s football game and police intervention was necessary all because of racial violence directed towards children by well heeled white parents who couldn’t hide their racism.

Isaac’s reformation was tested, and he passed, but that wasn’t any comfort to him. This incident served only as a reminder of the inequality in the world and proof that there was still work for him to do. 

“If you would live that life and know what the life is really about, you wouldn’t say anything,” Isaac said. His advice to young people of color is, “We need to be proud in our heritage, who we are and what we stand for. Name calling is always going to be there, … [but] you’re going to be alright.”  

His plea to everyone: “Let’s be mindful, be mindful of how you are treating others [of] whatever race. It doesn’t necessarily have to be a race of color…. Be mindful and don’t say those racist words… Words stick with people mentally and it f*cks you up more than the physical does.” 

If everyone were mindful of their words and actions, more people would be able to grow and prosper because a mindful person wouldn’t do anything to intentionally hurt someone. By being mindful, communities can start to erase lines that divide them and create a more cohesive world, the kind of world Isaac decided was worthwhile enough to turn his whole life around for, the kind of life these white parents should also be working to build. By being mindful, an ex-gangbanger with serious time under his belt wouldn’t have to be the only safe adult on the field.

The post Racist Parents Harassed 8yo’s at a Football Game: This Ex-Gang Member Was The Only Safe Adult appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Once upon a time, the world made sense.

We went about our regular routines and, when we had a bit of time, we thought about how we could improve our lived lives by enhancing our environments, our shared spaces, the tiny places we call home and where we work. Most days we didn’t have an opportunity to seriously improve those spaces. We are truly busy beings: we have work, with many of us having jobs apart from those jobs (thanks, late capitalism). We have families and friends, we have loved ones, and some of us have children, including the pet kind. We want to be out and about enjoying our lives, being active, staying healthy, adventuring, dating, or even just relaxing and recovering from all the work we do. The life of a human in the modern age. 

Even still, as is our nature, we make lists and plans and set goals and intentions, whether in our minds are written down, whether text messaged hopes or emailed ideas, about how we would like our world to be constructed. And then, one day, a very recent day, a pandemic hit, the likes of which few alive have seen, the likes of which puts all on pause, and home life becomes paramount. We question everything: Do I like this set up? Am I growing food? Do I need a shed? Is that the color I really wanted for that wall?

Lori Anbuhl. Front and back garden.

The questions we used to whisper come roaring back, sitting in quarantine with the quarters we created. And while some of us are quite content, happier to read a good book or get to backyard grilling sessions, others of us realized we could use a new patio and a garden box. We asked around our local facebook pages and chatted with some pros about pandemic projects. This is what we found. 

I’ll start with my house. One of our housemates is a handyman, with lots of free time on his handy hands. We’ve moved rooms, renovated a whole office into a new bedroom (for me, hehe), and he’s currently working on transforming my old room into a new office. It’s all been tossed around as ideas, considered, planned…but there wasn’t enough time till now. Pandemic projects begin.

Eric, in Boulder, told us he put new blinds in the dining room and cleaned out a spare room to be his wife’s home office. He also rebuilt a man cave home office, cleaned carpets, and fixed a busted interior door or two. That’s a classic honey do list if we ever heard one. 

Beth Blacker, a professional organizer living in Boulder, had a lot to share. “I have been working with soooooo [emphasis hers] many clients that, unfortunately, found staying at home created more clutter and chaos. They didn’t have a good system in place before [the] COVID stay-at-home orders, were too overwhelmed by all of the craziness, and retreated to doing nothing. Trust me, I get it.” We get it, too, Beth. “I strongly encourage everyone to try to tackle small areas at a time. Even if it means setting a reminder to do 15 minutes worth of decluttering at the same time every day. And if you have kids, I cannot stress enough how important it is to have them engaged in the process. Even 2 year olds can understand cleaning up and taking care of their things at their age appropriate level.”

Patty Ross, at Clutter Consignment in Boulder, echoes Beth. People “are trying to unload more [stuff]. They’re spending more time in their home and reimagining what they would like their house to look.” WIth appointments booked out two weeks, and a history of not even needing to take appointments, it’s clear to Patty that people are downsizing, “in their homes and minds”, and reevaluating their relationship to space. 

Lori Anbuhl in Erie started by telling me to join the Green Thumbs of Erie Facebook page. Her full, gorgeous yard wasn’t a last minute plan, but part of that planning and prepping we all do. She says that she, “planned and designed it, worked on it last June and July. It was a lot of work but it has paid off.”

In watery moves, Kyle Roth told us she, “cleaned out my pond and it was one of the hardest things I’ve done in a while. Took out every rock and power washed it. To anyone thinking they want a pond… don’t do it!” Ummm. I do what I want, Kyle, and I want a pond, but not till I can afford to have someone powerwash all the rocks for me. The before and after is ridiculous, though. 

Kyle Roth. Before and after pond cleaning.

My personal friends on Facebook had a whole host of activities planned: Felicia has “a garage full of furniture to clean and refinish…and about 40 plants [that] need to be repotted.” Ashley and Sheila bonded over gardening. Ashley points out that COVID “definitely helped me take the time to learn I like it.” Chris Ortega, in Lafayette, built a hotel for bees, butterflies, and other insects. It’s stunning (not stinging). 

Mike McDaniel is canning foods and working on his beautiful garden. He taught me that cucumbers are called cukes if you’re a cool green thumb person. Anthony is building a fruiting shed. Marco “filled [his] sidewalk strip with red lava rock & planted some perennials. Also laid a walkway with pavers and designer flagstone to my door.” Gorgeous.

Marco. Lava rocks laid.

Let’s be honest and say that the world is crazy right now and, for many of us, not losing our collective minds is an important part of daily life. Focusing on a project may be a great way to deal with stress, process the excess energy, and cultivate a space that works for you. You may have the resources to go bigger and add new rooms, build a garage, or add a home theater [ok, that’s me. I definitely bought a projector and screen for my bedroom theater]. 

While thinking through all this, I had a lovely conversation with the ladies that lead TruDesign in Lafayette. Founded by longtime collaborators Lindi Bolinger and Cynthia Stafford, two interior designers with more than 25 years of experience, they point to their “shared vision: to delight clients with timeless environments that celebrate life.” Lindi pointed out that, even as a designer, she realized she wasn’t enjoying her home experience as much as she wanted, and has sought to improve her lived world. It’s not just you, friend. 

They talked about the need to update spaces, to reevaluate, and about the role of forethought in design. Don’t make the decision, they warn, to buy a new piece without proper consideration. Rooms have energy and we have to plan accordingly. “The spaces we’ve used for three hours,” they say, “feel much different when we’re there for eighteen.” This is forcing us to reduce clutter, reconsider layouts, and plan for new satisfactions. They’re open to guiding you through your updates.

Whatever you do, stay sane. We’re living slightly smaller lives in the modern world. We’re social distancing and our homes are back to being our castles…drawbridge up, moat ready to stave off any viral interloper. Grab a trash bag, a hammer, a shovel, or a paintbrush and get started. Your pandemic project glory awaits. Oh…send us pics when you’re done.  

The post Pandemic Projects: Viral additions to the Home in the Midst of Chaos appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

The world is wide open and ready for you to make your yard your own with these fun, quirky, unique and home glow up yard and garden products. Jump online, or jump in line at your nearest outdoor, garden, or home retailer to change the vibe, up the cool, and turn up the transformation of your outdoor living spaces.

Sources: McGuckin Hardware and Nick’s Garden Center & Farm Market

The post Yard Products | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

It’s all fun and games ’till they put up a toxic well in your backyard, or the new American Gestapo kidnaps a neighbor. These activists are fighting for the BOCO we all want and deserve.

Malala Yousafzai once said, “I raise up my voice not to that I can shout, but so that those without a voice can be heard.” In this we find the spirit of activism. We may think we are fighting for ourselves, and we are, but our struggles also fight for our loved ones, our neighbors, communities, strangers, and, yes, the world. These activists are making BOCO a better place, in hopes that we can create the world we want to live in, a world we want to pass down to the future. For that work, we’re immensely grateful and humbled, and we stand in awe of the commitment they’ve made to making the world better.

Darren O’Connor

Name, age, occupation:
Darren O’Connor, 50 years old, currently unemployed: just-graduated law student. Formerly an electrical engineer for over 20 years.

What part of Boulder County do you live in?
North Boulder, where I have lived for the past 25 years.

What kind of activism do you do, and why do you do it?
I have mainly been involved in groups taking on the rights of people experiencing homelessness and racial justice. I began 7 1/2 years ago organizing against banks who were fraudulently taking people’s homes during the Great Recession and the foreclosure crisis.

Helping people stay in their homes after the big banks crashed the global economy seemed imperative to me, given that many people lost their jobs as a direct result of the greed of bankers and those who gambled on mortgage backed securities. I quickly learned that as bad as the foreclosure crisis was, it was typically three times worse for Black and Brown homeowners. Our government representatives in Colorado were failing to address the needs and abuse of their constituents, and I worked with volunteers to challenge fraudulent foreclosures by writing guest opinions, lobbying legislators, but most importantly, through direct action to help individuals. We helped several people stay in their homes when they were just weeks away from having their homes sold at auction by protesting at their banks or by contacting their lenders on their behalf.

Homelessness became a priority for me after I learned just how badly our law enforcement treats people. Eventually I decided to go to law school to be able to bring effective challenges to such mistreatment, and, three years later, I graduated. I’m looking forward to becoming a licensed attorney to further the cause on this issue, as well as issues of racial justice. I am currently the Chair of the Criminal Justice Committee for the NAACP Boulder County Branch.

Why is this work important? How can people get involved (organizational contact info appreciated)?
People experiencing homelessness have almost no resources to defend themselves against abuse. They are continually, in my experience, subjected to the police and security guards treating them abusively and with disregard for basic dignity.

I have learned a great deal about how poorly people experiencing homelessness are treated at shelters and it is so important for those that do not have exposure to this to learn that folks are treated perhaps one step above that of criminals.

These stories, and stories of police mistreatment, are common. The first and foremost step people can take is to get to know our neighbors experiencing homelessness.

People can get involved, initially, by simply meeting the gaze of people they see who are likely homeless on the streets and saying hello and even engaging in a conversation. Though I encourage to give money or other assistance directly to people, even the kindness of your time is valuable.

In addition, you can join me at the NAACP Boulder County Branch. We hold meetings the first Monday of the month. I also work with the Boulder DSA, which has regular meetings, and folks can learn more on the Safe Access For Everyone (SAFE) Facebook page.

Anne Lee Foster

Name, age, occupation:
Anne Lee Foster, 32, Communications Director for Colorado Rising.

What part of Boulder County do you live in?
I live in South Boulder and have been here about a year and a half.

What kind of activism do you do, and why do you do it?
My organization works to protect communities from the dangers of fossil fuel extraction in Colorado, including the effects of the climate crisis. I moved to Colorado about three years ago looking to shake things up from my former life working in a university art museum. When I arrived, I learned of the 55,000 active oil and gas wells in Colorado that are negatively impacting our health, quality of life and are a major contributor to the F air quality rating the American Lung Association has given the Front Range. This was not the Colorado I had dreamed of, so I decided to do something about it. The more I learned about the injustices that favor the oil and gas industry, the more galvanized I became.

Why is this work important?
The oil and gas industry has had free reign in the state of Colorado to operate as they please for the last several decades. This imbalance of power has allowed the industry to prey on communities, packing them full of heavy industrial activity, just 500 ft. from homes in many cases, causing negative health impacts and destroying our precious natural environment. In addition to this gross injustice that has been hugely detrimental, we are now facing the greatest challenge our species has ever encountered in the climate crisis. Our best and brightest scientists inform us that we have a mere decade to right this ship and save our delicate biosphere for future human life. I can’t imagine not doing everything in my power to heed that call and rise to this monumental occasion to save our species and everything that we hold dear.

How can people get involved?
Sign up to receive emails and action alerts at corising.org/get-email.

Kathy Partridge

Name, age, occupation:
Kathy Partridge, age 63, fiber artist, volunteer KGNU talk show host, and retired grant-maker.

What part of Boulder County do you live in (and how long have you lived there)?
I have lived in Longmont for 15 years, and I have been a resident of Boulder County since 1974.

What kind of activism do you do, and why do you do it?
I am a leader in the Together Colorado Boulder County organizing group, and was an organizer of “Building Justice: Harnessing the Power of the Faith Community to Transform Boulder County,”  where over 115 persons from 22 congregations plus ally organizations heard about organizing around state policies, affordable housing, mental health, and immigrant sanctuary.

Since January 2018, I have co-led the Longmont Leads with Love Weekly Vigil. Our goal is to stand up for kindness toward all people and the planet, rally for policies we care about, send a progressive message to our city and nation, and help build Longmont’s progressive community. We have had crowds as large as 1,000, but even when we are just a couple of dozen, we are there.

I am also an avid knitter and “craftivist” who made dozens of hats for the Women’s March, and now knits Welcome Blankets for refugees, as well as hundreds of items of warm wool clothing for children in harm’s way around the world through Wool-Aid. You can find me on Ravelry as Longmont Kathy.

These are my current main foci. I have been an activist in Boulder County since I arrived here as a CU Student in 1974 – protesting Rocky Flats, organizing tenants, co-founding Women in Black, volunteering with Left Hand Books and KGNU, and taking part in a variety of social justice and peace campaigns.

Why is this work important?
Acting for social justice and peace is the dues I pay as a citizen of this planet. I care deeply about children, the environment, and our future. I believe that persons most affected by injustice should have the say in how to address the issue. Our collective efforts, though each may be small, can achieve lasting and important social change. I strive to be an ally for the eradication of racism and white supremacy.

How can people get involved (organizational contact info appreciated)?
People can get involved with Together Colorado by visiting togetherco.org, and the weekly vigil in Longmont by contacting longmontvigil@gmail.com (or just join us at 6th and Main every Sat. 1-2 pm).

People can also contact me at longmontkathy@gmail.com.

Nami Thompson

Name, age, occupation:
Nami Thompson (she/her), 33, Family Leadership Training Initiative Site Coordinator and Boulder County Housing and Human Services 2GO Workgroup.

What part of Boulder County do you live in (and how long have you lived there)?
I’ve lived in Gunbarrel for 2 years and 3 months.

What kind of activism do you do, and why do you do it?
I don’t really do any kind of “activism.” I was brought up by people who taught me that my actions are my meditation, and the purpose of meditation is self-awareness. The best way I know how to observe my personal contradictions is to connect with other people. In my search for resolution of inner conflict, I learned activism can only exist in the interaction between people— it’s more like activism-ing. My interest is in using my own raw materials to build novel, generative, and nourishing community connections.

In order to stave off burnout, I naively believed that working for non-profits would be an efficient use of my energy. All of that work was a lesson in the business of suffering. Non-profits and NGOs have their heads turned toward politicians and business-owners, and they’re invested in perpetuating the conditions which cause systemic oppression.

Community engagement is where I felt the most meaningful impact in the lives of the people around me. My job at Housing and Human Services is to center family voice in public health. I also work for Lifespan Local initiatives and am with the Health Equity Coalition of the Colorado Public Health Association. All of these are community-led initiatives.

I recently helped organize and lead the Rally for Police Oversight in Boulder, and I’m now on the oversight task force. I wish I could say it’s as simple as the police vs. the people or policy vs. lived experience. The truth is every American has, in some way, contributed to the conditions which led to that event. We can’t deny imperial privilege. This is a settler-colonial state which was built on the fulcrum of anti-Blackness and anti-Indigeneity.

Lately, I’m focusing more on organizing the community in such a way that orients it towards joy. Play is an act of revolution. I’ve been intimidated, arrested, and have had my life threatened for the mere act of protesting, but I still sing with the windows open.

How can people get involved?
Lifespan Local, which is operated by the same people who created the Dahlia Campus for Health and Well-Being, is hosting Family Leadership Training Initiative, a 20-week course for learning the tools of community engagement. People who wish to support the provision of language interpretation, childcare, and meals can make a donation via cash, check, or online transfer by contacting me at nami@lifespanlocal.org

Join the Health Equity Coalition of the Colorado Public Health Association by emailing jasonvitello@gmail.com. You don’t need to be a policy or health equity expert. Your experiences are the best thing you can bring to the table

Offer feedback and public support for the Police Oversight Task Force, and be sure to pair it with advocacy for accompanying policy change.

Lastly, show up for each other, and tend to the garden you can reach. You’re going to get tired. You’re going to want breaks for self-care. You’re going to sacrifice things you love. Do only the work that’s within your primary competency in order to make space for others who are doing what they’re most competent at, and everyone will have it a little easier. Treat yourself to some activism.

The post Activists Among Us: [A Few of] The People Making BOCO the Best it Can Be appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Introduction by Johnathen De La Vaca

What are neighborhoods? Beyond places of comfort, spaces of familiarity, there are the small patches of planet Earth where we build our lives, grow our families, and plan for our futures. These neighborhoods are where we have our homes (if we’re lucky enough to be housed), and where we rest our heads will always be one of the most special of places: that is where our dreams are born. As adults, we dream of success at work, accomplishments in life, and for a beautiful future for our children, should we have children. As young people, we dream of our own futures, of a world we can still breathe in, of neighborhoods where we will grow and create and love.

President Lyndon B. Johnson  said that,

We live in a world that has narrowed into
a neighborhood before it has broadened into
a brotherhood.

His words echo across time and sting today.

The goal, of course, is to have livable, breathable, walkable, lovable neighborhoods. The fact is, not all of us do. “All of us” should be taken to mean all of humanity, or all of Americans, or even all of Coloradans. In fact, not even all of Boulderites has a perfect neighborhood. Boulder County has, by all reasonable comparisons, indexes, and accounts, done extremely well in spite of the all too common pitfalls of creating community. We look back on the history of Boulder County – on Boulder, Erie, Louisville, and Longmont specifically – with a fond and profound appreciation for what that neighborhoods were, and what they are today.

Neighborhoods change, and these changing neighborhoods are no less important or wonderful a place to have a dream. Enjoy the look back, but always remember to look forward. You have every chance, every day, to make a world – to make the neighborhood – you want to see. Dream big.

Boulder, Colorado

Enclosed by the Flatirons and flowery neighborhoods veined throughout the city, Boulder almost gives off a Truman Show persona.

Boulder, Colorado; seemingly a total utopia town. Sunny 245 days a year. Perched upon The Sound of Music-esque foothills. Populated by people that look as though they could easily be sponsored by *insert outdoorsy brand here*.  The estimated population of Boulder is 104,000, increasing steadily since 2010 with 97,395. The demand to live in Boulder is making it increasingly difficult to be one of the lucky ones. But who paved the way for the sunny little city?

Boulder Valley was originally home to Native Americans, predominantly the Southern Arapaho Tribe nearby Haystack Mountain. The first non-natives were gold seekers, who settled in Boulder County in October 1858. These early residents founded the trendy little city we recognize Boulder to be.

You cannot deny the beauty of this particular mountain town. Enclosed by the Flatirons and flowery neighborhoods veined throughout the city, Boulder almost gives off a Truman Show persona. With the University of Colorado being one of the number one schools in the state, and the characteristics of the place making the residents feel like they won the lottery just to call themselves a resident; it’s surprising the place isn’t growing more both by population and landscape.

Well folks, as you may know, this phenomenon is no mystery. According to statistics on https://www.zillow.com/boulder-co/home-values/ in 2019, the median home values in Boulder are $743,000. To put this number in perspective, this is more than the nationwide median for homes by around $449,000. According to Forbes, this number has gone up significantly fast since November 2011, rising by $212,000.

So, how does the city grow and prosper when the cost of living limits people from various economic backgrounds from moving to Boulder? It uniquely encapsulates both the small-town familiarity sensation and the exciting, buzzing, electric bigger city ambiance. But the small-town feel will most likely prevail, with the open space preservation program in full force. This program was first introduced in 1967. About twenty years later, the open space preservation program raised $116 million, made from a .4% local sales tax increase. With this revenue made from taxes, the government created a hypothetical blockade around Boulder now used for parkland. This prohibits outward expansion of residential areas around the city.

The open space preservation program created an interesting obstacle that Boulder neighborhoods now face. It is illegal to build out and up in the city, so this city’s neighborhoods have an interesting dynamic. Here are just a couple of the numerous neighborhood segments of Boulder that bring their own interesting aspects to the town.

The Hill/Chautauqua

This high-demand area is inhabited largely by Colorado University students with rented apartments and houses, as well as more expensive older (1950s) houses the closer you get to Chautauqua and Flatirons area. This part of Boulder is undeniably beautiful, with older houses keeping the surrounding neighborhoods charmingly vintage.

South Boulder (SoBo)

This area was primarily established in the 60s and 70s. When you visit this area, you will notice an abundance of ranch style homes. People enjoy the quieter atmosphere, as well as easy access to open spaces.

East Boulder

East Boulder contains a variety of large and somewhat moderately priced homes. This neighborhood maintains a suburban vibe, but with easy access to downtown Boulder.

Boulder is a captivating little city. Although the appeal may largely be the certain prestige of living in the glamorous mountain town, you cannot deny the charm of this Flatirons-enclosed city.

Erie, Colorado

Forty years ago, it was a small, rural town, both in size and in population, with barely over 1,000 people. Operations and Maintenance Manager for the Town of Erie and long-time resident of Erie, Jody Lambert, said, “Erie was seven blocks by seven blocks basically. It was a very small community. You knew everybody.” Now, Erie has grown to a population of over 28,000. That is more than a 2,100 percent increase in population in just 40 years. With that vast population growth came significant changes in the community.

Almost everything in Erie has changed over the last 40 years. Neighborhoods, schools, population demographics, parks, amenities, the quality of life, etc. Erie went from one or two established neighborhoods in the late 1970s to over 25 today, and two schools to almost 10. All of the new neighborhoods that have been sprouting up are connected via many miles of a trail system, which has fostered more time outside and more exercise. The age and demographics of the population have changed from older families and couples to younger families.

The neighborhoods have also changed in the way they look. Throughout the last 40 years, the houses have gotten larger, while the yards have gotten smaller. Houses are closer together, as to fit more of them into a neighborhood. In addition, the houses have gotten significantly more expensive. Now, of course, part of this increase is due to inflation. However, even taking inflation into account, Erie houses are now worth much more than they used to be because more and more people are trying to buy homes in the area. As the demand for houses in Erie has increased, so has the price of those houses. Even in only the last ten years, average house prices went from $301,000 to $493,000, according to Zillow, which is a 63.79 percent increase.

In the 2000s, the Wise Homestead Museum opened. Also in the 2000s, Erie built and opened its own library and community center. In addition to these buildings, over the last 40 years, hundreds of other amenities and businesses have opened in Erie.

Because of all of these changes, the quality of life has drastically increased. Both children and adults have better and more access to education and recreation, there are more ways to enjoy outside and inside exercise, there are more jobs, and there is more money within the town that it can use to continuously improve its residents’ quality of life.

Despite all of these changes, there have been a few aspects of Erie that have remained the same. The Town of Erie still feels like a small town, especially compared to others in the area. Although he doesn’t know as many people in the town like he used to, Lambert says that Erie has been good about maintaining the small, hometown feel. He said, “It’s home… It’s still a good place to raise a family.” Erie is still a tight-knit community that feels like home to those who have lived here for decades, as well as those who have lived here for only a few years.

Longmont, Colorado

Longmont’s identity began to shift from an agricultural community to a big city, a technological community.

Longmont, Colorado is another example of a small, rural community turned bigger city. Longmont’s population 40 years ago was not quite 43,000. Today, it is approaching 100,000, at around 97,000 people. That is about a 125 percent increase in population. With the significant population growth and the technology boom, Longmont has changed greatly in the last forty years.

In the 1980s, Longmont was a city that was trying to find its identity. Historically, it had been an agricultural, rural community. This began to change in the 1960s and 1970s, during the technology boom, when IBM constructed a large plant in the area and brought in hundreds of jobs in the technology industry. As different demographics of people flooded the area to occupy these jobs, Longmont’s identity began to shift from an agricultural community to a big city, technological community.

Although Longmont already had a fairly large population, this shift in identity caused Longmont’s population to drastically increase. As a result, more and more neighborhoods have been built. As new neighborhoods were built, new schools and parks were built along with them. In addition, during the last 40 years, Longmont has built a mall, a new library, a new museum and cultural center, a new recreation center, etc. These new buildings bring along with them increased access to education and recreation, more ways to exercise, and more jobs. As these new buildings and industries go up, more wealth comes into the city, allowing Longmont to continuously expand these various opportunities and the quality of life its residents experience.

As Longmont has started to run out of space to build out, the city has really begun to build up in an effort to keep up with the population growth. In the last few years especially, three and four story office, business, and residential buildings in large complexes have been sprouting up, increasing not only the size of the population, but also the population density.

Due to Longmont’s increase in population, housing has become significantly more competitive. Housing prices have greatly increased, even accounting for inflation. In only the last ten years, average house prices have gone from $208,000 to $390,000, according to Zillow, which is an 87.5 percent increase.

Louisville, Colorado

According to Money Magazine, the quality of life makes Louisville one of the #1 places to live in the United States.

Louisville, Colorado has always had a unique flare that other suburbs lacked. When settlers from Europe first arrived in the area, Louisville was one of the few coal towns where minors actually lived in the very town they worked in. Since the beginning, Louisville has built community and ingenuity on the very ground they lived and worked on.

Because mining was a seasonal trade and strikes often occurred among workers, early Louisville citizens were forced to create eccentric jobs to make life more fulfilling and generate revenue in different ways. Often this included family gardens, which is very apparent in the present-day Louisville. The early people of Louisville were a tough crowd, cultivating inspiration and community from hard mining work during the season, and resourceful trades such as gardening during the off-season.

In 2019, the town of Louisville, Colorado is a buzzing suburb for new residents in the BoCo area. The area is booming with restaurants, open spaces, and cultural arts. As of 2017, the small city was reportedly home to 21,128 residents within an 8.6-mile radius. According to Money Magazine, the quality of life makes Louisville one of the #1 places to live in the United States.

Within the last 15 years or so, the majority of Louisville has divided into two developed areas; Old Historic Downtown and New Town.

Old Historic Downtown

The neighborhoods in this area are a beautiful arrangement of historic Victorian mining houses and newer homes built more recently, combining vintage looks with modern homes creating a funky old-time new-time ambiance, maintaining the miner’s historic touch while incorporating a small-city electric atmosphere. Being a part of Boulder County, you can rightfully assume the property values in Old Historic Downtown Louisville are quite high. In this area, it’s difficult to run out of things to do. On Friday evenings, the popular local Downtown Louisville Street Fair is a favorite among both residents and visitors.

“For three or four hours, eight summertime Friday evenings, life is just like it should be. Babies don’t cry, dogs don’t bark, and wise elders feel nineteen again. The Muse visits the musicians almost every night and dances when the spirit moves her. We don’t know why this all happens here, we’re just glad it does,” Louisville Downtown Business Association stated.

New Town

This area of Louisville may not have the same buzzing appeal of the Historic Downtown, but nonetheless, the desire to move into this area is anything but scarce. New Town Louisville feels like less of a historic mining town and more similar to a suburb of Denver. Homes are placed strategically alongside parks, biking, and walking trails.

As the population rises to its current capacity of over 21,000 residents, the once coal and mining town is now a popular place to call home for young families. 

The post The Changing Neighborhoods | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

When things heat up in the summer, many Coloradans turn on the A/C, plug in the swamp coolers, and run their fans.

As summer peaks and the temperatures remain high, many locals seeks the comfort of a well cooled indoor space. Especially at the end of the day when folks are looking to relax and kick back after a long day at work, the sound of condensers fill the air. Nothing feels better than a cool breeze on your face after a day out and about in the mid 90’s, but what is the true cost of staying cool?

On the micro level, running your A/C daily may seem like nothing more than a convenience for those who have it, but let’s consider the whole picture. On the macro level, the entire neighborhood running their fans at full speed and the central air blasting is an accurate description of most neighborhoods in July. The impact of staying cool does have costs to our wallets and the environment. Let’s consider what our desire for a chilled home is really costing us.

Residential Electricity Use Per Capita (shrinkthatfootprint.com)

The US has the second largest average household consumption per year in the world, second only to Canada. There are several factors that drive the differences in household consumption; including wealth, physical house size, appliance standards, electricity prices, access to alternative cooking, and of course heating and cooling usage. These variables provide data that shows similarities in both high and lower usage homes.

When you consider the consumption rates with the access per capita, according to shrinkthatfootprint.com, each American uses about 4,500 kWh per year in their home. That is six times the global average per capita, or more than five times the average for those who have electricity access. As a country we use exorbitant amounts of electricity per person and our heating and cooling convenience costs are a major contributor to these statistics.

“People are no longer just passively exposed to heating, cooling and lighting. They actually control them and that way, they can directly have an impact on the energy performance of a building.”

Great Eastern Energy states that an average of 87% of American homes have installed a room or central A/C unit. Because of the seasonal spike in usage across the country the usage and costs of hot summer afternoons is easy to recognize both in your monthly bill and when reviewing regional data. Consumers with a variable rate electricity plan can experience intense spikes in their power bill because when electricity demand is high, prices get higher. Some customers state that cooling costs account for over 50 percent of their summer bills.

Actual monetary costs depend on your energy provider and environmental effects of that electricity depend on the diversification of your provider. Even if you are managing to pay financially for your comfort cooling costs, cutting back on your A/C use has environmental benefits. Carbon emissions both from the use of an A/C unit and the plant that provides the electricity can be reduced by paying more attention to your personal usage.

“People are no longer just passively exposed to heating, cooling and lighting,” Dr. Roetzel, Lecturer in Architecture Sustainability explains. “They actually control them and that way, they can directly have an impact on the energy performance of a building.”

Satellite image of US electricity sources

The power we have in today’s society in controlling the amount and type of power we utilize and how much we use is something we need to be taking advantage of. While our widely available access to “unlimited” energy just on the other side of our nearest outlet has become so convenient, sometimes we plug in without considering.

As people become more aware of their personal energy consumption use and learn ways to adjust their lifestyle to reduce their carbon footprint, benefits can be felt both on the micro and the macro levels. As temperatures are expected to get more extreme, we should consider more sustainable ways to keep cool.

Based on data provided by the Copernicus Climate Change Service (C3S), June 2019 was the hottest month ever recorded by the EU‘s satellite agency. Data showed that the global average temperature for June 2019 was the highest on record ever for the earth. It is time to recognize and take action in efforts to lower energy usage while dealing with the hottest times on the planet.

By making some small changes in your routine and being more attentive to the way you utilize your cooling equipment, especially in the peak of the heat season, we can all contribute to lower the cost to our budgets and our planet. So before you put the dial on full blast, consider the true cost of staying cool this summer.

By creating a progressive change in the way we think about our cooling costs and making changes to our habits, real impact can take place.

Top 10 Tips for reducing cooling costs both to the environment and your wallet include:

1. Make sure your unit has been well-maintained and has had a recent tune-up.

2. Setting your thermostat to a reasonable temp rather than your ideal temperature. Each degree above 75*F can save you up to 10-15%. It’s recommended to set your thermostat at 78* on hot days and 82* when you’re out of the house.

3. Increase your household fan usage and turn down the A/C. While fans may be old school, they move the air just as designed. When you utilize fans you are maximizing your cooling efforts.

4. Open your windows at night. Let the cool night air in so you can trap it for the next day.

5. Close off unused rooms to concentrate the cool air you have.

6. Use layers of shade. Get darkening blinds and shades to prevent the daytime sunshine from heating up the air in its path.

7. Plant shrubs and trees on the south and west sides of your house in front of windows. Not only  do they block the sunlight from entering the house, but they can absorb the heat and help provide shade.

8. Consider not using the oven or stove for cooking. Cook outside and increase the number of cold meals.

9. Consider the color of your roof. Light colors reflect the heat from the sun rather than absorb it like a dark color would.

10. Consider retrofitting cooling updates to your home. By adding reflective coating to windows, updating your duct work and ensuring your insulation is high quality; ensures you are maximizing your efficiency.

The post The True Cost of Staying Cool | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Over the recent decade, the housing crisis in Colorado reflected a dichotomy of rapid growth, leading to both positive benefits and negative consequences. Colorado has enjoyed a substantial economic boom that allowed many industries to flourish and inevitably attracted many people to the state. But certain policies prevented communities in Colorado from being able to supply the abundance of housing required to support this influx of new residents. This facilitated housing costs rapidly surging to exorbitant levels, which is preventing many cost burdened residents from being able to find affordable homes, maintain financial stability, and contribute to local economies.

Boulder County has especially been impacted by the housing crisis. Though the migration of skilled workers and brilliant thinkers adorns the BOCO communities, the lack of affordable housing and the rise of rent and mortgage prices has become a cost burden for many BOCO residents. Now, community leaders and government officials at the state and county level are collaborating to implement effective strategies in an attempt to alleviate the crisis by providing affordable housing, and enhancing the living conditions of residents, as well as the overall quality of communities.

Approximately 70% of all residential construction projects being built in Colorado are luxury housing properties.

An Economic Boom Spurring Population Growth

Many contexts helped trigger the population growth that Colorado experienced over the last decade. After the economic recession of 2008, public investments and private companies helped many business industries thrive; including the tech, health, retail, construction, oil and information sectors. The legalization of cannabis and the establishment of the marijuana industry, was another magnet that attracted many people to move to Colorado and in hopes of capitalizing on the new industry by cultivating plants, managing dispensaries, or marketing businesses.

Additionally, the favorable working conditions and high employment rates further appealed to people from all over the country. Thus, the very positive circumstances of an economic boom and many thriving industries encouraged even more people to migrate to Colorado and precipitated a rapid population influx that is amongst the highest in the nation.

As a result, since 2011 the booming economy and favorable work conditions caused the state’s population to surge during the ensuing years. U.S. Census records demonstrate that Colorado was averaging approximately 100,000 new residents and a 1.9 percent population increase each year. Overall, between 2010 and 2015 Colorado experienced an 8.5 percent increase in its population, which was second in the nation during that period just behind the much smaller North Dakota population.

The Front Range experienced the highest per capita population increase; as the vast majority of migrants gravitated towards the Denver Metro and Boulder Front Range areas where educational opportunities are prevalent and business industries are robust. In turn, Boulder County absorbed a 10.7 percent population increase from 2010 to 2018, which was the largest in the state during that span.

The population growth has been very beneficial. Having more skilled residents who can contribute to the intellectual, professional, and economic endeavors of Colorado amplifies the growth of its communities. But the construction of new homes and the availability of apartments did not keep up with the rapid population increase that funneled into Colorado, especially in Boulder County.

Soaring Housing Costs in an Exploding Market

This caused a supply and demand effect on the housing market. The severe shortage of available housing accompanied with the high demand among the growing population naturally caused prices to skyrocket on renters and buyers at an accelerated pace.

In Colorado, the rent for one-bedroom apartments has increased 22.4 percent across the state since 2014. Though rent increased in most areas, rent in the Denver Metro and Boulder Front Range areas especially propelled to unsustainable levels. Since 2010, studies conducted by the RealPage.com database show that Denver saw its average rent increase by 48 percent and Boulder had its rent rise by 39 percent, which established the area as having the second-highest rent increases in the nation right behind California’s Bay Area cities.

The market value of home prices in Boulder County also experienced excessive price increases that applied to most cities in the county. This made it much more difficult for buyers to find homes in BOCO that they could purchase for reasonable prices. According to Zillow, during the last decade, residential properties in Lyons rose by 39 percent, homes in Superior increased by 46 percent, and properties in Erie soared by 48 percent. The home values in both Longmont and Ward increased by 58 percent.

This is definitely a seller’s market, which is not beneficial for new residents looking to purchase. But the city of Boulder saw home prices suddenly rise by a whopping 63 percent, Louisville homes increased by 70 percent, and then Lafayette led the entire BOCO market as its home prices rose by 71 percent.

Lack of Affordable Homes for Hard-Working Residents

The housing market trend then instigated a shortage of affordable homes available for low and middle-income residents. From 2010 to 2016, a report by Freddie Mac indicated that the amount of affordable homes available to Colorado residents has decreased by 75 percent.

BOCO is also hindered by a drastic lack of affordable homes available for individuals and because of the expensive prices it has made it difficult for middle-income residents to live in its communities. The Boulder Division of Housing asserts that the inflation of the housing market has made 30,000 more homes inaccessible to low and middle-income renters and buyers. Only 5 percent of homes in the entire county are considered affordable, and surveys indicate that the lack of affordable housing is the top concern among most BOCO residents.

Colorado was averaging approximately 100,000 new residents and a 1.9 % population increase each year.

Policies Pouring Fuel on the Housing Crisis Fire

Many policies have prevented the housing market from being able to meet the demands of the population surge. The state and communities have not built enough new housing to support the growing population, which can seem strange because most people have noticed and discussed the abundance of new residential buildings being erected and new construction projects being built. But despite constructing at relatively high levels compared to the rest of the nation, it has not kept pace with the high population of the communities and the intense demand of housing needs.

Many developers also lament that strict regulatory policies limit the quantity and scope of construction projects. For instance, state and community-level regulations have imposed several zoning, height, and density restrictions that can impair the ability for developers to build a high volume of ideal residential properties. Licensing requirements can also make the process of implementing the projects and building the houses both arduous and expensive.

Additionally, the liability of potential lawsuits for “construction defects” or mistakes made by developers also discourages the construction of condominium units. A 2017 construction defect bill attempted to solve this problem by making it harder for homeowners and property managers to sue developers. But many developers still say that the risk of getting sued for making mistakes supersedes the reward of building these condominiums and also deters them from fulfilling other housing projects.

These constricting policies have led to the affordable housing crisis in two ways. The strict construction regulations significantly limits the amount of houses and apartments that are being built and that are available for residents, which enables the prices on current buyers and renters to rise.

The scarce amount of new housing projects that are being built are generally luxury apartments.  Approximately 70 percent of all residential construction projects being built in Colorado are luxury housing properties that would feature expensive costs and that are only be feasible for wealthy residents. Developers argue that the strict regulations for construction and the high costs of land require them to build luxury buildings as the only way to earn a lucrative profit on the projects. This trend still leaves the overwhelming majority of residents without accessible chances to purchase or rent affordable homes.

Policies that limit government funding are also preventing many areas from increasing the availability of affordable homes. Federal funds being provided to Colorado for housing have been consistently decreasing since 2000 and have not been increased to address the current housing crisis. The Colorado Legislature is also hindered by caps on property taxes and low-income tax credits. These caps along with budgetary restraints minimize the amount of funds that the state can allocate for communities trying to fund affordable housing projects. Additionally, local tax policies often impair the ability for counties or municipalities to pay for the plethora of affordable housing needs of their given areas.

The Colorado rent control policy has also prevented local communities from addressing the affordable housing problem. In 1981, a Colorado state law officially prohibited local communities from being able to impose restrictions on rent increases or pass policies to protect tenants from abusive prices. While a rent control bill was proposed this year and was gaining momentum at the statehouse, the bill eventually failed and local governments are still unable to implement laws that would stabilize rent increases in their communities.

Source: Census ACS; Apartment List calculation

Rising Costs Outpace Stagnant Wages

One of the biggest factors leading to the lack of affordable housing relates to the stagnant wages of Colorado residents. If the wages of workers were growing and the incomes of households were increasing, more individuals and families would be able to afford the more expensive housing costs and the crisis could have been averted. But despite the exponential increase in the costs for renters and owners, the actual wages of Colorado residents have remained stagnant and the income gains for households have been minimal.

According to a study conducted by the Colorado Center on Law and Politics, the median wage of Colorado workers has stayed completely stagnant since 2010. When adjusted for inflation, the report shows that hourly wages have actually decreased. For instance, in 2016 the median hourly wage for Colorado was $18.62, which is lower than the inflation-adjusted 2007 median hourly wage of  $19.70.

The insufficient wage growth is also contributing to Boulder’s affordable housing problem.  Whereas the average resident in Boulder County earns $17 an hour, housing experts contend that at least $24 an hour is required to afford housing in the county and to avoid becoming cost burdened by rent or mortgage payments. This reflects a detrimental dichotomy in which the housing market has elevated prices of housing to exorbitant heights while the job market has not increased wages to help residents more effectively meet those higher price requirements. As a result, the soaring housing prices and insufficient wages causes the majority of Colorado and BOCO residents to become cost burdened by their high rents or exorbitant mortgages.

BOCO would need $25 million more each year – for a $40 million annual total – to achieve the 12% affordable housing  benchmark.

The Plight of Cost-Burdened Residents

The most devastating consequence of this housing problem is that the crisis is forcing most Colorado residents to remain cost burdened. The US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) considers residents to be “cost burdened” when they must spend over 30 percent of their income on rent or mortgage payments. However, in Colorado the majority of residents pay more than 50 percent of their incomes on housing costs. 

The Front Range is also suffering from a high rate of cost burdened residents. While wealthy households might be somewhat immune from becoming cost burdened, the majority of residents in the county are low and middle income residents; which means most individuals and families in the area are hampered by excessive housing costs and debilitated by a lack of disposable money.

Census numbers demonstrate that most low and middle-income residents in the county are cost-burdened and that the number of cost-burdened households has been steadily increasing. For the lower income group earning 20K-35K per year, 89 percent of households are cost burdened and this number has increased by 4 percent between 2010-2015. But the middle income groups are being especially squeezed at increased rates. Between 2010-2015, the statistics show 63 percent of households earning 35K-50K per year are cost burdened and that this number has increased by 13 percent during the timeframe. 

Having cost burdened residents has a negative impact on households, the communities, the economy and the state.

The gentrification trend of substantial housing price increases has pushed many people out of their communities. In 2017, the Colorado court records featured 45,000 filings for evictions, which was the highest number since the anomaly of the recession years. Many people circumvent evictions by simply moving out of their longtime neighborhoods when the housing costs rise above their given income capabilities, which can disrupt the relationships of residents and dissipate the camaraderie of communities. Additionally, gentrification can force many middle-income workers to live far from the job hubs, commute to work, and exacerbate the traffic issues that have frustrated so many communities. 

The lack of economic security is another anxiety-ridden consequence that confronts cost burdened residents. This can prevent hard working residents from being able to achieve domestic comfort and financial stability because after they pay for their outlandish housing costs, only a scarce amount of money is left over for other necessities.

Cost-burdened parents who are raising children might be unable to afford providing their children with a high-quality education or make college tuition payments. This can also increase the number of kids who need to enter the gauntlet of the dreaded student loan system that often hampers them with heavy debts that weigh them down long after they graduate from college and enter the workforce.

The inability to support local businesses is especially problematic for communities. Local businesses depend on being in locations where financially comfortable residents have the disposable spending money required to enter their stores, buy their products, and become consistent customers. Whereas having economically stable residents in the communities increases the amount of customers that local businesses can attract, with businesses being surrounded by cost burdened residents there is a reduction in the amount of customers who can buy their products and support their companies.

On an even larger scale, the cost-burdened trends can also diminish the willingness or ability for households to make more expensive big purchases. For instance, financially strapped residents might be reluctant to purchase new cars or upgraded appliances, and might refrain from taking ski trips to the mountains or alternative vacations with their families.

These overarching consequences help explain why having cost-burdened residents can be so hazardous for the living conditions of the individuals and the economic growth of the communities. But these are also the reasons why Colorado has intensified its efforts to implement effective strategies to alleviate the crisis and assist the residents.

Boulder County has established a comprehensive & ambitious plan to increase the availability of affordable housing.

Colorado Legislators Try to Overcome a Mountain-Sized Problem

The Colorado Legislature focused significant attention on the affordable housing problem during this last 2019 legislative session. Three bills that intend to increase funding for affordable housing passed through the Democrat-controlled House and Senate this session. 

HB 19-1228 doubled the cap on the state’s Low-Income Housing Tax Credit, increasing that tight cap from $5 million to $10 million. HB 19-1245 changed the formula of the vendor fee tax on businesses in a way that allots more of the revenue to affordable housing projects. Then HB 19-1322 established a new state fund that would be filled by various existing revenue sources and devote to supplying affordable workforce housing throughout the state.

The Legislature also tried to further encourage developers to build affordable housing options.  For instance, HB 19-1319 provides financial incentives and lending assistance to developers who are prepared to build residential properties and maintain affordable housing prices.

A proposed rent control bill, SB 19-225, also seemed to be gaining momentum during the session. The bill would have eliminated the ban that prevents local governments from developing policies to control rent increases. The policy would not have specified any particular rent control laws. Instead, it would have allowed local governments to customize the particular rent limits or housing standards that would be most conducive to address the given needs of their communities. For instance, local communities could potentially pass policies to prevent rent prices from reaching certain levels, limit the amount that landlords can increase the rent each year, or provide enhanced protections and rights for tenants. Although, after passing through the committee process the bill died on the Senate floor, the bill is likely to make a return and get a rematch at the Capitol next year.

Boulder Efforts to Provide Affordable Housing

With communities sensing the urgency to take action on their own, Boulder County has established a comprehensive and ambitious plan to increase the availability of affordable housing for residents in BOCO communities. The Boulder County Regional Housing Partnership is a coalition of housing experts and community leaders from all cities in the county. 

The partnership has established a goal of ensuring that 12 percent of all homes for rent or purchase in BOCO remain permanently affordable for low and middle-income residents. With the number of affordable homes currently at 5 percent, the plan intends to gradually increase the number of affordable homes annually to accomplish the 12 percent benchmark by 2035. Additionally, the plan calls for the county to designate 30 percent of the affordable homes for ownership and preserve 70 percent of the housing for rentals.

Boulder County must perform certain construction and acquisition feats to reach the goal. The county must create 800 new affordable homes each year, which they can do by constructing 300 new properties every year and keeping them affordable, and by acquiring 500 existing properties each year and converting them into affordable housing options as well. Additionally, the plan also entails securing more land and suing it for affordable housing purposes.

The county also plans on providing enticing incentives to encourage developers to build affordable homes. For instance, the Housing Partnership intends to relieve zoning regulations and density limits, provide tax exemptions, and expedite fee and licensing requirements for developers who pledge to build residential properties and charge reasonable prices. 

Though these are reasonable strategies, the plan also requires the county to raise more money to fund the program. For instance, building new housing, acquiring existing properties, and securing additional land would inevitably be expensive. Currently Boulder County has $15 million per year that it can devote for affordable housing projects. BOCO would need $25 million more each year — for a $40 million annual total — to achieve the 12 percent affordable housing benchmark.

As a result, the Housing Partnership is creating a county-wide affordable housing trust fund. BOCO plans on filling the fund with sales taxes on products, property taxes on wealthy homeowners, occupation taxes on employers, and other taxes that can generate more revenue for the fund. Some tax policies can be modified at community levels. Many changes to tax codes would require ballot initiatives to be proposed by the governments, discussed by the communities, and voted on by the residents.

Acting Quickly to Prevent a Bursting Bubble

The urgency to act has been magnified by the multitudes of cost-burdened residents and the risk of a bubble-burst. After a decade of increasing prices, in the past year housing values in Denver and Boulder suddenly encountered a relatively steep decline. While rent and purchase prices maintaining reasonably consistent levels would be ideal, extreme swings up or down can both be detrimental. 

The upward swing over the last decade was too extreme in that the wages of cost burdened residents could not keep up with the massive increase of housing prices. But having the rising housing market pierce the limit, burst the bubble, and rapidly decline would also be devastating for the housing industry and Colorado economy. A rapid downward trend could discourage potential buyers from entering the market and purchasing new homes. For instance, they might just wait while assuming they can get better deals as the prices continue to slide, or they might just avoid purchasing homes while being reluctant to purchase property at a time when values are plummeting.

As a result, it is crucial for Colorado housing experts, community leaders, and government officials to address the problem and stabilize the market. Implementing policies that eliminate regulatory barriers for construction can help expand the amount of houses available for residents. Increasing public funding can help the government create and preserve affordable housing options that prevent middle income households from becoming cost burdened by their rent or mortgage costs. Moreover, providing higher wages for workers can also help residents afford more housing options, remain financially stable, and enjoy an exceptional quality of life while contributing to the productive growth of their communities.

The post Policy & Property: The Widespread Problem and Potential Solutions to the Colorado Housing Crisis | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

As you approach your house from your morning walk, your eyes are drawn to your home’s exterior. The paint on your siding looks drab and seems to exhibit a persona of sadness. Bits of the trim are peeling off, and you are revolted by the mere sight. You can’t even remember the last time it got fresh paint. Was it that color when you moved in? As these questions swirl around in your mind, one thing is for sure: your place is in desperate need of a new paint job.

Whether you live in a home, an apartment, a condo, or even an underwater mansion, the exterior paint job says a lot about your place. It is the first impression for passerbyers and visitors. If you’ve decided your home color needs a spruce, you’ve come to the right place. Except for the underwater mansions, I am not on the up-and-up with all that. Surely they require special finishings, but for the rest of the neighborhood – we got you covered.

So you’ve decided to paint your home. Great first step! Pat yourself on the back for making the decision at all. The next step won’t sound so enjoyable, but it is necessary, and there are two ways to go about it. If you feel you’ve chosen colors that fit in with the rest of the apartment complex, neighborhood, or other community setting in which you live, head off to McGuckins or some other locally owned business to choose and purchase the right paint for your home.

Sure, you could just go with the same humdrum colors that were fading away and just add another coat over it. Or you could get a bit bold with the exterior walls and trim colors that are in Vogue today. So, I headed to McGuckins to ask paint expert Maggie Hunt which colors are popular among consumers today. She showed me combinations of paint samples that consumers seem to splash around with these days, including a light beige for the exterior wall and a dark brown for the trim. Getting feedback from a decent number of customers buying paint to see first-hand what their preferences were adds to the legitimacy of what is popular right now.

Here are some exterior house colors that are hot in 2019:

• • Desert Beige

  • Moss Green

  • Soft Lemon

  • Stormy Gray

  • Smoky Red

  • Opal

  • Bright Yellow

  • Earth Tones Combo

I approached Jacob A., a paint purchasing customer already holding two canisters of paint, and asked him what colors he chose and why. “Well, this paint is actually for a house I am renting out in South Boulder,” he said. “We are definitely going with white for the interior. Specifically, we chose Polar Bear White, because my son liked the name.” Adorable. When speaking about his own home and what color the outside is, he said, “Well, mine is a bit out there. It is a vibrant blue with bright red trim.” Wow, I thought, he must have quite a generous HOA agreement.

You could just go with the same humdrum colors that were fading away… or you could get a bit bold.

Following the trends paint expert Maggie Hunt had mentioned, another customer said she decided on a light gray exterior wall with dark gray trim. These shades of gray seem to have begun competing with the usual beiges we are all too familiar with. These blends with shades of brown and gray seem to be popular even on a national level. Trends show a switch from overpowering botanical blends to more of a woodland style with earthy tones.

Sue Wadden is the director of color marketing at Sherwin Williams. “Their earthy color–gray blended with warm brown–gives off an old world, naturalist feel,” Sue was quoted saying in an Ella Decor article titled “These are the Top Color Trends of 2019.” While other energizing colors are also making the top list, it seems earthy greens make the top of the list along with grays and browns. Colors like Moss Green pair well with dark gray and cream shades. However, it is not recommended to pair pure white with these earthy greens.

It seems earthy greens make the top of the list along with grays and browns.

I spoke to residents in different areas in Boulder County, starting with Michael Hunt. He said, “I live in an apartment building, and the exterior is basically brown with brown trim. It couldn’t get more boring than this.” I must say I did cringe at the picture. However common this is, it is right in line with the typical picks.

A North Boulder resident with whom I spoke, Mark Cantelli, said that in his neighborhood in particular he has noticed grey to be a huge trend. “I also noticed a lot of what I’d call ‘greige,’ or a combination between grey and beige,” he mused. “High contrast has also been extremely popular lately, like black and white. For example, a white exterior wall with black trim.” He continued to note that design is a tricky thing, because everyone thinks they can do a good job on their own paint color selection when they really should ask a professional and seek some outside expertise.

After chatting for quite some time with James Rienhart, who has dealt with issues involving the Homeowner’s Association numerous times, I came to realize many neighborhoods are quite restricted on options. HOAs often have a lot of authority, almost unreasonably so. As a homeowner, you have to make sure that you’re in accord with the HOA protocol. They can force you to change the color. Even neighbors can report you to the HOA, and sometimes members of the association come by to ensure that the homes in the area are in accordance with their rules. It’s important to check with the laws of the local HOA to see what is and what isn’t okay.

According to interior designer Becky Shea, hunter greens are a great choice for 2019.

When you’re ready to give your exterior a little fresh paint before the end of this season, consider following these trends of 2019 and add some splashes of natural hues. After you’ve made the decision to freshen up your paint and you get the clearance from your HOA, consider getting samples of your first choices and test an area before committing to gallons. Take your time to find the new face color of your home.

The post Paint Picks & Trim Colors | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

For the Sake of Food, Flowers, and Feeling Good. Gardening in Colorado comes with its own challenges and rewards.

Have you heard? Gardening like our grandparents did is on trend again (minus the mass use of DDT). Choosing to grow an old-fashioned sustainable garden can mean focusing on any number of things: growing your own clean food, creating habitats and food sources for urban wildlife, growing plants that sequester more carbon than grass alone, or creating an office or in-home garden that can put up a fight against indoor air pollution. Gardening also has therapeutic benefits. And, of course, who doesn’t love seeing a yard full of colorful, blooming flowers?

Get Started Gardening For Good

Before you stick a seed or a bulb in the ground, you’ll need to pick a place where your garden will thrive. If you already know what kind of plants you’d like to grow, you should choose a location that has the amount of sun you’ll need (full, partial, or shady). Remember, you can improve soil and irrigation just about anywhere, but you cannot move the sun. Spend time researching your plants before you plant.

Soil can be tricky in Colorado. Gardening experts recommend buying or renting a tiller to help break up dry, clay-rich soil. Getting really good loose loamy soil could take three to five growing seasons of tilling and adding in organic matter. According to the National Gardening Association, the ideal soil will contain 40% sand, 40% silt, and 20% clay. You can easily test your soil at home or with the help of pros. Knowing the content of your soil will help you make adjustments. Just remember that with each year of gardening, your soil will get better.

Once you’ve thought about sun and soil, you’ll need to make a water plan. In our high desert climate, irrigation should take serious consideration. Traditional overhead sprinklers are useful when it’s very hot and you need to cool down your crops, but it shouldn’t be the main watering source. Installing drip irrigation is a far more efficient use of water.

If you’d like to be even more water conscious, consider active or passive rainwater harvesting when you can. With an active irrigation plan, you are using water captured in rain barrels. Counterintuitive to the name, passive rainwater harvesting requires a little more planning. Boulder County’s CSU Horticulture Extension Agent, Deryn Davidson describes the process as storing water in the soil. “That would be designing your landscape to capture water so that it stays in your yard, rather than hitting your roof, going down the gutter and the down spout, down your driveway and sidewalk and into your storm drain,” she says. The Colorado Stormwater Center has resources that can help you create a rainwater harvesting plan.

When you’re ready to purchase your plants, you’ll need to decide on seeds, bulbs, or transplants. Seeds tend to offer more variety but are not nearly as convenient as transplants. Seed sharing events, which take place in early spring, are a great way to come across new and interesting fruits, veggies, and flowers. At the seed sharing event hosted by Slow Food Boulder this year, growers were able to get their hands on Makah Ozette potato seeds—which were eaten for 200 years by the Makah Native Americans of the Pacific Northwest.

For even more fruit or vegetable variety, Slow Food USA has curated the Ark of Taste. The program catalogs heritage foods that are endangered, at risk, or have cultural value. The Makah Ozette potato is part of this catalog. Visit the Slow Food website for a list of retailers that sell Ark of Taste seeds.

Choosing to grow food, especially with heritage seeds, can be a major step in making healthier eating choices as well.

“Rather than using the term ‘Food is Medicine,’ food should be our guide to health,” says Jodie Lindsay Popma, the vice chair of Slow Food Boulder.

If you’re not sure about whether to focus your time, energy, and limited garden space on food or flowers, there’s nothing wrong with choosing both with a mixed garden. Lauren Kelso, the site director of Boulder’s Growing Gardens, advocates for the symbiotic relationship that the two categories of plants can have. After all, flowers attract pollinators which help crops. Produce can be a beautiful addition to a flower garden (especially chard or cabbage). And herbs, as Kelso says, “are incredibly beautiful, most of them bring pollinators very nicely, they look really good in a flower garden, and then they also give a little bit to your kitchen.”

Need more foundational or expert tips? The National Gardening Association website has a free online course that covers the fundamentals of gardening. Organizations like Growing Gardens and the Denver Botanic Gardens also offer a variety of courses from design to pest management. Master Gardeners from the Boulder County CSU Extension Office are also available for diagnostic questions involving gardens, lawns, and trees.

Pest Management

“Sustainable gardening on the Front Range involves pest management: big, small, and otherwise,” says Kelso. A big part of that is understanding that you will need to share some of your greens with urban wildlife, but there are ways of making it more difficult for pests. Physical barriers such as fences and heavy netting work best in keeping animals like deer or rabbits away.

Kelso also recommends beneficial insects—like green lacewing, ladybugs, praying mantis, and certain parasitic wasps—as a natural way to mitigate harmful pests.

Creating Pollinator-Friendly Habitats

Pollinators go beyond just bees and butterflies, which tend to get the bulk of our attention. Moths, bats, birds, beetles, flies, and wasps are all very important pollinators. Creating habitats that foster healthy pollinator populations will help not only your garden, but the surrounding ecosystem. Each group has their own specific needs.

Moths are attracted to white and pale colored flowers that open in the late afternoon and evening such as hummingbird yucca and trumpet flowers. Because of their long beaks, hummingbirds consume nectar from tubular flowers like columbines or beebalm. Flies and beetles—the two largest groups of pollinators—are not picky but prefer foul smelling plants. There are also smartphone apps like BeeSmart, that will help you select region-specific plants and filter by bloom color, the pollinator it attracts, sunlight, and soil type.

If you don’t live near a body of water, leave out a bird bath or plastic tray filled with water. Including a few rocks that jut out of the water will ensure that smaller flying creatures can enjoy without drowning.

Bird and bat houses are common shelters, but it’s bees that need the most assistance. Seventy percent of Colorado wild bees nest in the ground. Bare patches of undisturbed soil (not even mulch) make great nesting ground for these pollinators. Bee houses can be purchased at most garden supply stores.

The Permaculture Approach

The word “permaculture,” coined in 1978 by Bill Mollison, is a combination of permanent (as in sustainable) and agriculture. More recently, the word culture has also wedged its way in as the practice is a way of living. The concept is essentially an agricultural system that is designed and maintained in a way that is resilient, sustainable, and harmonious with nature. There are courses that will help you get fully ingrained in the technicalities of permaculture, but here are some beginning guiding principles:

• Let nature do the hard work. By observing how things grow and thrive on their own, we can mimic the processes and give ourselves a break.

• Your garden should function on a closed-loop system. For every input, there is an output that can be utilized as an input. Passive rainwater harvesting is one example of this, though it is referred to as earthworks in permaculture.

• Think strategically when choosing and planting crops. Though many food crops are annuals, opting for as many perennials as possible will keep the soil from being over-tilled. Rotate where you plant your annual crops every season to prevent erosion, control weeds and diseases, and make your soil more fertile.

• Every part of the landscape should serve a dual purpose. Fences can function to keep unwanted animals out, as well as a trellis to support more plants. A pond or water feature can function as part of your passive rainwater harvesting and also attract dragonflies, which eat many pests.

Over Labor Day weekend, the Colorado Permaculture Guild is hosting the Colorado Permaculture Convergence in Loveland. The weekend will include music, workshops, local food, and plenty of permaculture networking.

Beyond the Garden

18 percent of people don’t garden because of limited or no outdoor space.

According to a 2017 survey by the Garden Media Group, 18 percent of people don’t garden because of limited or no outdoor space. For others, the time commitment is hard to manage. People who rent, especially millennials, are working around those challenges by investing in indoor plants that require less effort to keep but provide a similar amount of joy in return.

There is also now an industry for home plant delivery. E-commerce businesses like Bloomscape will deliver potted indoor plants right to your home. Their website is also full of plant care tips and a resident “Plant Mom,” who is available virtually to solve plant woes.

Truly, caring for plants can be time consuming, as well as demanding physically and financially. But whether the plant life spans your entire yard or sits humbly in your windowsill, watching them grow provides a sense of fulfillment and cleaner air for our lungs. Plant life fosters a more sustainable planet as well as sustains our body and minds.

“Doing it a little bit and the best you can, is better than not doing it all,” says Kelso.

The post Sustainable Gardening | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

In Boulder County, it seems that front-porch-sittin’ is an Olympic sport, so why not step your lawn’s game up with a couple of trends that can benefit both your bank account and the environment?

Whether you’re looking for a lawn environment that decreases your carbon foot-print, such as composite decks, a yard garden that doesn’t waste time, money and water, such as Xeriscape Landscaping, or a relaxing ambiance for the whole family, such as water features, Boulder County has plenty of options for all the landscaping accessories you desire. Now is the time for exploring trends that are both economically and environmentally friendly.

In 2019, trends change more often than the seasons. And I’m not talking denim jackets and combat boots;  I’m talking landscape and décor.

Composite Decks

This decking method is growing in popularity faster than any wood deck alternative on the marketplace. The customizable features of composite decking allow manufacturers to replicate the style of glamorous hardwood decks, but maintain flexible options the homeowner would usually not be given with the classic hardwood style.

Composite decking is a man-made structure comprised of recycled plastic and wood fibers. Due to the durability of the recycled materials, composite deck’s lifespan is increased drastically when compared to traditional wood decks. Moreover, they do not demand the maintenance of traditional decks such as staining, sealing and board replacement.

The only con is the primary cost. Yes, composite porches are pretty pricey at first glance, but when considering the expiration date and upkeep of these decks, the lifespan makes up for the early investment. According to Square Root Construction in Boulder, a composite deck can add worth to your home while also being a place for entertainment and leisure.

Custom Ponds, Waterfalls, and Fountains

Water features provide an element of springtime beauty year-round. These designs implement peaceful sounds that are guaranteed to make your yard feel like paradise. According to One Earth Design & Landscape Boulder, a well planned out and assembled water feature is quite easy to maintain while still bringing an exciting new element to your yard. The result of these components is a stress free, calming, and reflective setting for friends and family.

One Earth Design also explained how they utilize technical advancements such as sand backwash filters, aeration, and ultra-violet lights combined with natural features like water, shade, fish, and plants to create aesthetically pleasing and easily maintained lawn decor.

Xeriscape Landscaping

Xeriscaping is becoming more popular by the minute, for good reason. Originally, this type of landscaping was intended for places prone to drought, or where water conservation is taken seriously. Here’s how it works; Xeriscaping allows the homeowner to use various plants that require less water maintenance, creating a lawn that is easier to keep thriving, as well as save water that you would otherwise be wasting to keep up with your neighbor’s turf grass.

This type of landscaping doesn’t just target a small demographic of plants or specific looks, Xeriscaping is a compilation of techniques that help conserve water while saving money and time to create a beautiful lawn. Colorado WaterWise has put together a list of principles Xeriscape landscapers should abide by:

• Plan and design with water conservation and aesthetics as your main priorities; a good plan makes it easier to complete your project.
• Create practical turf areas of controllable size.
• Select low-water plants and organize according to water needs. You may need to adjust how often to water after experimenting with different levels.
• Use soil amendments while planting; composite is the best choice.
• Use mulches to minimize evaporation.
• Irrigate efficiently by applying the right amount of water when necessary.
• Maintain the landscape properly by performing chores such as fertilizing, weeding, pruning and mowing.

The post CO Yards 2019 | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

Hannah Williams (Space & Thyme) with a custom bouquet in Boulder

The goal of developing a garden space is to enjoy the beauty of nature with an intentional design (even if the intention is wild). Design and design elements depend on vision, ability, and options – some opt for do-it-yourself projects that get the hands dirty and ups the gratification levels while others may decide that a professional, contracted expert will do it best, leaving you to sip lemonade and suntan while the freshly planted petunias blossom.

The choice is yours. Any which way, adding upcycled and repurposed materials to a sustainable garden is a great way to save the earth while cultivating your own patch of perfect planet.

Any utilization of recycled, repurposed, or upcycled materials has a multiplicity of benefit. Instead of materials going to the landfill to rot for potentially thousands of years, its usable life can continue – albeit with a change in perspective and purpose. Reusing materials to beautify natural spaces rather than pollute them sounds like a good idea to us. Combining with sustainability practices like water conservation and waste reduction, this could be your garden’s greenest summer yet.

These great DIY ideas are great examples of contemporary sustainability practices and show how simple it can be to make a big difference:

Pallets:

Most pallets can be disassembled into a pile of workable pieces. The possibilities are quite vast when it comes to repurposed pallet projects. Some possible creations include making a compost box, a strawberry planter or a raised bed garden. (Image 1, Image2).

A simple project with space saving qualities; this repurposed vertical pallet garden was created by Fern Richardson, creator of the popular and critically-acclaimed garden blog, Life on the Balcony. (Image 3)

Who knew several single pallet pieces laid on the ground could add such a fairy tale touch to a garden? Funky Junk Interiors blogged this gorgeous pallet wood garden walkway. (Image  4).

Soda-Pop Bottles:

A drip-feeder watering system for plants or soil can ensure even water absorption for the root systems. WikiHow gives three ways to create a drip-irrigation from a plastic bottle. These methods ensure balanced distribution with a predetermined controlled flow to the roots. (Image 5)

Willem Van Cotthem, Honorary Professor of Botany at the University of Ghent (Belgium) and Scientific Consultant for Desertification and Sustainable Development, wrote a wonderful blog tutorial on creating a vertical bottle-tower-garden. This space saving method utilizes gravity to ensure no water goes to waste while repurposing easily obtainable materials. (Image 6)

If you want to share some eco-understanding, Layers of Learning provides an excellent tutorial for creating a soda pop bottle ecosystem, perfect for a family project (and an indoor garden space). This adorable project demonstrates several sustainable and permaculture concepts all in one. (Image 7)

Getting Creative is Key. Definitely Think Outside the Box!

Using clawfoot tubs, toilets and tires as planters all can be gorgeously aesthetic when intentionally integrated in your DIY garden design.

Linda, aka Garden Betty, writes about her vintage scrap-to-salvage project, sharing her process of converting a clawfoot tub into an outdoor planter. Featured in a Boulder County Home & Garden, “Making Gifts for the Garden”, the creative use of a discarded toilet is a beautiful oxymoron.

When looking for materials to repurpose there are quite a few options. First, see if you already have something that can be transformed. Check your local Craigslist site under the for sale > free section for hidden treasures. Flea markets and antique shops could also turn up the perfect vintage garden addition.

Providing a diverse array of customers the opportunity to make something creative and purposeful from reclaimed materials, Resource Central: Reuse Facility is the home of Resource Central’s reclaimed materials programs. Located off Arapahoe Road in Boulder, Resource Central facilitates the reuse of architectural and other building materials through donation and resale. Resource Central’s yard, warehouse, and showroom house are an ever-changing inventory that offer gently used, donor-sourced construction and building materials at affordable prices.

Resource Central has been a significant presence in the sustainability community since 1996 and provides a full complement of sustainable services for the building trades, homeowners, makers, and DIYers. Don’t have the tools needed for a project? Resource Central supports a sharing economy through their Tool Lending Library – with paid membership you have access to Resource Central’s centralized inventory of more than 800 hand, electric, and gas-powered tools.

Resource Central even offers a Garden In A Box that will take the guesswork out of beautifying your landscape and reduce water use at the same time. A simple approach to water-wise gardening, these professionally designed gardens contain 14-32 starter plants, a comprehensive Plant and Care Guide, at least 1 plant by number map, educational resources about water conservation practices and the principles of xeriscape, and other information that helps you support water conservation with sustainable practices.

An antique sink or water basin makes for an absolutely lovely and effective small garden,
perfect for porches or for those with limited space.

Sustainable permaculture garden creations aren’t just for do-it-yourselfers; there’s a plentiful supply of companies that specialize in these concepts.

Co-owner of Boulder-based company Space & Thyme, Hanna Williams spoke with me about what sustainable gardening looks like on the Front Range. Williams has studied Biodynamic Horticulture in the United Kingdom, completed a full-season apprenticeship with Sustainable Settings Ranch, and has installed and maintained landscapes across the Roaring Fork Valley of Colorado. Focusing now on the Boulder area, Williams’ deepest interests lie within the urban and suburban applications of biodynamic principles.

William’s states that Space & Thyme Gardens is “Integrating the principles of organic farming, aesthetics, and herbal medicine in order to generate functional, ecological, and beautiful gardens.” Williams describes their customer base as people who are “…connected to our region’s ecosystem and want to do their best to regenerate and give back.” Continuing, she says, “I’d say about 70% of our contract jobs are sustainability minded.”

Our abundant medicinal herb garden in Denver, totally taking off only two months after install.

When it comes to sustainability, Space & Thyme demonstrates water conservation with their xeriscape designs optimized for their location and natural ecology. Their intentional planting of medicinal and edible plants is worth recognizing as it highlights intention with design.

At Harlequin’s Gardens in North Boulder, owners Mikl Brawner and Eve Reshetnik Brawner answer what sustainability means in a plant nursery? For this small family business, sustainability means plants that are adapted to Colorado conditions so they will be successful with less water, fertilizers and pest management.

Raised bed xeriscape with organic veggies in Boulder.

Celebrating 26 years dedicated to sustainability, Harlequin’s specializes in Colorado-adapted plants: hardy own-root roses, xeriscape plants, natives, perennials, shrubs, herbs, rock garden plants, fruit and trees. They also offer a wide variety of sustainability classes that include titles such as “edible landscape” and “organic lawn care.” Their lengthy calendar of classes and events, viewable on their website, provides an array of learning opportunities. The greeting on their Spring Newsletter says a lot about why they are so passionate: “Welcome to Spring, to Harlequin’s Gardens and to another opportunity to learn to live in harmony with Nature and with each other, through the practice of gardening.”

Whether you have gardening plans for this spring or not, being aware of sustainable designs can bring about new enjoyment of garden spaces, both public and private. Colorado life is rife with opportunity to design a garden space that is considered and intentional, to take your next DIY project to another level of eco-green.

The post DIY Gardens: The Beauty (and Ease) of Homemade Creations for Your Outdoor Spaces | Home & Hood appeared first on Yellow Scene Magazine.

I’m sure you’ve heard that Rome wasn’t built in a day. Neither was Colorado. At the risk of adage abuse, I’ve also heard told, everyone’s on their way to Colorado. Some just take longer to get here. This timeline is the story of the getting here, from the Native Americans to “natives.” It’s a beautiful story.

Pre-Colonization:
– Indigenous people have occupied these lands as far back as 15,000 years ago

1803:
– Louisiana Purchase; U.S. buys territory (including present-day BOCO)

1820:
– Major Stephen Long‘s expedition explores the present-day Boulder area for the U.S. government

1840:
– pre-Lafayette area population 3,207

1858:
– Gold discovered in Dry Creek
– Pikes Peak Gold Rush results in first non-native settlement

1859:
– Coal discovered in the Marshall area southeast of Boulder; first record of modern settlement in BOCO

1860:
– Boulder’s first schoolhouse and post office built
– Lobbying for University of Colorado begins

1861:
– Territory of Colorado created; Boulder one of 17 counties

1862:
– Homestead Act grants 160 acres of free land to settlers

Chief Niwot

1864:
– Sand Creek Massacre ‘conquers’ last of natives, including Chief Niwot

1866:
– BOCO’s first newspaper, the Valmont Bulletin, began publication
– Captain Ira Austin discovers coal on the hill due east of Erie and opens the first mine

1867:
– Designation of Boulder as the county seat

1871:
– Town of Boulder incorporated
– Original plat for Erie filed, following establishment of Briggs Mine
– Newlyweds Lafayette and Mary Miller settle in what is now Lafayette
– Longmont founded (first planned community in BOCO)

1872:
– Longmont’s first flour mills built